WO2019015587A1 - Method for transmitting dmrs, and communication device - Google Patents

Method for transmitting dmrs, and communication device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2019015587A1
WO2019015587A1 PCT/CN2018/095989 CN2018095989W WO2019015587A1 WO 2019015587 A1 WO2019015587 A1 WO 2019015587A1 CN 2018095989 W CN2018095989 W CN 2018095989W WO 2019015587 A1 WO2019015587 A1 WO 2019015587A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
dmrs
frequency band
symbols
symbol
additional
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2018/095989
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
葛士斌
任翔
毕晓艳
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from CN201710808095.3A external-priority patent/CN109274471B/en
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Priority to EP18835559.8A priority Critical patent/EP3576334B1/en
Priority to JP2019552280A priority patent/JP6910465B2/en
Priority to BR112019020873A priority patent/BR112019020873A2/en
Priority to CA3054325A priority patent/CA3054325C/en
Priority to KR1020197026418A priority patent/KR102290920B1/en
Publication of WO2019015587A1 publication Critical patent/WO2019015587A1/en
Priority to US16/522,255 priority patent/US10819390B2/en
Priority to US17/061,164 priority patent/US11239880B2/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • H04L5/0001Arrangements for dividing the transmission path
    • H04L5/0003Two-dimensional division
    • H04L5/0005Time-frequency
    • H04L5/0007Time-frequency the frequencies being orthogonal, e.g. OFDM(A), DMT
    • H04L5/001Time-frequency the frequencies being orthogonal, e.g. OFDM(A), DMT the frequencies being arranged in component carriers
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • H04L5/003Arrangements for allocating sub-channels of the transmission path
    • H04L5/0048Allocation of pilot signals, i.e. of signals known to the receiver
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • H04L5/003Arrangements for allocating sub-channels of the transmission path
    • H04L5/0048Allocation of pilot signals, i.e. of signals known to the receiver
    • H04L5/0051Allocation of pilot signals, i.e. of signals known to the receiver of dedicated pilots, i.e. pilots destined for a single user or terminal
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • H04L5/003Arrangements for allocating sub-channels of the transmission path
    • H04L5/0058Allocation criteria
    • H04L5/0067Allocation algorithms which involve graph matching
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00Local resource management
    • H04W72/20Control channels or signalling for resource management

Definitions

  • the present application relates to the field of communications and, more particularly, to a method and communication device for transmitting a DMRS.
  • the transmitting device when transmitting data, the transmitting device (for example, the terminal device in the uplink transmission and the network device in the downlink transmission) needs to send a demodulation reference signal (DMRS) for the receiving end.
  • DMRS demodulation reference signal
  • the device for example, a network device in uplink transmission and a terminal device in downlink transmission demodulates the data according to DMRS.
  • the sender device sends the DMRS according to the preset DMRS pattern.
  • a DMRS for physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH) demodulation is usually fixedly occupied.
  • the fourth symbol (symbol) and the eleventh symbol of the resource scheduling unit are usually fixedly occupied.
  • PUSCH physical uplink shared channel
  • the DMRS fixedly occupies the front loading of the source scheduling unit.
  • the resource scheduling unit in the new radio (NR) system can be flexibly changed into different modes according to different scenarios, for example, a frequency hopping mode, that is, a frequency hopping transmission in a resource scheduling unit, or It can be an aggregation mode, that is, an aggregation transmission of multiple resource scheduling units.
  • a frequency hopping mode that is, a frequency hopping transmission in a resource scheduling unit
  • It can be an aggregation mode, that is, an aggregation transmission of multiple resource scheduling units.
  • the mode of the resource scheduling unit changes, if the DMRS is still transmitted in the manner of fixed transmission DMRS according to the preset DMRS pattern, the DMRS resource is wasted or the demodulation performance of the receiving end is poor, which affects the network performance. .
  • the present application provides a method and a communication device for transmitting a DMRS, which can improve network performance.
  • a method for transmitting a DMRS comprising:
  • the communication device determines a current mode of the resource scheduling unit, where the current mode includes a frequency hopping mode or an aggregation mode, where the frequency hopping mode indicates that a part of symbols in one resource scheduling unit is located in the first frequency band, and another part of the symbol is located in the second frequency band, where the aggregation mode indicates
  • the plurality of resource scheduling units aggregate the transmission; the communication device performs mapping or demapping of the DMRS by using the DMRS pattern corresponding to the current mode, where the symbol position occupied by the DMRS in the DMRS pattern corresponding to the current mode is in the preset DMRS pattern.
  • the symbol positions occupied by the DMRS are different.
  • a communication device which can be a network device or a terminal device.
  • a symbol indicates a time unit, and a symbol in the present disclosure may also be referred to as an OFDM symbol, and the embodiment of the present application is not limited thereto.
  • a resource unit in the embodiment of the present application may include n symbols, and n is an integer greater than or equal to 2.
  • n is 7, 14 or any one of 2-13. Not limited to this.
  • the DMRS pattern may also be referred to as a DMRS distribution information or a DMRS attribute, and the DMRS pattern can represent the symbol position and the number of symbols occupied by the DMRS, and the embodiment of the present application is not limited thereto.
  • the DMRS mapping is performed according to the DMRS pattern corresponding to the current mode
  • the DMRS demapping is performed according to the DMRS pattern corresponding to the current mode
  • the communication device is a network device, and when performing uplink transmission, the communication device performs demapping of the DMRS by using the DMRS pattern corresponding to the current mode; when performing downlink transmission, the communication device performs DMRS using the DMRS pattern corresponding to the current mode. Mapping.
  • the communication device is a terminal device. When performing uplink transmission, the communication device uses the DMRS pattern corresponding to the current mode to perform DMRS mapping. When performing downlink transmission, the communication device performs DMRS using the DMRS pattern corresponding to the current mode. Demap.
  • the preset DMRS pattern may also be referred to as a predefined pattern, a default pattern, or a first DMRS pattern, and the DMRS pattern corresponding to the current mode may also be referred to as a second DMRS pattern.
  • the preset DMRS pattern indicates the DMRS pattern used in the first mode (ie, non-frequency hopping and non-aggregation mode).
  • the preset DMRS pattern is used for communication, that is, the symbol position occupied by the DMRS is the same as the symbol position occupied by the DMRS in the preset DMRS pattern.
  • the distribution mode of the DMRS in the preset DMRS pattern is difficult to meet the needs of different modes. Therefore, the DMRS resources are wasted or the demodulation performance of the receiving end is poor, which affects network performance.
  • the pattern of the DMRS in the different modes in the embodiment of the present application is different from the preset pattern.
  • the embodiment of the present application can flexibly select the symbol position occupied by the DMRS according to different modes, and the embodiment of the present application can satisfy different modes. Requirements to improve network performance.
  • the network device can determine the current mode according to various ways.
  • the network device may determine the current mode according to the channel state information reported by the terminal device and the network state of the cell.
  • the network device may determine the current mode according to a waveform used by the terminal device, such as a single carrier or multiple carriers.
  • the current mode may be a frequency hopping mode
  • the current mode may be an aggregation mode.
  • the embodiment of the present application is not limited thereto.
  • the current mode may also be an aggregation mode.
  • the network device can determine the current mode according to the type of service.
  • the service type may include a service that needs to be quickly demodulated or a service that requires high transmission performance.
  • the network device may determine the current mode according to the indication information sent by the terminal device, that is, the terminal device may determine the current mode according to the current state, for example, the network state or the service state, and then the terminal device indicates the current mode of the network device. .
  • the terminal device sends the indication information to the network device, so that the network device determines the current mode according to the indication information sent by the terminal device.
  • the communications device is a network device
  • the method further includes: the communications device sending, to the terminal device, first indication information, where the first indication information is used by the terminal device to determine resource scheduling The current mode of the unit.
  • the communications device is a network device
  • the method further includes: the communications device sending the second indication information to the terminal device, where the second indication information is used to indicate that the current mode corresponds to DMRS pattern.
  • the terminal device can determine the current mode according to various manners.
  • the terminal device may determine the current mode according to the indication of the network device. Specifically, the terminal device may receive the first indication information sent by the network device, where the first indication information is used by the terminal device to determine the current mode. After acquiring the first indication information, the terminal device may determine, according to the first indication information, a current mode of the resource scheduling unit.
  • the first indication information may directly indicate that the current mode is an aggregation mode or a frequency hopping mode.
  • the first indication information may indirectly indicate the current mode.
  • the first indication information indicates the length of the resource scheduling unit, and the terminal device may determine the current mode according to the length of the resource scheduling unit.
  • the first indication information indicates the current service type, and the terminal device according to the service type. The current mode is determined, and embodiments of the present application are not limited thereto.
  • the network device may send the first indication information to the terminal device by using multiple signaling, for example, downlink control information (DCI), radio resource control (RRC) signaling, and media access control. (media access control, MAC) layer control element (CE), etc., which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • DCI downlink control information
  • RRC radio resource control
  • CE media access control
  • DCI downlink control information
  • MAC media access control
  • CE layer control element
  • the communications device is a terminal device
  • the method further includes: receiving, by the communications device, first indication information that is sent by the network device, where the first indication information is used by the terminal device to determine the resource. a current mode of the scheduling unit; wherein the communications device determines a current mode of the resource scheduling unit, the method comprising: determining, by the communications device, the current mode according to the first indication information.
  • the communication device is a terminal device
  • the method further includes: the communication device receiving the network device, sending the second indication information, where the second indication information is used to indicate that the current mode is corresponding to DMRS pattern.
  • the network device may send the second indication information to the terminal device by using various signalings, for example, DCI, RRC signaling, MAC CE, and the like, which is not limited by the embodiment of the present application.
  • the network device and the terminal device need to determine the DMRS pattern when performing data transmission, and the network device notifies the terminal device by using the pattern of the DMRS used for data transmission with the terminal device, and the terminal device may determine according to the DMRS pattern.
  • the time-frequency resource location of the DMRS which in turn enables mapping or demapping of the DMRS.
  • the terminal device may determine the current mode according to the current state. For example, the terminal device determines the current mode according to the network state or the service state, and then the terminal device indicates the current mode of the network device.
  • the current mode is a frequency hopping mode, where the DMRS in the preset DMRS pattern occupies consecutive N symbols in a resource scheduling unit that is not hopped, and N is greater than or An integer equal to 1; the DMRS in the DMRS pattern corresponding to the current mode occupies consecutive N 1 symbols in the first frequency band, and consecutive N 2 symbols in the second frequency band, and N 1 is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
  • N 2 is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
  • the DMRS in the frequency hopping mode, since the channel states of the two frequency bands are different, the DMRS is transmitted in each frequency band in the embodiment of the present application, so that the receiving end can demodulate according to the DMRS in each frequency band.
  • the data can improve the accuracy of data demodulation and improve the demodulation performance.
  • the N 1 N 2
  • the position of the N1 symbols in the first frequency band is symmetric with the position of the N 2 symbols in the second frequency band.
  • the symmetric setting of the DMRS in the two frequency bands enables the receiving end device to perform data demodulation in the two frequency bands in the same manner, which can reduce the complexity of the demodulation and improve the network performance.
  • the N 2 symbols include a first symbol in the second frequency band.
  • the DMRS occupies the first symbol in the second frequency band, so that the receiving end can obtain the DMRS first, and the data can be implemented. Fast demodulation.
  • N 2 symbol positions may also be any one of the second frequency bands, and the embodiment of the present application is not limited thereto.
  • the N 1 symbols include a first symbol in a first area of the first frequency band, where the first area is a symbol occupied by data and DMRS .
  • the first area includes symbols for carrying data and DMRS in the resource scheduling unit.
  • each segment is one symbol or two, but the embodiment of the present application is not limited thereto, and one segment occupies one symbol and the other segment occupies two symbols.
  • the current mode is a resource hopping mode, where the DMRS in the preset DMRS pattern occupies consecutive M symbols and consecutive Ks in a resource scheduling unit that is not hopped. a symbol, wherein the M symbols are not adjacent to the K symbols; the DMRS pattern corresponding to the current mode occupies consecutive M 1 symbols and consecutive K 1 symbols in the symbol of the first frequency band, and a continuous M 2 symbols and consecutive K 2 symbols in the second frequency band, wherein the M 1 symbols are not adjacent to the K 1 symbols, and the M 2 symbols are not adjacent to the K 2 symbols , M, K, M 1 , K 1 , M 2 , and K 2 are integers greater than or equal to 1.
  • M symbols are located before K symbols
  • M 1 symbols are located before K 1 symbols
  • M 2 symbols are located before K 2 symbols.
  • the K 1 symbols include a first symbol in the first frequency band, a second last symbol, or a third symbol in the last.
  • the symbol M 1 in a first frequency band comprises the first symbol of the first region, the first region includes the data and the DMRS symbols occupied.
  • the M 1 symbol includes the first symbol of the first region of the second frequency band, enabling fast demodulation.
  • the M 2 symbols include a first symbol in the second frequency band.
  • M 1 M
  • the M 1 symbols are the same as the positions of the M symbols
  • the K 1 symbols include a last one of the first frequency bands.
  • a symbol, the M 2 symbol including a first symbol in the first frequency band, K 2 K
  • the k 2 symbol is the same as the position of the K symbols, or the K 2 symbol positions Is the preset position.
  • M 1 M, where the M 1 symbols are the same as the positions of the M symbols,
  • the K 1 symbols include a 7th symbol in the entire resource scheduling unit, and the entire resource scheduling unit includes a sum of symbols occupied by the first frequency band and the second frequency band, where the entire resource scheduling unit includes 14 symbols.
  • the M 2 symbol includes an eighth symbol in the entire resource scheduling unit,
  • K 2 K
  • the K 2 symbol is the same as the position of the K symbols, or the K 2 symbol positions are preset positions.
  • the position of the M 2 symbols and the K 2 symbols is symmetrical.
  • the symmetric setting of the DMRS in the two frequency bands enables the receiving device to perform data demodulation in the two frequency bands in the same manner, which can reduce the complexity of the demodulation and improve the network performance.
  • the M 2 symbols include a first symbol in the second frequency band.
  • the DMRS occupies the first symbol in the second frequency band, so that the receiving end can obtain the DMRS to be quickly demodulated and meet the fast solution. Adjust the demand.
  • M 2 symbol positions may also be any one of the second frequency bands, and the embodiment of the present application is not limited thereto.
  • the DMRS in the preset DMRS pattern further occupies consecutive P symbols in the resource scheduling unit that is not hopped, and the P symbols and the M symbols are The K symbols are not adjacent;
  • the symbol and the K 1 symbols are not adjacent to each other, and the P 2 symbols and the M 2 symbols are not adjacent to the K 2 symbols, and P, P 1 , and P 2 are integers greater than or equal to 1.
  • the DMRS in the preset DMRS pattern in the embodiment of the present application may occupy L group symbols, and L may be 2, 3, 4 or greater.
  • the current mode corresponds to the DMRS pattern.
  • the DMRS occupies the L group symbols in each frequency band.
  • the current mode is an aggregation mode, where the plurality of resource scheduling units are Y, and Y is an integer greater than or equal to 2;
  • the DMRS in the preset DMRS pattern occupies at least one consecutive symbol in each resource scheduling unit of the Y resource scheduling units
  • the current pattern corresponding to the pattern occupied by the DMRS DMRS integer Y Y resource scheduling unit continuously at least one symbol before a resource scheduling unit in each of a single resource scheduling, Y1 is greater than or equal to 1 and less than Y.
  • the DMRS in the aggregation mode, only occupies the symbols in the first Y 1 resource scheduling units in the Y transmissions, which reduces the resources occupied by the DMRS, avoids resource waste, and improves network performance.
  • the current mode is an aggregation mode, where the multiple resource scheduling units are Y, and the DMRS in the preset DMRS pattern occupies each resource scheduling in the Y resource scheduling units.
  • the L group symbol in the unit, L is an integer greater than or equal to 2, wherein the L group symbols are not adjacent, each group symbol in the L group symbol includes consecutive at least one symbol; the current mode corresponds to the DMRS pattern
  • the DMRS occupies the L 1 group symbol in each resource scheduling unit of the Y resource scheduling units, and L 1 is an integer smaller than L, wherein the L 1 group symbols are not adjacent, and each group symbol in the L 1 group symbol Includes at least one symbol in succession.
  • the DMRS in the aggregation mode, only occupies the L 1 group symbol in each resource scheduling unit of the Y resource scheduling units that are aggregated and transmitted, reduces the resources occupied by the DMRS, avoids resource waste, and improves the network. performance.
  • the current mode is an aggregation mode, where the multiple resource scheduling units are Y, and the DMRS in the preset DMRS pattern occupies each resource scheduling in the Y resource scheduling units.
  • the L group symbol in the unit, the DMRS in the DMRS pattern corresponding to the current mode occupies the L group symbol in each resource scheduling unit of the Y resource scheduling units, where L is an integer greater than or equal to 2, wherein the L group symbol
  • Each of the L sets of symbols includes at least one consecutive symbol, and the maximum difference between the intervals of any two adjacent sets of Y*L group symbols occupied by the DMRS in the preset DMRS pattern is not adjacent.
  • the maximum difference between the spacings of any two adjacent symbols in the Y*L group symbols occupied by the DMRS in the DMRS pattern corresponding to the current mode is S symbols, S ⁇ R.
  • the symbol distribution in the Y resource scheduling units of the aggregated transmission occupied by the DMRS is relatively uniform, which can improve the demodulation performance, avoid resource waste, and improve network performance.
  • the number of symbols in a group of symbols occupied by the DMRS is not limited, and the group of symbols may include at least one symbol, for example, including 1 symbol, 2 symbols, or 3 symbols.
  • the implementation of the application is not limited thereto.
  • a method for transmitting a DMRS comprising: the communication device determining, by using indication information of an additional DMRS, a DMRS pattern corresponding to a frequency hopping pattern, the additional DMRS indicating a DMRS located after the pre-load DMRS, The indication information is used to indicate at least one of whether the additional DMRS, the number of the additional DMRS, and the location of the additional DMRS are present, the frequency hopping mode indicating that a part of symbols in a resource scheduling unit are located One frequency band, another part of the symbol is located in the second frequency band, and the communication device performs mapping or demapping of the DMRS using the DMRS pattern.
  • the embodiment of the present application can flexibly determine the DMRS pattern corresponding to the frequency hopping mode based on the parameters existing in the system, that is, the indication information of the additional DMRS, which can reduce implementation complexity and improve system performance.
  • the DMRS in the DMRS pattern occupies a segment of the first frequency band, and a segment of the second frequency band A symbol in which a segment of symbols includes at least one symbol in succession.
  • a segment of the first frequency band includes a first symbol in a first region of the first frequency band, where the first region includes a symbol occupied by the data and the DMRS.
  • a segment of the second frequency band includes a first symbol in the second frequency band.
  • the DMRS in the DMRS pattern occupies the number of segments and positions in the first frequency band, and the occupied second frequency band
  • the number of symbols and the position in the same are the same as the number of segments and the position indicated by the indication information and the pre-DMRS indication information.
  • the DMRS occupies the same number of symbols and the location in the first frequency band and the DMRS segment number and location indicated by the pre-load DMRS indication information, and the DMRS occupies the same number of symbols and the location in the first frequency band and the DMRS segment number and location indicated by the additional DMRS indication information.
  • the indication information is used to indicate that the additional DMRS exists
  • the DMRS in the DMRS pattern occupies two consecutive symbols in the first frequency band, and two consecutive symbols in the second frequency band, or the DMRS in the DMRS pattern occupies the first frequency band.
  • a continuous two-segment symbol, and a segment of the second frequency band, or the DMRS in the DMRS pattern occupies a segment of the first frequency band and two non-contiguous symbols in the second frequency band, where Each of the two segments of symbols includes a continuous indicator indicating a symbol, and the segment of the symbol includes at least one symbol in succession.
  • the DMRS in the DMRS pattern occupies two consecutive symbols in the first frequency band, the next one of the two symbols in the first frequency band includes the first frequency band.
  • a communication device for performing the method of any of the first aspect, the second aspect, the first aspect, and the second aspect.
  • the network device comprises means for performing the above method.
  • a communication device comprising a processor and a memory, the memory for storing a computer program for executing a computer program stored in the memory, performing the first aspect, the second aspect The method of any of the possible implementations of the first aspect and the second aspect.
  • a fifth aspect provides a computer readable medium having stored thereon a computer program, the computer program being executed by a computer to implement any of the first aspect, the second aspect, the first aspect, and the second aspect The method in .
  • a computer program product is provided, the computer program product being implemented by a computer to implement the method of any of the first aspect, the second aspect, the first aspect, and the second aspect.
  • a processing apparatus including a processor and an interface
  • the processor is configured to perform the method in any of the first aspect, the second aspect, the first aspect, and the second aspect.
  • the processing device in the foregoing seventh aspect may be a chip, and the processor may be implemented by using hardware or by software.
  • the processor may be a logic circuit, an integrated circuit, or the like;
  • the processor can be a general purpose processor, which is implemented by reading software code stored in the memory.
  • the memory can be integrated in the processor and can exist independently of the processor.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic block diagram of a communication system to which an embodiment of the present application is applicable. .
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic flow chart of a method for transmitting a DMRS according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic flow chart of a method for transmitting a DMRS according to another embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic flow chart of a method for transmitting a DMRS according to another embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of a preset DMRS pattern according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of a preset DMRS pattern according to another embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram of a DMRS pattern in accordance with an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 8 is a schematic illustration of a DMRS pattern in the prior art.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of a DMRS pattern according to another embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram of a DMRS pattern according to another embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 11 is a schematic illustration of another DMRS pattern in the prior art.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic diagram of a DMRS pattern according to another embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic diagram of a DMRS pattern according to another embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic diagram of a DMRS pattern according to another embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 15 is a schematic illustration of another DMRS pattern in the prior art.
  • 16 is a schematic diagram of a DMRS pattern according to another embodiment of the present application.
  • 17 is a schematic diagram of another DMRS pattern in the prior art.
  • FIG. 18 is a schematic diagram of a DMRS pattern according to another embodiment of the present application.
  • 19 is a schematic block diagram of a communication device in accordance with one embodiment of the present application.
  • 20 is a schematic diagram of a DMRS pattern according to another embodiment of the present application.
  • 21 is a schematic diagram of a DMRS pattern according to another embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 22 is a schematic diagram of a DMRS pattern according to another embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 23 is a schematic diagram of a DMRS pattern according to another embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 24 is a schematic diagram of a DMRS pattern according to another embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 25 is a schematic diagram of a DMRS pattern according to another embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 26 is a schematic diagram of a DMRS pattern according to another embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 27 is a schematic diagram of a DMRS pattern according to another embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 28 is a schematic diagram of a DMRS pattern in accordance with another embodiment of the present application.
  • 29 is a schematic diagram of a DMRS pattern in accordance with another embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 30 is a schematic diagram of a DMRS pattern according to another embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 31 is a schematic diagram of a DMRS pattern according to another embodiment of the present application.
  • 32 is a schematic diagram of a DMRS pattern according to another embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 33 is a schematic diagram of a DMRS pattern according to another embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 34 is a schematic diagram of a DMRS pattern according to another embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 35 is a schematic diagram of a DMRS pattern according to another embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 36 is a schematic diagram of DMRS multiplexing according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 37 is a schematic diagram of DMRS multiplexing according to another embodiment of the present application.
  • the embodiments of the present application are applicable to various communication systems, and therefore, the following description is not limited to a specific communication system.
  • GSM global system of mobile communication
  • CDMA code division multiple access
  • WCDMA wideband code division multiple access
  • System general packet radio service (GPRS), long term evolution (LTE) system, LTE frequency division duplex (FDD) system, LTE time division duplex (time division duplex, TDD), universal mobile telecommunication system (UMTS), wireless local area networks (WLAN), wireless fidelity (WiFi), and next-generation communication systems
  • the fifth generation (5th generation, 5G) communication system for example, a new radio (NR) system.
  • the network device may be a global system of mobile communication (GSM) or a base transceiver station (BTS) in code division multiple access (CDMA), or may be a broadband A base station (nodeB, NB) in a code division multiple access (WCDMA), or an evolved base station (eNB/eNodeB) in long term evolution (LTE), or a relay station or an access point, or a network side device in a future 5G network, for example, a transmission point (TRP or TP) in an NR system, a base station (gNB) in an NR system, a radio unit in an NR system, such as a remote radio unit One or a group of base stations (including multiple antenna panels) in a 5G system, etc.
  • Different network devices may be located in the same cell or in different cells, and are not limited herein.
  • the terminal device may also be referred to as a user equipment (UE), an access terminal, a subscriber unit, a subscriber station, a mobile station, a mobile station, a remote station, a remote terminal, a mobile device, a user terminal, and a terminal.
  • a wireless communication device a user agent, or a user device.
  • the access terminal may be a cellular phone, a cordless phone, a session initiation protocol (SIP) phone, a wireless local loop (WLL) station, a personal digital assistant (PDA), with wireless communication.
  • the communication system 100 includes a network side device 102, and the network side device 102 may include a plurality of antenna groups.
  • Each antenna group may include multiple antennas, for example, one antenna group may include antennas 104 and 106, another antenna group may include antennas 108 and 110, and an additional group may include antennas 112 and 114.
  • Two antennas are shown in Figure 1 for each antenna group, although more or fewer antennas may be used for each group.
  • Network side device 102 may additionally include a transmitter chain and a receiver chain, as will be understood by those of ordinary skill in the art, which may include various components associated with signal transmission and reception (eg, processors, modulators, multiplexers, Demodulator, demultiplexer or antenna, etc.).
  • a transmitter chain and a receiver chain may include various components associated with signal transmission and reception (eg, processors, modulators, multiplexers, Demodulator, demultiplexer or antenna, etc.).
  • the network side device 102 can communicate with a plurality of terminal devices (e.g., the terminal device 116 and the terminal device 122). However, it will be appreciated that the network side device 102 can communicate with any number of terminal devices similar to the terminal device 116 or 122.
  • Terminal devices 116 and 122 may be, for example, cellular telephones, smart phones, portable computers, handheld communication devices, handheld computing devices, satellite radios, global positioning systems, PDAs, and/or any other suitable for communicating over wireless communication system 100. device.
  • terminal device 116 is in communication with antennas 112 and 114, wherein antennas 112 and 114 transmit information to terminal device 116 over forward link 118 and receive information from terminal device 116 over reverse link 120.
  • terminal device 122 is in communication with antennas 104 and 106, wherein antennas 104 and 106 transmit information to terminal device 122 over forward link 124 and receive information from terminal device 122 over reverse link 126.
  • the forward link 118 can utilize a different frequency band than that used by the reverse link 120, and the forward link 124 can utilize the reverse link. 126 different frequency bands used.
  • FDD frequency division duplex
  • the forward link 118 and the reverse link 120 can use a common frequency band, a forward link 124, and a reverse link.
  • Link 126 can use a common frequency band.
  • Each set of antennas and/or areas designed for communication is referred to as a sector of the network side device 102.
  • the antenna group can be designed to communicate with terminal devices in sectors of the network side device 102 coverage area.
  • the transmit antenna of the network side device 102 can utilize beamforming to improve the signal to noise ratio of the forward links 118 and 124.
  • the neighboring cell is compared with the manner in which the network side device transmits a signal to all of its terminal devices through a single antenna. Mobile devices in the middle are subject to less interference.
  • the network side device 102, the terminal device 116, or the terminal device 122 may be a wireless communication transmitting device and/or a wireless communication receiving device.
  • the wireless communication transmitting device can encode the data for transmission.
  • the wireless communication transmitting device may acquire (eg, generate, receive from other communication devices, or store in memory, etc.) a certain number of data bits to be transmitted over the channel to the wireless communication receiving device.
  • Such data bits may be included in a transport block (or multiple transport blocks) of data that may be segmented to produce multiple code blocks.
  • the sending end device (for example, the downlink transmission is a network device, and the uplink transmission is a terminal device) sends the pre-coded DMRS and data according to the DMRS pattern, so that after receiving the information sent by the sending end device, the receiving end device may
  • the DMRS pattern acquires the DMRS and demodulates the data according to the DMRS to acquire data.
  • both the transmitting device and the receiving device need to know the symbol position occupied by the DMRS. That is, in order to enable the receiving device to accurately demodulate data, the transmitting device and the receiving device need to use the same DMRS pattern. Communicate. Specifically, the transmitting device maps the DMRS according to the DMRS pattern, and the receiving device demaps the DMRS according to the DMRS pattern.
  • the embodiments of the present application mainly relate to mapping or demapping of a DMRS according to a DMRS pattern by a communication device (a network device or a terminal device).
  • a communication device a network device or a terminal device.
  • the method for transmitting DMRS in the embodiment of the present application is described in detail below with reference to the accompanying drawings.
  • FIG. 2 shows a schematic flow chart of a method for transmitting a DMRS according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the method 200 shown in Figure 2 can be applied to any of the communication systems described above.
  • the method shown in FIG. 2 may be performed by a communication device, which may be a network device or a terminal device, and the network device may be any one of the network devices described above, and the terminal device may be any of the above described
  • the terminal device, the embodiment of the present application is not limited thereto.
  • the method 200 shown in FIG. 2 includes:
  • the communications device determines a current mode of the resource scheduling unit, where the current mode includes a frequency hopping mode or an aggregation mode, where the hopping mode indicates that a part of symbols in one resource scheduling unit is in the first frequency band, and another part of the symbol is in the second frequency band.
  • the pattern indicates that multiple resource scheduling units aggregate transmissions.
  • a symbol indicates a time unit, and a symbol in the present disclosure may also be referred to as an OFDM symbol, and the embodiment of the present application is not limited thereto.
  • a resource unit in the embodiment of the present application may include n symbols, and n is an integer greater than or equal to 2.
  • n is 7, 14 or any one of 2-13. Not limited to this.
  • the DMRS pattern may also be referred to as DMRS distribution information or DMRS attributes, and the DMRS pattern can represent the symbol position and symbol data occupied by the DMRS, and the embodiment of the present application is not limited thereto.
  • the communication device performs mapping or demapping of the DMRS by using the DMRS pattern corresponding to the current mode, where the symbol position occupied by the DMRS in the DMRS pattern corresponding to the current mode is different from the symbol position occupied by the DMRS in the preset DMRS pattern.
  • the DMRS pattern can represent the symbol position occupied by the DMRS, and the DMRS pattern can also be referred to as a DMRS location, a DMRS attribute, or data distribution information, and the embodiment of the present application is not limited thereto.
  • the DMRS mapping is performed according to the DMRS pattern corresponding to the current mode
  • the DMRS demapping is performed according to the DMRS pattern corresponding to the current mode
  • the communication device is a network device, and when performing uplink transmission, the communication device performs demapping of the DMRS by using the DMRS pattern corresponding to the current mode; when performing downlink transmission, the communication device performs DMRS using the DMRS pattern corresponding to the current mode. Mapping.
  • the communication device is a terminal device. When performing uplink transmission, the communication device uses the DMRS pattern corresponding to the current mode to perform DMRS mapping. When performing downlink transmission, the communication device performs DMRS using the DMRS pattern corresponding to the current mode. Demap.
  • the preset DMRS pattern may also be referred to as a predefined pattern, a default pattern, or a first DMRS pattern, and the DMRS pattern corresponding to the current mode may also be referred to as a second DMRS pattern.
  • the preset DMRS pattern indicates the DMRS pattern used in the first mode (ie, non-frequency hopping and non-aggregation mode).
  • the preset DMRS pattern is used for communication, that is, the symbol position occupied by the DMRS is the same as the symbol position occupied by the DMRS in the preset DMRS pattern.
  • the distribution mode of the DMRS in the preset DMRS pattern is difficult to meet the needs of different modes. Therefore, the DMRS resources are wasted or the demodulation performance of the receiving end is poor, which affects network performance.
  • the pattern of the DMRS in the current mode is different from the preset pattern.
  • the embodiment of the present application can flexibly select the symbol position occupied by the DMRS according to different modes, and the embodiment of the present application can meet the requirements of different modes. Improve network performance.
  • FIG. 3 illustrates a method for transmitting a DMRS according to an embodiment of the present application
  • FIG. 3 illustrates a method for transmitting a DMRS in a downlink transmission according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the method 300 includes:
  • the network device determines a current mode of the resource scheduling unit.
  • the network device can determine the current mode in a variety of ways.
  • the network device may determine the current mode according to the channel state information reported by the terminal device and the network state of the cell.
  • the network device may determine the current mode according to a waveform used by the terminal device, such as a single carrier or multiple carriers.
  • the current mode may be a frequency hopping mode
  • the current mode may be an aggregation mode.
  • the embodiment of the present application is not limited thereto.
  • the current mode may also be an aggregation mode.
  • the network device may determine the current mode according to the type of the service.
  • the service type may include a service that needs to be quickly demodulated or a service that requires high transmission performance.
  • the network device may determine the current mode according to the indication information sent by the terminal device, that is, the terminal device may determine the current mode according to the current state, for example, the network state or the service state, and then the terminal.
  • the device indicates the current mode of the network device.
  • the terminal device sends the indication information to the network device, so that the network device determines the current mode according to the indication information sent by the terminal device.
  • the network device performs mapping of the DMRS according to the DMRS pattern corresponding to the current mode.
  • the network device maps the DMRS and the data according to the DMRS pattern, and transmits the mapped DMRS and the data.
  • the DMRS pattern corresponding to the current mode may be preset by the system, that is, the system may preset the correspondence between the mode of the resource scheduling unit and the DMRS pattern, and the network device and the terminal device determine the current After the mode, the DMRS pattern corresponding to the current mode can be determined according to the preset correspondence.
  • the network device may determine a corresponding DMRS pattern according to the current mode, and indicate, by using the second indication information, the DMRS pattern corresponding to the current mode of the terminal device.
  • the network device can flexibly determine the DMRS pattern corresponding to the current mode according to the channel state or the service requirement corresponding to the current mode, and the embodiment of the present application is not limited thereto.
  • the terminal device performs demapping of the DMRS according to the DMRS pattern corresponding to the current mode.
  • the terminal device may perform demapping of the DMRS according to the DMRS pattern corresponding to the current mode, and demodulate the data according to the DMRS.
  • the terminal device needs to know the DMRS pattern used by the network device to perform DMRS mapping, that is, the DMRS pattern corresponding to the current mode, before performing demapping of the DMRS.
  • the DMRS pattern corresponding to the current mode may be preset by the system, that is, the system may preset the correspondence between the mode of the resource scheduling unit and the DMRS pattern, and determine the resource scheduling unit mode in the terminal device.
  • the DMRS pattern corresponding to the current mode can be determined according to the preset correspondence.
  • the terminal device can determine the current mode according to various manners.
  • the terminal device may determine the current mode according to the indication of the network device. Specifically, the terminal device may receive the first indication information sent by the network device, where the first indication information is used by the terminal device to determine the current mode. After acquiring the first indication information, the terminal device may determine, according to the first indication information, a current mode of the resource scheduling unit.
  • the first indication information may directly indicate that the current mode is an aggregation mode or a frequency hopping mode.
  • the first indication information may indirectly indicate the current mode.
  • the first indication information indicates the length of the resource scheduling unit, and the terminal device may determine the current mode according to the length of the resource scheduling unit.
  • the first indication information indicates the current service type, and the terminal device according to the service type. The current mode is determined, and embodiments of the present application are not limited thereto.
  • the network device may send the first indication information to the terminal device by using multiple signaling, for example, downlink control information (DCI), radio resource control (RRC) signaling, and media access control. (media access control, MAC) layer control element (CE), etc., which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • DCI downlink control information
  • RRC radio resource control
  • CE media access control
  • DCI downlink control information
  • MAC media access control
  • CE layer control element
  • the terminal device may determine the current mode according to the current state. For example, the terminal device determines the current mode according to the network state or the service state, and then the terminal device indicates the current mode of the network device.
  • the terminal device determines, according to the second indication information sent by the network device, the DMRS pattern corresponding to the current mode.
  • the network device may send the second indication information to the terminal device by using various signalings, for example, DCI, RRC signaling, MAC CE, and the like, which is not limited by the embodiment of the present application.
  • the network device and the terminal device need to determine the DMRS pattern when performing data transmission, and the network device notifies the terminal device by using the pattern of the DMRS used for data transmission with the terminal device, and the terminal device may determine according to the DMRS pattern.
  • the time-frequency resource location of the DMRS which in turn enables mapping or demapping of the DMRS.
  • FIG. 4 illustrates a method for transmitting a DMRS according to an embodiment of the present application
  • FIG. 4 illustrates a method for transmitting a DMRS in an uplink transmission according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the method 400 includes:
  • the terminal device determines a current mode of the resource scheduling unit.
  • step 410 is similar to the manner in which the terminal device determines the current mode in step 330 in FIG. 3. To avoid repetition, the detailed description is omitted as appropriate herein.
  • the terminal device may determine the current mode according to the indication of the network device. Specifically, the terminal device may receive the first indication information sent by the network device, where the first indication information is used by the terminal device to determine the current mode. After acquiring the first indication information, the terminal device may determine, according to the first indication information, a current mode of the resource scheduling unit.
  • the first indication information may directly indicate that the current mode is an aggregation mode or a frequency hopping mode.
  • the first indication information may indirectly indicate the current mode.
  • the first indication information indicates the length of the resource scheduling unit, and the terminal device may determine the current mode according to the length of the resource scheduling unit.
  • the first indication information indicates the current service type, and the terminal device according to the service type. The current mode is determined, and embodiments of the present application are not limited thereto.
  • the network device may send the first indication information to the terminal device by using multiple signaling, for example, downlink control information (DCI), radio resource control (RRC) signaling, and media access control. (media access control, MAC) layer control element (CE), etc., which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • DCI downlink control information
  • RRC radio resource control
  • CE media access control
  • DCI downlink control information
  • MAC media access control
  • CE layer control element
  • the terminal device may determine the current mode according to the current state. For example, the terminal device determines the current mode according to the network state or the service state, and then the terminal device indicates the current mode of the network device.
  • the terminal device performs mapping of the DMRS according to the DMRS pattern corresponding to the current mode.
  • the terminal device first determines a DMRS pattern corresponding to the current mode, and maps the DMRS and the data according to the DMRS pattern, and sends the mapped DMRS and data.
  • the method for the terminal device to determine the pattern of the DMRS corresponding to the current mode in step 420 corresponds to the method for the terminal device to determine the DMRS pattern corresponding to the current mode in step 330 in FIG. 3, and to avoid repetition, the detailed description is omitted here.
  • the DMRS pattern corresponding to the current mode may be preset by the system, that is, the system may preset the correspondence between the mode of the resource scheduling unit and the DMRS pattern, and determine the resource scheduling unit mode in the terminal device.
  • the DMRS pattern corresponding to the current mode can be determined according to the preset correspondence.
  • the terminal device can determine the current mode according to various manners.
  • the terminal device determines, according to the second indication information sent by the network device, the DMRS pattern corresponding to the current mode.
  • the network device may send the second indication information to the terminal device by using various signalings, for example, DCI, RRC signaling, MAC CE, and the like, which is not limited by the embodiment of the present application.
  • the network device and the terminal device need to determine the DMRS pattern when performing data transmission, and the network device notifies the terminal device by using the pattern of the DMRS used for data transmission with the terminal device, and the terminal device may determine according to the DMRS pattern.
  • the time-frequency resource location of the DMRS which in turn enables mapping or demapping of the DMRS.
  • the network device performs demapping of the DMRS according to the DMRS pattern corresponding to the current mode.
  • the network device may perform demapping of the DMRS according to the DMRS pattern corresponding to the current mode, and demodulate the data according to the DMRS.
  • the network device needs to know the DMRS pattern used by the terminal device to perform DMRS mapping, that is, the DMRS pattern corresponding to the current mode, before performing demapping of the DMRS.
  • the method for determining, by the network device, the pattern corresponding to the current mode in step 430 corresponds to the method for determining the pattern corresponding to the current mode by the network device in step 320 in FIG. 3, and to avoid repetition, the detailed description is omitted here.
  • the DMRS pattern corresponding to the current mode may be preset by the system, that is, the system may preset the correspondence between the mode of the resource scheduling unit and the DMRS pattern, and the network device and the terminal device determine the current After the mode, the DMRS pattern corresponding to the current mode can be determined according to the preset correspondence.
  • the network device may determine a corresponding DMRS pattern according to the current mode, and indicate, by using the second indication information, the DMRS pattern corresponding to the current mode of the terminal device.
  • the network device can flexibly determine the DMRS pattern corresponding to the current mode according to the channel state or the service requirement corresponding to the current mode, and the embodiment of the present application is not limited thereto.
  • the network device can determine the current mode in a variety of ways.
  • the network device may determine the current mode according to the channel state information reported by the terminal device and the network state of the cell.
  • the network device may determine the current mode according to a waveform used by the terminal device, such as a single carrier or multiple carriers.
  • the current mode may be a frequency hopping mode
  • the current mode may be an aggregation mode.
  • the embodiment of the present application is not limited thereto.
  • the current mode may also be an aggregation mode.
  • the network device may determine the current mode according to the type of the service.
  • the service type may include a service that needs to be quickly demodulated or a service that requires high transmission performance.
  • the network device may determine the current mode according to the indication information sent by the terminal device, that is, the terminal device may determine the current mode according to the current state, for example, the network state or the service state, and then the terminal.
  • the device indicates the current mode of the network device.
  • the terminal device sends the indication information to the network device, so that the network device determines the current mode according to the indication information sent by the terminal device.
  • the preset DMRS pattern can be divided into a plurality of cases, which will be described in detail below.
  • the embodiment of the present invention is not limited thereto, and for example, M and K may be equal to 2 or 3, and the like.
  • the DMRS is not limited to the case where the DMRS occupies two sets of symbols, and the L may also be equal to 3, that is, the DMRS also occupies consecutive P symbols in the resource scheduling unit that is not hopped, optionally , L can also be equal to 4, 5, and so on.
  • the DMRS occupies only one set of symbols
  • the DMRS occupies at least two sets of symbols
  • the first and second cases may correspond to different application scenarios.
  • Case 2 may correspond to a scenario in which channel state fluctuations are relatively large, for example, a scenario in which a terminal device moves rapidly, and in case 2, accurate demodulation of data is realized by transmitting multiple sets of DMRS.
  • Case 1 can correspond to a scenario where the channel state is relatively stable. Therefore, accurate demodulation of data can be achieved by transmitting a set of DMRSs.
  • the DMRS patterns corresponding to the current mode of the embodiment of the present application are respectively described in detail in the following two cases for the current mode, namely, the frequency hopping mode and the aggregation mode.
  • the DMRS in the DMRS pattern corresponding to the current mode occupies consecutive N 1 symbols in the first frequency band.
  • N 1 is an integer greater than or equal to 1
  • N 2 is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
  • FIG. 8 shows that in the existing mode, in the frequency hopping mode, the DMRS is still transmitted according to the position in the preset pattern shown in FIG. 5.
  • the DMRS is transmitted in the first frequency band, and There is no DMRS transmitted in the second frequency band.
  • the channel state corresponding to the second frequency band is often different from the channel state corresponding to the first frequency band. Therefore, only the DMRS transmitted in the first frequency band is used to demodulate data. It will affect the accuracy of data demodulation in the second band and affect network performance.
  • the DMRS in the frequency hopping mode, since the channel states of the two frequency bands are different, the DMRS is transmitted in each frequency band in the embodiment of the present application, so that the receiving end can demodulate according to the DMRS in each frequency band. Corresponding data can improve the accuracy of data demodulation and improve demodulation performance.
  • N2 symbol positions may be any one of the second frequency bands, and the embodiment of the present application is not limited thereto.
  • N 1 N 2
  • the position of the N1 symbols in the first frequency band and the position in the first frequency band is symmetric with the position of the N2 symbols in the second frequency band.
  • N 1 and N 2 are the third symbol positions in the first frequency band and the second frequency band.
  • the symmetric setting of the DMRS in the two frequency bands enables the receiving end device to perform data demodulation in the two frequency bands in the same manner, which can reduce the complexity of the demodulation and improve the network performance.
  • the N 1 symbols include a first symbol in a first region of the first frequency band, where the first region includes data and a symbol occupied by the DMRS.
  • the N 2 symbols comprise a first symbol in the second frequency band.
  • the N 2 symbols include a first symbol in the second frequency band.
  • N 2 1
  • the DMRS occupies the first symbol in the second frequency band.
  • the DMRS occupies the first symbol in the second frequency band, so that the receiving end can obtain the DMRS first, and the data can be implemented. Fast demodulation.
  • N 2 symbol positions may also be any one of the second frequency bands, and the embodiment of the present application is not limited thereto.
  • the DMRS pattern corresponding to the current mode occupies consecutive symbols in the symbol of the first frequency band.
  • M 1 symbols and consecutive K 1 symbols, and consecutive M 2 symbols and consecutive K 2 symbols in the second frequency band wherein the M 1 symbols are not adjacent to the K 1 symbols, M 2 symbols are not adjacent to the K 2 symbols, and M 1 , K 1 , M 2 , and K 2 are integers greater than or equal to 1.
  • FIG. 10 shows a case where M 1 , K 1 , M 2 , and K 2 are both equal to 1.
  • the front and rear frequency bands each have two segments.
  • the embodiment of the present application is not limited thereto.
  • the frequency hopping as long as the DMRS is more than one segment, after the frequency hopping, it may be any one of the three types 2 below. For details, refer to the description of Type 2 below.
  • FIG. 11 shows that in the prior art, in the frequency hopping mode, the DMRS is still transmitted according to the position in the preset pattern shown in FIG. 6. As can be seen from FIG. 11, in the first frequency band and the second frequency band. A set of DMRSs is transmitted. However, in the scenario of the second case, since the channel state fluctuates greatly, it is difficult to ensure accurate demodulation of data by transmitting only one set of DMRSs in one frequency band.
  • the first group of symbols is located in the first half of the resource scheduling unit, and the second group of symbols is located in the second half of the resource scheduling unit, but
  • the additional pattern in FIG. 6 may evolve into two groups of symbols that may be located in the first half of the resource scheduling unit.
  • the DMRS occupies the third and sixth in the preset additional pattern. Symbols.
  • the pattern in the frequency hopping mode in the existing mode shown in FIG. 11 can be evolved to transmit two sets of DMRS in the first frequency band, for example, the third and sixth in the first frequency band.
  • the symbol transmits DMRS, and the DMRS is not transmitted in the second frequency band.
  • the second frequency band does not transmit DMRS, it will affect the accuracy of data demodulation in the second frequency band and affect network performance.
  • the DMRS in the frequency hopping mode, since the channel states of the two frequency bands are different, the DMRS is transmitted in each frequency band in the embodiment of the present application, so that the receiving end can demodulate according to the DMRS in each frequency band. Corresponding data can improve the accuracy of data demodulation and improve demodulation performance.
  • the symbol positions of the DMRS in the first frequency band and the second frequency band are not limited in the embodiment of the present application. As long as the L-group DMRS is included in each frequency band, the embodiment of the present application does not limit this.
  • the symmetric setting of the DMRS in the two frequency bands enables the receiving device to perform data demodulation in the two frequency bands in the same manner, which can reduce the complexity of the demodulation and improve the network performance.
  • the M 2 symbols include a first symbol in the second frequency band.
  • the DMRS occupies the first symbol in the second frequency band, so that the receiving end can obtain the DMRS to be quickly demodulated and meet the fast solution. Adjust the demand.
  • M 2 symbol positions may also be any one of the second frequency bands, and the embodiment of the present application is not limited thereto.
  • the K 1 symbols include a last symbol in the first frequency band, a second last symbol, or a third symbol from the last.
  • the symbol M 1 comprises a first symbol in a first frequency band of said first region, said first region includes the data and the DMRS symbols occupied.
  • the M 2 symbols include a first symbol in the second frequency band.
  • M 1 M
  • the M 1 symbols are the same as the positions of the M symbols
  • the K 1 symbols include a last symbol in the first frequency band.
  • the M 2 symbol includes a first symbol in the first frequency band
  • K 2 K
  • the k 2 symbol is the same as the position of the K symbols, or the K 2 symbol positions are preset positions. .
  • M 1 M
  • the M 1 symbols are the same as the positions of the M symbols
  • the K 1 symbols include the 7th symbol in the entire resource scheduling unit.
  • the entire resource scheduling unit includes a sum of symbols occupied by the first frequency band and the second frequency band
  • the entire resource scheduling unit includes 14 symbols
  • the M 2 symbol includes an eighth symbol in the entire resource scheduling unit
  • K 2 K
  • the K 2 symbol is the same as the position of the K symbols, or the K 2 symbol positions are preset positions.
  • a preset resource scheduling unit includes three groups of DMRSs, that is, the preset.
  • the DMRS occupies consecutive M symbols, consecutive K symbols, and consecutive P symbols in a resource scheduling unit that is not frequency hopping, and the P symbols, the M symbols, and the K symbols are not in phase. Neighbor; then the DMRS pattern corresponding to the current mode also occupies consecutive M 1 symbols, consecutive K 1 symbols and consecutive P 1 symbols in the symbols of the first frequency band, and consecutive M 2 in the second frequency band a symbol, a continuous K 2 symbols, and a continuous P 2 symbols; wherein the P 1 symbols are not adjacent to the M 1 symbols and the K 1 symbols, and the P 2 symbols and the M 2 symbols The symbol is not adjacent to the K 2 symbols, M, K, P, M 1 , K 1 , P 1 , M 2 , K 2 And P 2 is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
  • L is equal to 4 or other values may be similar to the case where L is equal to 2 or 3, and in order to avoid repetition, it will not be repeated here.
  • consecutive symbols occupied by the DMRS in the embodiment of the present application may also be referred to as a group of DMRS symbols, or a DMRS symbol, where the number (or number) of DMRSs herein indicates the number of symbols occupied by the DMRS. Or the number of segments of the symbol, not the number of symbols.
  • the DMRS may be multiple groups or multiple segments, where the two DMRSs are discontinuous in time, that is, at least one symbol is separated between the segment DMRSs.
  • a set of DMRSs or a DMRS indicates that at least one consecutive symbol (eg, one, two, or three) is occupied in the time domain.
  • FIG. 20 shows four typical types in the frequency hopping mode in the embodiment of the present application, namely, Type 1 and Type 3, and Type 3 includes Type 2-I, Type 2-II, and Type 2-III.
  • FIG. 20 shows four typical types in the frequency hopping mode in the embodiment of the present application, namely, Type 1 and Type 3, and Type 3 includes Type 2-I, Type 2-II, and Similar to 2-III.
  • Type 1 is only one segment of DMRS in each frequency band after frequency hopping.
  • Type 2-I has two DMRSs in each frequency band after frequency hopping.
  • Type 2-II is two in the first frequency band after frequency hopping.
  • Segment DMRS there is a DMRS in the second frequency band
  • Type 2-III has a DMRS in the first frequency band after frequency hopping, and two DMRS in the second frequency band.
  • each DMRS occupies one symbol is shown in FIG. 20, but the embodiment of the present application is not limited thereto, and a DMRS may occupy at least one consecutive symbol, for example, a segment.
  • the DMRS occupies one symbol or occupies two consecutive symbols.
  • the embodiment of the present application the case where the two frequency bands are equally divided into 14 symbols after the frequency hopping is shown, that is, there are 7 symbols in each frequency band, but the embodiment of the present application is not limited thereto, and two The number of symbols in the frequency band may also be unequal, for example, the first frequency band includes 6 symbols, and the second frequency band includes 8 symbols; or the first frequency band includes 4 symbols, and the second frequency band includes 10 symbols, or The first frequency band includes 9 symbols, the second frequency band includes 5 symbols, and so on.
  • the DMRS is located in a certain symbol, which may indicate that the DMRS occupies the symbol, and may also indicate that the DMRS is fixed to the symbol.
  • the embodiment of the present application is not limited thereto.
  • the DMRS For the first frequency band, there is only one DMRS.
  • the position of the DMRS can follow the four principles corresponding to Figure 21-24 below.
  • the one-segment DMRS may occupy one symbol or two consecutive symbols.
  • the embodiment of the present application only cites an example in which the one-segment DMRS occupies one symbol, but the present application implements The example is not limited to this.
  • the first principle As shown in FIG. 21, the position of the 1-segment DMRS is located in the middle of all OFDM symbols in the first frequency band as shown in FIG. 21, and N represents the number of all OFDM symbols in the first frequency band.
  • the 1-segment DMRS can occupy (N/2)+1 or (N/2) symbols.
  • the position of the 1-segment DMRS is located in the middle symbol in the first region of the first frequency band, wherein the first region includes data and symbols occupied by the DMRS.
  • N represents the number of symbols occupied by the first area.
  • the first area in a certain frequency band in this application is the symbol occupied by the data and the DMRS in the frequency band. To avoid repetition, the details are not described below.
  • the position of the 1-stage DMRS adopts a position indicated by the indication information of the front loaded DMRS, wherein the indication information indicates that the first DMRS is located when the frequency hopping is not hopped. position.
  • the indication information indicates that the front loaded is in the fourth symbol (the DMRS occupies the fourth symbol when the frequency hopping is not hopped), and then the DMRS in the first frequency band after the frequency hopping also occupies the fourth symbol.
  • the position of the 1-segment DMRS is located at the Mth symbol starting from the first region.
  • M can be 1.
  • the position of the one-segment DMRS may follow the following seven principles.
  • the one-segment DMRS may occupy one symbol or two consecutive symbols.
  • the embodiment of the present application only cites an example in which the one-segment DMRS occupies one symbol, but the present application implements The example is not limited to this.
  • the position of the 1-segment DMRS is located in the middle of all OFDM symbols in the second frequency band, as shown in FIG. 25, where N represents the number of all OFDM symbols in the first frequency band.
  • the 1-segment DMRS can occupy (N/2)+1 or (N/2) symbols.
  • the second principle as shown in FIG. 26, the position of the 1-segment DMRS is located in the middle symbol of the first region in the second frequency band, as shown in FIG. 26, and N represents the number of symbols occupied by the first region.
  • the position of the 1-segment DMRS is located at the Mth symbol starting from the first region.
  • M can be 1.
  • the fourth principle As shown in Figures 28 and 29, the position of a segment of the DMRS in the second band is symmetric or corresponding to the position of the first segment of the DMRS in the first band.
  • FIG. 28 shows that the position of one segment of the DMRS in the second frequency band in all symbols of the second frequency band is symmetric with the position of the first DMRS in the first frequency band in all symbols of the first frequency band.
  • 29 shows that the position of a segment of the DMRS in the second frequency band in the first region symbol of the second frequency band is symmetric with the position of the first DMRS in the first frequency band in all first region symbols of the first frequency band.
  • the symmetry here may be overall symmetry.
  • the number of symbols in the first frequency band is equal to the number of symbols in the second frequency band.
  • the DMRS in the first frequency band occupies the symbol position, and is symmetric with the DMRS occupied symbol position in the second frequency band, for example, Both are intermediate positions, and the first drawing in Fig. 28 shows the case where the intermediate position is occupied.
  • the symmetry here may be post-symmetry. Specifically, the DMRS in the first frequency band occupies the Xth symbol position of the last frequency, and then the DMRS in the second frequency band also occupies the inverse Xth symbol position.
  • the symmetry here may be post-symmetry. Specifically, the DMRS in the first frequency band occupies the inverse Xth symbol position, and then the DMRS in the second frequency band also occupies the inverse Xth symbol position, in the middle of FIG.
  • the location of the 1-segment DMRS is indicated by the indication information of the additional DMRS, wherein the indication information indicates the location where the additional DMRS is located when the frequency hopping is not hopped. It should be noted that if there are multiple segments of the DMRS, the location of the 1-segment DMRS is the same as the N-th segment indicated by the indication information, for example, the same as the first segment. In this way, the position of the DMRS can be one of ⁇ 7, 8, 10, 12, 13 ⁇ .
  • the location of the one-segment DMRS is selected from a specific number of symbols. For example, if the 1-segment DMRS includes one symbol, the one-segment DMRS can occupy the first symbol in the second frequency band. The 3 symbols or the 5th symbol, or the 1 segment DMRS may occupy the 8th symbol, the 10th symbol, or the 12th symbol in the entire scheduling unit.
  • the location of the 1-segment DMRS may also be bound to (or have a corresponding relationship with) a frame structure or a symbol position (or a first region location) of the PUSCH, and a frame structure or a PUSCH symbol position may correspond to one type.
  • the position of the application is not limited to this.
  • the symbol position occupied by the one-end DMRS can be configured by signaling, and the embodiment of the present application is not limited thereto.
  • the above description describes the locations of a DMRS having a segment in both the first frequency band and the second frequency band.
  • the location of the DMRS in the type 1 may be any combination of the foregoing, and the embodiment of the present application is not limited thereto. That is to say, after the type 1 is determined, the network device and the terminal device can determine the DMRS pattern according to a preset rule, that is, a rule of any combination of the above.
  • the location of the DMRS in the type 1 may be configured by the network device to the terminal device by using a signaling, for example, may be configured by using RRC, DCI, or MAC CE signaling, and the embodiment of the present application is not limited thereto.
  • the positions of the two DMRSs may follow the following seven principles.
  • each DMRS in the two DMRSs may occupy one symbol or two consecutive symbols.
  • the embodiment of the present application only cites an example in which each DMRS occupies one symbol, but The embodiments of the present application are not limited thereto.
  • the first principle as shown in FIG. 31, the first segment of the 2-segment DMRS is fixed in the entire first frequency band, the first N1 OFDM symbols, and the second segment is fixed in the entire first frequency band from the last number. N2 OFDM symbols.
  • the second principle is as shown in FIG. 32, the first segment of the 2-segment DMRS, the first region symbol fixed in the first frequency band is the N1th OFDM symbol from the top, and the second segment is fixed in the first frequency band.
  • the first region symbol is from the last N2th OFDM symbol.
  • the third principle as shown in FIG. 33, the first segment of the two-stage DMRS adopts a position indicated by the indication information of the front loaded DMRS, wherein the indication information indicates the first segment when the frequency hopping is not performed.
  • the pre-load DMRS in this application refers to the first segment of the DMRS in the resource scheduling unit, which is generally located in the first half of the resource scheduling unit. It should be understood that the front loaded DMRS in this application is equivalent to the front load DMRS. The additional DMRS is equivalent to the attached DMRS, and refers to the other segment of the DMRS after the pre-load DMRS.
  • the first segment of the two-stage DMRS adopts the position indicated by the indication information of the front loaded DMRS; the second segment adopts the position indicated by the additional DMRS indication information in the frequency band, wherein When the additional DMRS indication information indicates a plurality of locations within the frequency band, the second segment location is the last one of the plurality of locations.
  • the fifth principle the first segment of the two-stage DMRS is located in the middle of the first region or the first region in the first frequency band; the second region is fixed in the first frequency band, and the first region symbol is from the last N2 OFDM symbols.
  • the first segment of the 2-segment DMRS is the same as the first segment when not hopping; the second segment is fixed to the first, second or third symbol in the first frequency band.
  • the second DMRS position may be bound or corresponding to the frame structure, and the embodiment of the present application is not limited thereto.
  • DMRSs For the second frequency band, there are two DMRSs (corresponding to types 2-I and 2-III), and the positions of the two DMRSs may follow the following eight principles.
  • the first principle the first segment of the 2-segment DMRS is fixed in the entire second frequency band, the N1th OFDM symbol from the top, and the second segment is fixed in the N2th OFDM symbol from the last in the second frequency band.
  • the second principle the first segment of the 2-segment DMRS, the first region symbol fixed in the second frequency band is the N1th OFDM symbol from the top, and the second region is fixed in the second region. Number N2 OFDM symbols.
  • the second segment of the two-stage DMRS uses the indication indicated by the indication information of the additional DMRS, wherein the indication information indicates the DMRS position of the frequency band when the frequency hopping is not performed, where
  • the second segment location is a location where the last segment of the DMRS indicated by the indication information is located.
  • the two-stage DMRS uses the indication indicated by the indication information of the additional DMRS, wherein the indication information indicates the location of the two DMRSs in the frequency band when the frequency hopping is not hopping, wherein when the indication information indicates that the frequency band is in the frequency band
  • the indication information indicates that the frequency band is in the frequency band
  • two locations can be selected as the 2-segment DMRS location, for example, the first and last ones are selected as the 2-segment DMRS locations.
  • the 2-segment DMRS is located at a predetermined symbol position.
  • each DMRS of the two DMRSs includes one symbol, and the two DMRSs may include the first, third, and fifth of the second frequency band.
  • Two symbols in the symbol, or the two-segment DMRS may include two of the 8th, 10th, and 12th symbols in the entire resource scheduling unit.
  • the location of the 2-segment DMRS may also be bound to (or have a corresponding relationship with) the frame structure or the symbol position of the PUSCH (or the location of the first region), and a frame structure or a PUSCH symbol position may correspond to one.
  • the embodiment of the present application is not limited thereto.
  • the symbol position of the 2-terminal DMRS can be configured by signaling, and the embodiment of the present application is not limited thereto.
  • the first DMRS of the two DMRSs is located in the first symbol, and the second DMRS is located in one of the candidate sets.
  • the second DMRS is located in one of the symbols 10 and 12 in the entire scheduling unit, and the embodiment of the present application is not limited thereto.
  • the location of the second DMRS may also be bound to (or have a corresponding relationship with) the frame structure or the symbol position (or the first region location) of the PUSCH, and a frame structure or a PUSCH symbol position may correspond to one type.
  • the position of the application is not limited to this.
  • the above description describes the locations of a DMRS having a segment in both the first frequency band and the second frequency band. And the specific location when there are two DMRSs in the first frequency band and the second frequency band.
  • the location of the DMRS in the type 2-I may be any combination of the specific positions of the DMRS in the first frequency band and the second frequency band, and the embodiment of the present application is not limited thereto. That is to say, after the type 2-I is determined, the network device and the terminal device can determine the DMRS pattern according to a preset rule, that is, a rule of any combination of the above.
  • the location of the DMRS in Type 2-II may be different from the foregoing, for the first frequency band, there are two DMRSs, and for the second frequency band, there are only one combination of the positions of one DMRS, and the embodiment of the present application does not. Limited to this. That is to say, after the type 2-II is determined, the network device and the terminal device can determine the DMRS pattern according to a preset rule, that is, a specification of any combination of the above.
  • the location of the DMRS in Type 2-III may be different from the foregoing for the first frequency band, only one DMRS, and for the second frequency band, there are two combinations of locations of the DMRS. Limited to this. That is to say, after the type 2-III is determined, the network device and the terminal device can determine the DMRS pattern according to a preset rule, that is, a specification of any combination of the above.
  • the location of the DMRS in the foregoing three types 2 may be configured by the network device to the terminal device by using signaling, for example, may be configured by using RRC, DCI, or MAC CE signaling, and the embodiment of the present application does not Limited to this.
  • the following is a specific example of the DMRS pattern corresponding to the four types in the above-mentioned FIG. 20 in the case of the uplink transmission in the frequency hopping mode as an example.
  • the additional DMRS (additional DMRS) configuration may be implemented by configuring the number of additional DMRSs, the location of the additional DMRS, or the indication information of the additional DMRS.
  • the terminal device can determine the location of the DMRS according to the additional DMRS configuration, and thus can perform DMRS and data transmission.
  • the additional DMRS configuration parameter may be configured by one or several of RRC, DCI, and MAC CE.
  • the accessory DMRS configuration parameter in the embodiment of the present application may also be referred to as the nearby DMRS indication information.
  • the embodiment of the present application is not limited thereto, and the additional DMRS indicates the DMRS after the pre-load DMRS, the additional DMRS indication information or the additional DMRS.
  • the configuration parameter is for indicating at least one of: whether the additional DMRS, the number of the additional DMRSs, and the location of the additional DMRS are present.
  • the pre-load DMRS has only one segment.
  • the entire resource scheduling unit includes at least two DMRSs, wherein the first segment DMRS is the pre-load DMRS, and the remaining DMRSs are the accessory DMRS.
  • the number of additional DMRSs may also be implemented indirectly through the DMRS type, for example, an index number is indexed to a certain type of DMRS, and the DMRS implies whether there is an additional DMRS and several additional DMRSs.
  • the mapping between the index and the number of DMRSs may be established, where an index number corresponds to a DMRS number, and in an actual application, an index number may be indicated to indicate the DMRS corresponding to the index number. number.
  • the total number of DMRSs in the DMRS pattern is equal to the number of additional DMRSs plus one.
  • the terminal device may determine the location of each DMRS according to a preset rule.
  • each DMRS may also be determined according to the configured additional DMRS location parameter. Location, the embodiment of the present application is not limited thereto.
  • the number of symbols occupied by each additional DMRS in the embodiment of the present application may be equal to the number of symbols occupied by the first DMRS, and the embodiment of the present application is not limited thereto.
  • the additional DMRS location may be configured by an uplink additional DMRS location (UL_DMRS_add_pos) or an uplink DMRS location (UL_DMRS_pos).
  • UL_DMRS_add_pos ⁇ N1 or N1+N2 or N1+N2+N3 ⁇ (N1>0, N2>0, N3>0), indicating that there is Additional DMRS, where the number of non-zero parameters indicates the number of additional DMRS.
  • the above UL_DMRS_add_pos ⁇ N1 or N1+N2 or N1+N2+N3 ⁇ respectively indicate that there are 1, 2 or 3 additional DMRSs.
  • N1 At 3 o'clock, the first additional DMRS occupies the 3rd and 4th symbols.
  • UL_DMRS_pos ⁇ N1+N2 or N1+N2+N3 or N1+N2+N3+N4 ⁇ , indicating that there is an additional DMRS, wherein the number of non-zero parameters in the value of UL_DMRS_pos is decremented by 1, indicating the number of additional DMRS.
  • the additional DMRS indication information may be configured by an uplink additional DMRS location (UL_DMRS_add_pos) or an uplink additional DMRS indication (UL_DMRS_add_indication).
  • the one-to-one correspondence between the indication information may be set.
  • the specific value may be indicated by the indication information, for example, As shown in Table 1, the indication information takes a value of 0-p to indicate the DMRS location corresponding to the one value.
  • the corresponding DMRS position is N0, indicating that no DMRS is added, and the DMRS in the pre-load pattern occupies the N0 symbol ((No add DMRS, FL at N0));
  • the corresponding DMRS position is N0+N3, indicating that there is an additional DMRS, and occupying the N0+N3 symbols (1 add DMRS at N0+N3), it should be understood that the N0+N3 symbol indicates the additional DMRS.
  • the first symbol in at least one of the consecutive consecutive symbols.
  • the corresponding DMRS position is N0+N1, N0+N2, N0+N3, indicating that there are three additional DMRSs, and occupy N0+N1, N0+N2, and N0+N3 symbols, respectively. .
  • the number of different accessory DMRSs may correspond to different forms, and the content in the table is of the type of Table 1 and will not be further described herein.
  • the corresponding table may be determined by the number of attached DMRSs.
  • the table includes a correspondence between the value of the indication information and the location of the DMRS. Therefore, the location of the DMRS can be indicated by a specific value of the indication information.
  • the first form, data trigger RRC completes the additional DMRS configuration, as long as there is data transmission, there may be additional MDRS, that is, according to the additional pattern to send data.
  • the transmitted data has additional DMRS
  • the transmitted data has no additional DMRS.
  • the DMRS configuration is configured by the RRC.
  • the DMRS may be configured by using the MAC CE.
  • the additional DMRS can also be configured through the MAC CE.
  • the MAC CE can be configured with the number of additional DMRSs or the location of the additional DMRS or the indication information of the additional DMRS.
  • the signaling format and the signaling function refer to the corresponding signaling in the RRC configuration. To avoid repetition, details are not described herein again.
  • the DMRS configuration is configured by the RRC and the MAC CE is described above.
  • the DMRS may be configured through the DCI in the embodiment of the present application.
  • configuring additional DMRS through DCI can be configured by configuring the number of additional DMRS or the location of additional DMRS or the indication of additional DMRS.
  • configuring additional DMRS through DCI can be configured by configuring the number of additional DMRS or the location of additional DMRS or the indication of additional DMRS.
  • the DCI is configured with additional DMRS and the additional DMRS is triggered.
  • the corresponding parameters may be configured by using the signaling itself.
  • the one-to-one correspondence (table) of various signaling values and indexes may also be established in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the communications device determines, by using the indication information of the additional DMRS, the DMRS pattern corresponding to the frequency hopping mode, where the additional DMRS indicates the DMRS after the pre-load DMRS, and the indication information is used to indicate at least one of the following: The additional DMRS, the number of the additional DMRSs, and the location of the additional DMRS, where the frequency hopping mode indicates that one of the symbols in one resource scheduling unit is in the first frequency band, and the other part of the symbol is in the second frequency band.
  • the communication device performs mapping or demapping of the DMRS using the DMRS pattern.
  • the DMRS in the DMRS pattern occupies a segment of the first frequency band, and a symbol in the second frequency band. , wherein a segment of the symbol includes at least one symbol in succession.
  • a segment of the first frequency band includes a first symbol in a first region of the first frequency band, where the first region includes a symbol occupied by the data and the DMRS.
  • a segment of the second frequency band includes a first symbol in the second frequency band.
  • the DMRS in the DMRS pattern occupies the number of symbols and the location in the first frequency band, and the occupied second frequency band
  • the number of symbols and the position of the symbol are the same as the number of segments and positions indicated by the indication information when the frequency hopping is not performed.
  • the indication information is used to indicate that the additional DMRS exists
  • the DMRS in the DMRS pattern occupies two consecutive symbols in the first frequency band, and two non-contiguous symbols in the second frequency band,
  • the DMRS in the DMRS pattern occupies two consecutive symbols in the first frequency band and a symbol in the second frequency band.
  • the DMRS in the DMRS pattern occupies a segment of the first frequency band and two consecutive symbols in the second frequency band
  • each of the two segments of symbols comprises a continuous indication of a symbol, the segment of the symbol comprising at least one symbol in succession.
  • the next one of the two symbols in the first frequency band includes the first frequency band.
  • the previous one of the two frequency symbols in the second frequency band includes the first symbol in the second frequency band.
  • the same set of parameters is used for frequency hopping and frequency hopping. In other words, no new additional DMRS configuration parameters are needed.
  • the pattern after frequency hopping is type 1 regardless of the value of the additional DMRS configuration parameter when the frequency hopping is not hopped.
  • the frequency hopping mode may be triggered by signaling, for example, one or more of RRC, DCI, and MAC CE, after the terminal device obtains the signaling of the triggering frequency hopping mode.
  • signaling for example, one or more of RRC, DCI, and MAC CE.
  • the DCI triggers the frequency hopping mode as an example.
  • the corresponding pattern will adopt type 1.
  • the additional DMRS configuration parameters will not work when there is no frequency hopping. That is to say, the frequency hopping mode is not activated, that is, the number of signaling is format 0 (format 0), the resource configuration type is not 0 (Resource allocation type ⁇ 0), or there is no resource allocation type (no Resource allocation type).
  • the additional DMRS configuration parameter takes effect.
  • the frequency hopping mode may be triggered by signaling, for example, one or more of RRC, DCI, and MAC CE, after the terminal device obtains the signaling of the triggering frequency hopping mode.
  • the data transmission can be performed according to the second set of configuration parameters.
  • the DCI triggers the frequency hopping mode as an example.
  • the first set of configuration parameters will not work when there is no frequency hopping. That is to say, the frequency hopping mode is not activated, that is, the number of signaling is format 0 (format 0), the resource configuration type is not 0 (Resource allocation type ⁇ 0), or there is no resource allocation type (no Resource allocation type).
  • the first set of configuration parameters will take effect.
  • the second set of configuration parameters may only indicate that the pattern corresponding to the frequency hopping mode is one of two pattern types, that is, the pattern type corresponding to the frequency hopping mode is one of type 1 or type 2. .
  • the second set of configuration parameters indicates that the pattern corresponding to the frequency hopping mode is type 1, and the terminal device transmits the DMRS and the data according to the pattern corresponding to the type 1 at the time of frequency hopping.
  • the second set of configuration parameters indicates that the pattern corresponding to the frequency hopping mode is type 2-I, and the terminal device transmits the DMRS and the data according to the pattern corresponding to the type 2-I at the time of frequency hopping.
  • the frame structure does not perform frequency hopping.
  • the interval requirement is that the interval data between the two DMRSs is greater than or equal to the preset interval threshold value N j , where N j can be a value of 1, 2, or 3, etc., and the embodiment of the present application is not limited thereto.
  • the second set of configuration parameters indicates that the pattern corresponding to the frequency hopping mode is type 1, and the terminal device transmits the DMRS and the data according to the pattern corresponding to the type 1 at the time of frequency hopping.
  • the second set of configuration parameters indicates that the pattern corresponding to the frequency hopping mode is type 2-II, and the terminal device transmits the DMRS and the data according to the pattern corresponding to the type 2-II at the time of frequency hopping.
  • the frame structure does not perform frequency hopping.
  • the interval requirement is that the interval data between the two DMRSs is greater than or equal to the preset interval threshold value N j , where N j can be a value of 1, 2, or 3, etc., and the embodiment of the present application is not limited thereto.
  • the second set of configuration parameters indicates that the pattern corresponding to the frequency hopping mode is type 1, and the terminal device transmits the DMRS and the data according to the pattern corresponding to the type 1 at the time of frequency hopping.
  • the second set of configuration parameters indicates that the pattern corresponding to the frequency hopping mode is type 2-III, and the terminal device transmits the DMRS and the data according to the pattern corresponding to the type 2-III at the time of frequency hopping.
  • the frame structure does not perform frequency hopping.
  • the interval requirement is that the interval data between the two DMRSs is greater than or equal to the preset interval threshold value N j , where N j can be a value of 1, 2, or 3, etc., and the embodiment of the present application is not limited thereto.
  • the second set of configuration parameters indicates that the pattern corresponding to the frequency hopping mode is type 1, and the terminal device transmits the DMRS and the data according to the pattern corresponding to the type 1 at the time of frequency hopping.
  • the second set of configuration parameters indicates that the pattern corresponding to the frequency hopping mode is type 2-I, and the previous frequency band satisfies the DMRS interval requirement, and the latter frequency band does not satisfy the DMRS interval requirement, then the frequency hopping time
  • the terminal device transmits the DMRS and the data according to the pattern corresponding to the type 2-II.
  • the second set of configuration parameters indicates that the pattern corresponding to the frequency hopping mode is type 2-I, and the previous frequency band does not meet the DMRS interval requirement, and the latter frequency band satisfies the DMRS interval requirement, and then the frequency hopping time
  • the terminal device transmits the DMRS and the data according to the pattern corresponding to the type 2-III.
  • the second set of configuration parameters indicates that the pattern corresponding to the frequency hopping mode is type 1, and the terminal device transmits the DMRS and the data according to the pattern corresponding to the type 1 at the time of frequency hopping.
  • the second set of configuration parameters indicates that the pattern corresponding to the frequency hopping mode is type 2-II, and the previous frequency band satisfies the DMRS interval requirement, and the terminal device transmits according to the pattern corresponding to the type 2-II during frequency hopping.
  • the second set of configuration parameters indicates that the pattern corresponding to the frequency hopping mode is type 1, and the terminal device transmits the DMRS and the data according to the pattern corresponding to the type 1 at the time of frequency hopping.
  • the second set of configuration parameters indicates that the pattern corresponding to the frequency hopping mode is type 2-III, and the latter frequency band satisfies the DMRS interval requirement, and the terminal device sends the pattern corresponding to the type 2-III at the time of frequency hopping.
  • the second set of configuration parameters indicates that the pattern corresponding to the frequency hopping mode is type 2-II, and the latter frequency band does not satisfy the DMRS interval requirement, and the terminal device follows the pattern corresponding to the type 1 at the time of frequency hopping.
  • the frequency hopping mode multiplexes the additional DFRS configuration parameters that are not hopped, and the parameters have the same meaning.
  • the terminal device can perform frequency hopping when transmitting data, and the location of the DMRS after frequency hopping is The location of the DMRS configured with the additional hopping additional DMRS configuration parameters is the same.
  • the DCI triggers the frequency hopping mode as an example.
  • the DMRS pattern corresponding to the frequency hopping mode is determined by the additional DMRS configuration parameter. That is to say, the number and location of the DMRS in the DMRS pattern corresponding to the frequency hopping mode are the same as the number and location of the DMRS configured in the additional DMRS configuration parameter when the frequency hopping is not hopped.
  • the DMRS configuration parameter that is not hopped may be multiplexed in the embodiment of the present application, for example, changing the value of the additional DMRS configuration parameter.
  • the additional DMRS is configured, and then the frequency hopping is performed according to the changed additional DMRS configuration parameter.
  • the DMRS pattern corresponding to the frequency hopping mode is determined by the changed additional DMRS configuration parameter. That is to say, the number and location of the DMRS in the DMRS pattern corresponding to the frequency hopping mode are the same as the number and location of the DMRS configured in the additional DMRS configuration parameter changed after the hopping.
  • the terminal device can perform frequency hopping when transmitting data, and the position of the hopped DMRS is the same as the position of the DMRS configured by the unhopped additional DMRS configuration parameter.
  • the frequency hopping mode multiplexes the additional DMRS configuration parameters that are not hopped, but the parameters have different meanings.
  • the number of signaling is format 0 (format 0)
  • the frequency hopping mode adopts type 2, for example, type 2-I, type 2-II or type 2 III.
  • the frequency hopping mode uses type 1.
  • the frequency hopping mode is in Type 2-I, Type 2-II, and Type 2-III.
  • additional DMRS configuration parameter is configured with additional DMRS, that is, in the case of including two DMRSs
  • the frequency hopping mode is in Type 2-I, Type 2-II, and Type 2-III.
  • case 4-1 to case 4-3 when the frame structure cannot meet the requirement, that is, when the symbol interval between two DMRSs in one frequency band of the frequency hopping does not meet the interval requirement, in order to ensure the uniformity of the pattern type. , no frequency hopping.
  • case 4-4 to case 4-6 when the frame structure cannot meet the requirement, that is, when the symbol interval between two DMRSs in one frequency band of the frequency hopping does not satisfy the interval requirement, the number of DMRSs in the band is lowered. One to the other, thus ensuring the frequency hopping enable.
  • the additional DMRS configuration parameter is not configured with additional DMRS. That is to say, when a DMRS is included, after the frequency hopping, the corresponding pattern is type 1.
  • the additional DMRS configuration parameter is configured with additional DMRS, that is, when at least two DMRSs are included, after the frequency hopping, the corresponding pattern is type 2-I.
  • additional DMRS that is, when at least two DMRSs are included, after the frequency hopping, the corresponding pattern is type 2-I.
  • the additional DMRS configuration parameter is not configured with additional DMRS. That is to say, when a DMRS is included, after the frequency hopping, the corresponding pattern is type 1.
  • the additional DMRS configuration parameter is configured with additional DMRS, that is, when at least two DMRSs are included, after the frequency hopping, the corresponding pattern is type 2-II. If the symbol interval between two DMRSs in the previous one of the two frequency bands does not meet the interval requirement, the frame structure does not perform frequency hopping.
  • the additional DMRS configuration parameter is not configured with additional DMRS. That is to say, when a DMRS is included, after the frequency hopping, the corresponding pattern is type 1.
  • the additional DMRS configuration parameter is configured with additional DMRS, that is, when at least two DMRSs are included, after the frequency hopping, the corresponding pattern is type 2-III. Wherein, if the symbol interval between two DMRSs in the second frequency band of the two frequency bands does not meet the interval requirement, the frame structure does not perform frequency hopping.
  • the additional DMRS configuration parameter is not configured with additional DMRS. That is to say, when a DMRS is included, after the frequency hopping, the corresponding pattern is type 1.
  • the additional DMRS configuration parameter is configured with additional DMRS, that is, when at least two DMRSs are included, and both frequency bands satisfy the DMRS interval requirement, the terminal device transmits the DMRS and the data according to the pattern corresponding to the type 2-I at the time of frequency hopping.
  • the additional DMRS configuration parameter is configured with additional DMRS, that is, when at least two DMRSs are included, and the previous frequency band satisfies the DMRS interval requirement, and the latter frequency band does not satisfy the DMRS interval requirement, the terminal device according to the type 2 during frequency hopping
  • the pattern corresponding to -II sends DMRS and data.
  • the additional DMRS configuration parameter is configured with additional DMRS, that is, when at least two DMRSs are included, and the previous frequency band does not meet the DMRS interval requirement, and the latter frequency band satisfies the DMRS interval requirement, the terminal device according to the type 2 during frequency hopping.
  • the pattern corresponding to -III sends DMRS and data.
  • the additional DMRS configuration parameter is not configured with additional DMRS. That is to say, when a DMRS is included, after the frequency hopping, the corresponding pattern is type 1.
  • the additional DMRS configuration parameter is configured with additional DMRS, that is, when at least two DMRSs are included, and the previous frequency band satisfies the DMRS interval requirement, the terminal device transmits the DMRS and the data according to the pattern corresponding to the type 2-II at the time of frequency hopping.
  • the additional DMRS configuration parameter is configured with additional DMRS, that is, when at least two DMRSs are included, and the previous frequency band does not meet the DMRS interval requirement, the terminal device transmits the DMRS and the data according to the pattern corresponding to the type 1 at the time of frequency hopping.
  • the additional DMRS configuration parameter is not configured with additional DMRS. That is to say, when a DMRS is included, after the frequency hopping, the corresponding pattern is type 1.
  • the additional DMRS configuration parameter is configured with additional DMRS, that is, when at least two DMRSs are included, and the latter frequency band satisfies the DMRS interval requirement, the terminal device transmits the DMRS and the data according to the pattern corresponding to the type 2-III at the time of frequency hopping.
  • the additional DMRS configuration parameter is configured with additional DMRS, that is, when at least two DMRSs are included, and the latter frequency band does not satisfy the DMRS interval requirement, the terminal device transmits the DMRS and the data according to the pattern corresponding to the type 1 at the time of frequency hopping.
  • frequency hopping is performed according to the pattern corresponding to type 1.
  • the DMRS pattern is determined according to the configuration parameter. Specifically, the DMRS pattern corresponding to the frequency hopping mode is determined by the additional DMRS configuration parameter. That is to say, the number and location of the DMRS in the DMRS pattern corresponding to the frequency hopping mode are the same as the number and location of the DMRS configured in the additional DMRS configuration parameter when the frequency hopping is not hopped.
  • the following describes the multiplexing relationship of the two types of waveform devices corresponding to the DMRS when the device using the single-carrier DFT-s-OFDM waveform and the multi-user MU using the multi-carrier CP-OFDM are described.
  • the division of the DMRS between the CP-OFDM and the DFT-s-OFDM can be performed by frequency division multiplexing (FDM) or time division mulriplexing (TDM).
  • FDM frequency division multiplexing
  • TDM time division mulriplexing
  • the TDM is as shown in Figure 36. 37 is shown. That is, in some scenarios, NR supports two types of waveforms to be multiplexed by FDM; in some scenarios, two types of waveforms are supported for multiplexing by TDM.
  • CP-OFDM and DFT-s-OFDM are independently numbered, multi-carrier uses port 1-12, and multi-carrier uses port 13-16.
  • CP-OFDM and DFT-s-OFDM are jointly numbered, and ports 1-12 are shared.
  • CP-OFDM and DFT-s-OFDM are jointly numbered, and ports 1-12 are shared.
  • CP-OFDM and DFT-s-OFDM are independently numbered, multicarrier uses port 1-12, and single carrier uses port 13-16.
  • the frequency division multiplexing or the time division multiplexing can be adopted between the CP-OFDM and the DFT-s-OFDM corresponding DMRS, and can be implemented in the following two manners.
  • the symbol position of the DFT-s-OFDM DMRS can be in the following four forms:
  • the OFDM symbol in which the single carrier is located is after multiple carriers, and is adjacent to multiple carriers (as shown in FIG. 1);
  • the OFDM symbol in which the single carrier is located is preceded by multiple carriers, and is adjacent to multiple carriers;
  • the OFDM symbol in which the single carrier is located is after multiple carriers, and is separated from the multiple carriers by N symbols (N is greater than or equal to 1);
  • the OFDM symbol in which the single carrier is located is preceded by multiple carriers and separated from the multiple carriers by N symbols (N is greater than or equal to 1).
  • Method 2 Configuring/indicating the symbol position of the DMRS of the DFT-s-OFDM by signaling, implying a multiplexing manner with the DMRS of the CP-OFDM.
  • the location of the single-carrier DMRS is divided into three cases:
  • the symbol position of the DMRS of the DFT-S-OFDM is directly indicated by the signaling indication (for example, RRC, MAC CE, DCI); when the indicated position is the same as the DMRS of the CP-OFDM, between the two waveforms DMRS uses FDM; when the positions are different, the DMRS between the two waveforms uses TDM.
  • the signaling indication for example, RRC, MAC CE, DCI
  • the DMRS symbol position for example, "0" indicates the symbol position and CP of the DFT-S-OFDM DMRS.
  • - OFDM location is the same, FDM is used between the two; "1" indicates that the symbol position of the DFT-S-OFDM DMRS is located next to the location of the DMRS of the CP-OFDM, and thereafter;
  • the symbol position of the DMRS of DFT-S-OFDM is indicated by the port number.
  • the DMRS port number of DFT-S-OFDM is 1-12, indicating the DMRS symbol of DFT-S-OFDM and DMRS of CP-OFDM.
  • the location is the same, FDM is used between the two; when the DFT-S-OFDM DMRS port number is 13-16, it means that it is in close proximity to CP-OFDM, and thereafter.
  • the following describes the case of the DMRS pattern corresponding to the current mode of the embodiment of the present application in the first case and the second case when the current mode is the aggregation mode.
  • the aggregation mode when the current mode is the aggregation mode, the aggregation mode is corresponding to the Y resource scheduling unit aggregation transmission, and Y is an integer greater than or equal to 2; as shown in FIG. 14, the current mode corresponding to the DMRS pattern occupied by the DMRS resource scheduling unit Y in at least one symbol before consecutive Y 1 each resource scheduling unit in a single resource scheduling, Y 1 is equal to or greater than 1 and less than An integer of Y.
  • FIG. 15 shows that in the current mode, in the aggregation mode, the DMRS is still transmitted according to the location in the preset pattern shown in FIG. 5.
  • the DMRS in the preset DMRS pattern occupies Y resource scheduling. At least one symbol consecutive in each resource scheduling unit in the unit,
  • the data demodulation can be realized only by transmitting a small number of DMRSs. Since DMRS is transmitted in each resource scheduling unit in FIG. 15, a waste of resources is caused.
  • the DMRS in the aggregation mode, only occupies the symbols in the first Y 1 resource scheduling units in the Y transmissions, which reduces the resources occupied by the DMRS, avoids resource waste, and improves network performance. .
  • the aggregation mode corresponds to Y resource scheduling units to aggregate transmission, and Y is an integer greater than or equal to 2.
  • FIG. 17 shows that in the current mode, in the aggregation mode, the DMRS is still transmitted according to the location in the preset pattern shown in FIG. 6.
  • the DMRS in the preset DMRS pattern occupies Y resource scheduling.
  • the L group symbol in each resource scheduling unit in the unit, L is an integer greater than or equal to 2, wherein the L group symbols are not adjacent, and each group symbol in the L group symbol includes consecutive at least one symbol.
  • each resource scheduling unit has a case where the DMRSs occupy the L group symbols.
  • multiple resource scheduling units jointly transmit, and therefore, the joint transmission is more
  • the channels of the resource scheduling units have a certain relationship, so that accurate demodulation of data can be achieved by less DMRS.
  • each group of resource scheduling units in FIG. 17 transmits L groups of DMRSs, resource waste is caused.
  • the DMRS in the aggregation mode, only occupies the L 1 group symbol in each resource scheduling unit of the Y resource scheduling units that are aggregated and transmitted, which reduces the resources occupied by the DMRS, thereby avoiding resource waste and improving. Network performance.
  • L 2
  • the embodiment of the present application is not limited thereto, and the DMRS in each resource scheduling unit may occupy multiple groups of symbols, for example, occupy 3 groups, 4 groups or more groups of symbols. Wait.
  • the DMRS in the prior art, in the frequency hopping mode, the DMRS is still transmitted according to the position in the preset pattern shown in FIG. 6. As can be seen from FIG. 17, the DMRS of the entire aggregated resource is The distribution is not uniform. Because the receiving end needs to use DMRS to demodulate the subsequent data, because the spacing between adjacent DMRS symbols is not uniform, when the adjacent two groups of DMRS symbols have a large spacing, the receiving end receives the front. After the transmitted DMRS, the data after the DMRS needs to be demodulated. Due to the large spacing, the channel state fluctuation may occur, and the data demodulation may be insufficiently accurate. Similarly, in the adjacent two groups of DMRSs. When the symbol spacing is small, the channel state may be relatively stable, and the receiving device receives a set of DMRSs after a short symbol interval, resulting in waste of resources.
  • the DMRS in the DMRS pattern corresponding to the current mode occupies L groups of symbols in each resource scheduling unit of the Y resource scheduling units, and the DMRS pattern corresponding to the current mode.
  • the maximum difference between the spacing of any two adjacent symbols in the Y*L group symbol occupied by the DMRS is S symbols, S ⁇ R, where the DMRS occupied by the DMRS in the preset DMRS pattern is in the Y*L group symbol
  • the maximum difference between the spacing of any two adjacent sets of symbols is R symbols.
  • the symbol distribution in the Y resource scheduling units of the aggregated transmission occupied by the DMRS is relatively uniform, which can improve the demodulation performance, avoid resource waste, and improve network performance.
  • the number of symbols in a group of symbols occupied by the DMRS is not limited, and the group of symbols may include at least one symbol, for example, including 1 symbol, 2 symbols, or 3 symbols.
  • the implementation of the application is not limited thereto.
  • a method for transmitting a DMRS according to an embodiment of the present application is described in detail above with reference to FIG. 1 through FIG. 37.
  • the communication device of the embodiment of the present application will be described in detail below with reference to FIG.
  • FIG. 19 shows a schematic block diagram of a communication device 1900, which may be a network device or a terminal device, in accordance with an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication device 1900 includes a processor 1910 and a transceiver 1920.
  • the processor is configured to determine a current mode of the resource scheduling unit, where the current mode includes a frequency hopping mode or an aggregation mode, where the frequency hopping mode indicates that a part of symbols in one resource scheduling unit is located in the first frequency band, and another part of the symbol is located in the second frequency band, the aggregation The mode indicates that multiple resource scheduling units aggregate transmissions;
  • the transceiver is configured to perform mapping or demapping of the DMRS by using the DMRS pattern corresponding to the current mode, where the symbol position occupied by the DMRS in the DMRS pattern corresponding to the current mode is different from the symbol position occupied by the DMRS in the preset DMRS pattern.
  • the pattern of the DMRS in the current mode is different from the preset pattern.
  • the embodiment of the present application can flexibly select the symbol position occupied by the DMRS according to different modes, and the embodiment of the present application can satisfy different modes. Requirements to improve network performance.
  • the current mode is a frequency hopping mode
  • the DMRS occupies consecutive N symbols in a resource scheduling unit that is not hopped, and N is an integer greater than or equal to 1;
  • the DMRS pattern corresponding to the current mode occupies consecutive N 1 symbols in the first frequency band, and consecutive N 2 symbols in the second frequency band, N 1 is an integer greater than or equal to 1, and N 2 is greater than or An integer equal to 1.
  • the N 1 N 2
  • the position of the N 1 symbols in the first frequency band is symmetric with the position of the N 2 symbols in the second frequency band.
  • the N2 symbols include a first symbol in the second frequency band.
  • the current mode is a resource hopping mode
  • the DMRS in the preset DMRS pattern occupies consecutive M symbols and consecutive K symbols in a resource scheduling unit that is not hopped, wherein the M symbols are not adjacent to the K symbols;
  • the DMRS pattern corresponding to the current mode occupies consecutive M 1 symbols and consecutive K 1 symbols in the symbol of the first frequency band, and consecutive M 2 symbols and consecutive K 2 symbols in the second frequency band Wherein the M 1 symbols are not adjacent to the K 1 symbols, the M 2 symbols are not adjacent to the K 2 symbols, and M, K, M 1 , K 1 , M 2 , K 2 are greater than Or an integer equal to 1.
  • M 1 M 2
  • K 1 K 2
  • the M 1 symbols and the position of the K 1 symbols in the first frequency band and the M 2 in the second frequency band The symbols and the positions of the K 2 symbols are symmetrical.
  • the M 2 symbols include a first symbol in the second frequency band.
  • the DMRS in the preset DMRS pattern further occupies consecutive P symbols in the resource scheduling unit that is not hopped, the P symbols and the M symbols and the K symbols. Not adjacent;
  • the DMRS in the DMRS pattern corresponding to the current mode further occupies consecutive P1 symbols in the symbol of the first frequency band, and consecutive P2 symbols in the second frequency band, where the P 1 symbols and the M 1 symbols are The K 1 symbols are not adjacent, and the P 2 symbols and the M 2 symbols are not adjacent to the K 2 symbols, and P, P 1 , and P 2 are integers greater than or equal to 1.
  • the current mode is an aggregation mode, where the plurality of resource scheduling units are Y, and Y is an integer greater than or equal to 2;
  • the DMRS in the preset DMRS pattern occupies at least one consecutive symbol in each resource scheduling unit of the Y resource scheduling units
  • the DMRS in the DMRS pattern corresponding to the current mode occupies at least one consecutive symbol in each of the first Y 1 resource scheduling units in the Y resource scheduling units, and Y 1 is an integer greater than or equal to 1 and less than Y.
  • the current mode is an aggregation mode
  • the multiple resource scheduling units are Y.
  • the DMRS in the preset DMRS pattern occupies the L group symbol in each resource scheduling unit of the Y resource scheduling units, and L is an integer greater than or equal to 2, wherein the L group symbols are not adjacent, and the L group symbols are Each set of symbols includes at least one symbol in succession;
  • the DMRS in the DMRS pattern corresponding to the current mode occupies the L 1 group symbol in each resource scheduling unit of the Y resource scheduling units, and L 1 is an integer smaller than L, wherein the L 1 group symbols are not adjacent, and the L 1 group of symbols each symbol comprising a set of at least one consecutive symbols.
  • the current mode is an aggregation mode
  • the multiple resource scheduling units are Y.
  • the DMRS in the preset DMRS pattern occupies L group symbols in each resource scheduling unit of the Y resource scheduling units, and the DMRS pattern corresponding to the current mode occupies the L group in each resource scheduling unit of the Y resource scheduling units.
  • a symbol where L is an integer greater than or equal to 2, wherein the L sets of symbols are not adjacent, and each set of symbols in the L set of symbols includes consecutive at least one symbol,
  • the maximum difference between the spacings of any two adjacent symbols in the Y*L group symbol occupied by the DMRS in the preset DMRS pattern is R symbols, and the Y*L group symbols occupied by the DMRS in the DMRS pattern corresponding to the current mode.
  • the maximum difference between the spacing of any two adjacent symbols in the middle is S symbols, S ⁇ R.
  • the communications device is a network device, where the transceiver is further configured to send, to the terminal device, first indication information, where the first indication information is used by the terminal device to determine a current mode of the resource scheduling unit.
  • the communications device is a network device, where the transceiver is further configured to send second indication information to the terminal device, where the second indication information is used to indicate a DMRS pattern corresponding to the current mode.
  • the communications device is a terminal device, where the transceiver is further configured to receive first indication information that is sent by the network device, where the first indication information is used by the terminal device to determine a current mode of the resource scheduling unit;
  • the processor is specifically configured to determine the current mode according to the first indication information.
  • the communications device is a terminal device, where the transceiver is further configured to receive, by the network device, second indication information, where the second indication information is used to indicate a DMRS pattern corresponding to the current mode.
  • the pattern of the DMRS in the current mode is different from the preset pattern.
  • the embodiment of the present application can flexibly select the symbol position occupied by the DMRS according to different modes, and the embodiment of the present application can satisfy different modes. Requirements to improve network performance.
  • the communication device 1900 shown in FIG. 19 can implement various processes related to the network device or the terminal device in the method embodiments of FIGS. 1 to 37.
  • the operations and/or functions of the various modules in the communication device 1900 are respectively implemented in order to implement the corresponding processes in the above method embodiments.
  • the detailed description is omitted here.
  • the processor 1910 in the embodiment of the present application may be implemented by a processing unit or a chip.
  • the transceiver 1920 may be configured by a transmitter or a receiver, or may be configured by a transceiver unit.
  • the embodiment of the present application is not limited thereto. .
  • the processor in the embodiment of the present application may be an integrated circuit chip having signal processing capabilities.
  • each step of the foregoing method embodiments may be completed by an integrated logic circuit of hardware in a processor or an instruction in a form of software.
  • the above processor may be a general purpose processor, a digital signal processor (DSP), an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), a field programmable gate array (FPGA) or the like. Programming logic devices, discrete gates or transistor logic devices, discrete hardware components.
  • the methods, steps, and logical block diagrams disclosed in the embodiments of the present application can be implemented or executed.
  • the general purpose processor may be a microprocessor or the processor or any conventional processor or the like.
  • the steps of the method disclosed in the embodiments of the present application may be directly implemented by the hardware decoding processor, or may be performed by a combination of hardware and software modules in the decoding processor.
  • the software module can be located in a conventional storage medium such as random access memory, flash memory, read only memory, programmable read only memory or electrically erasable programmable memory, registers, and the like.
  • the storage medium is located in the memory, and the processor reads the information in the memory and combines the hardware to complete the steps of the above method.
  • the memory in the embodiments of the present application can be either volatile memory or non-volatile memory, or can include both volatile and non-volatile memory.
  • the non-volatile memory may be a read-only memory (ROM), a programmable read only memory (ROMM), an erasable programmable read only memory (erasable PROM, EPROM), or an electrical Erase programmable EPROM (EEPROM) or flash memory.
  • the volatile memory can be a random access memory (RAM) that acts as an external cache.
  • RAM random access memory
  • many forms of RAM are available, such as static random access memory (SRAM), dynamic random access memory (DRAM), synchronous dynamic random access memory (Synchronous DRAM).
  • SDRAM double data rate synchronous DRAM
  • DDR SDRAM double data rate synchronous DRAM
  • ESDRAM enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory
  • SLDRAM synchronously connected dynamic random access memory
  • DR RAM direct memory bus random access memory
  • the embodiment of the present application further provides a computer readable medium having stored thereon a computer program, which is implemented by a computer to implement the method for transmitting a DMRS in any of the foregoing method embodiments.
  • the embodiment of the present application further provides a computer program product, which is implemented by a computer to implement the method for transmitting a DMRS in any of the foregoing method embodiments.
  • the computer program product includes one or more computer instructions.
  • the computer can be a general purpose computer, a special purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable device.
  • the computer instructions can be stored in a computer readable storage medium or transferred from one computer readable storage medium to another computer readable storage medium, for example, the computer instructions can be from a website site, computer, server or data center Transmission to another website site, computer, server or data center via wired (eg coaxial cable, fiber optic, digital subscriber line (DSL)) or wireless (eg infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.).
  • the computer readable storage medium can be any available media that can be accessed by a computer or a data storage device such as a server, data center, or the like that includes one or more available media.
  • the usable medium may be a magnetic medium (eg, a floppy disk, a hard disk, a magnetic tape), an optical medium (eg, a high-density digital video disc (DVD)), or a semiconductor medium (eg, a solid state disk, SSD)) and so on.
  • a magnetic medium eg, a floppy disk, a hard disk, a magnetic tape
  • an optical medium eg, a high-density digital video disc (DVD)
  • DVD high-density digital video disc
  • SSD solid state disk
  • the embodiment of the present application further provides a processing apparatus, including a processor and an interface, where the processor is configured to perform a method for transmitting a DMRS in any one of the foregoing method embodiments.
  • the foregoing processing device may be a chip, and the processor may be implemented by hardware or by software.
  • the processor may be a logic circuit, an integrated circuit, etc.;
  • the processor may be a general purpose processor implemented by reading software code stored in the memory.
  • the memory may be integrated in the processor and may exist independently of the processor.
  • system and “network” are used interchangeably herein.
  • the term “and/or” in this context is merely an association describing the associated object, indicating that there may be three relationships, for example, A and/or B, which may indicate that A exists separately, and both A and B exist, respectively. B these three situations.
  • the character "/" in this article generally indicates that the contextual object is an "or" relationship.
  • B corresponding to A means that B is associated with A, and B can be determined according to A.
  • determining B from A does not mean that B is only determined based on A, and that B can also be determined based on A and/or other information.
  • the disclosed systems, devices, and methods may be implemented in other manners.
  • the device embodiments described above are merely illustrative.
  • the division of cells is only a logical function division.
  • multiple units or components may be combined or integrated. Go to another system, or some features can be ignored or not executed.
  • the mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection shown or discussed may be an indirect coupling or communication connection through some interface, device or unit, or an electrical, mechanical or other form of connection.
  • the units described as separate components may or may not be physically separate, and the components displayed as units may or may not be physical units, that is, may be located in one place, or may be distributed to multiple network units. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the objectives of the embodiments of the present application.
  • each functional unit in each embodiment of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist physically separately, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
  • the above integrated unit can be implemented in the form of hardware or in the form of a software functional unit.
  • Computer readable media includes both computer storage media and communication media including any medium that facilitates transfer of a computer program from one location to another.
  • a storage medium may be any available media that can be accessed by a computer.
  • computer readable media may comprise RAM, ROM, EEPROM, CD-ROM or other optical disk storage, disk storage media or other magnetic storage device, or can be used for carrying or storing in the form of an instruction or data structure.
  • Any connection may suitably be a computer readable medium.
  • the software is transmitted from a website, server, or other remote source using coaxial cable, fiber optic cable, twisted pair, digital subscriber line (DSL), or wireless technologies such as infrared, radio, and microwave
  • the coaxial cable , fiber optic cable, twisted pair, DSL, or wireless technologies such as infrared, wireless, and microwave are included in the fixing of the associated media.
  • a disk and a disc include a compact disc (CD), a laser disc, a compact disc, a digital versatile disc (DVD), a floppy disc, and a Blu-ray disc, wherein the disc is usually magnetically copied, and the disc is The laser is used to optically replicate the data. Combinations of the above should also be included within the scope of the computer readable media.

Abstract

Provided in the present application are a method for transmitting DMRS and a communication device, said method comprising: a communication device determines the current mode of a resource scheduling unit, the current modes including a frequency hopping mode or an agglomeration mode, the frequency hopping mode indicating that one part of the symbols in the resource scheduling unit is located in a first frequency band and the other part of the symbols is located in a second frequency band, and the agglomeration mode indicating the aggregate transmission of a plurality of resource scheduling units; the communication device uses a DMRS pattern corresponding to the current mode to perform DMRS mapping or demapping, the symbol position occupied by the DMRS in the DMRS pattern corresponding to the current mode being different to the symbol position occupied by the DMRS in a preset DMRS pattern. The embodiments of the present application can flexibly select the symbol location occupied by the DMRS on the basis of different modes, and the embodiments of the present application can therefore meet the requirements of different modes, enhancing network performance.

Description

用于传输DMRS的方法和通信设备Method and communication device for transmitting DMRS
本申请要求于2017年09月08日提交中国专利局、申请号为201710808095.3、申请名称为“用于传输DMRS的方法和通信设备”的中国专利申请,以及于2017年07月17日提交中国专利局、申请号为201710583011.0、申请名称为“用于传输DMRS的方法和通信设备”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。This application is required to be submitted to the China Patent Office on September 8, 2017, the application number is 201710808095.3, the Chinese patent application entitled "Method and Communication Equipment for Transmission of DMRS", and the Chinese Patent Application on July 17, 2017 The priority of the Chinese Patent Application No. 201710583011.0, the entire disclosure of which is incorporated herein by reference.
技术领域Technical field
本申请涉及通信领域,并且更具体地,涉及一种用于传输DMRS的方法和通信设备。The present application relates to the field of communications and, more particularly, to a method and communication device for transmitting a DMRS.
背景技术Background technique
现有的通信系统中,在进行数据传输时,发送端设备(例如,上行传输时为终端设备,下行传输时为网络设备)需要发送解调参考信号(demodulation reference signal,DMRS),以便接收端设备(例如,上行传输时为网络设备,下行传输时为终端设备)根据DMRS解调该数据。In the existing communication system, when transmitting data, the transmitting device (for example, the terminal device in the uplink transmission and the network device in the downlink transmission) needs to send a demodulation reference signal (DMRS) for the receiving end. The device (for example, a network device in uplink transmission and a terminal device in downlink transmission) demodulates the data according to DMRS.
通常,发送端设备会按照预设的DMRS图样发送DMRS。例如,在长期演进(long term evolution,LTE)系统中,例如,对于普通循环前缀(normal cyclic prefix)而言,用于物理上行共享信道(physical uplink shared channel,PUSCH)解调的DMRS通常固定占用资源调度单元的第4个符号(symbol)和第11个符号。再例如,在新空口(new radio,NR)系统中具有快速反馈的需求,因此,在NR系统中,DMRS图样(pattern)中,DMRS固定占用源调度单元的靠前的符号(front loaded)。Generally, the sender device sends the DMRS according to the preset DMRS pattern. For example, in a long term evolution (LTE) system, for example, for a normal cyclic prefix, a DMRS for physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH) demodulation is usually fixedly occupied. The fourth symbol (symbol) and the eleventh symbol of the resource scheduling unit. For another example, there is a need for fast feedback in a new radio (NR) system. Therefore, in the NR system, in the DMRS pattern, the DMRS fixedly occupies the front loading of the source scheduling unit.
在新空口(new radio,NR)系统中的资源调度单元可以根据不同的场景灵活的变化为不同的模式,例如,可以为跳频模式,即资源调度单元内跳频(frequency hopping)传输,或者,可以为聚合模式,即多个资源调度单元的聚合(aggregation)传输。The resource scheduling unit in the new radio (NR) system can be flexibly changed into different modes according to different scenarios, for example, a frequency hopping mode, that is, a frequency hopping transmission in a resource scheduling unit, or It can be an aggregation mode, that is, an aggregation transmission of multiple resource scheduling units.
然而,在资源调度单元的模式发生变化时,如果仍然按照预设的DMRS图样固定传输DMRS的方式发送DMRS,会带来DMRS资源的浪费或造成接收端的解调性能差等不利影响,影响网络性能。However, when the mode of the resource scheduling unit changes, if the DMRS is still transmitted in the manner of fixed transmission DMRS according to the preset DMRS pattern, the DMRS resource is wasted or the demodulation performance of the receiving end is poor, which affects the network performance. .
发明内容Summary of the invention
本申请提供一种用于传输DMRS的方法和通信设备,能够提升网络性能。The present application provides a method and a communication device for transmitting a DMRS, which can improve network performance.
第一方面,提供了一种用于传输DMRS的方法,该方法包括:In a first aspect, a method for transmitting a DMRS is provided, the method comprising:
通信设备确定资源调度单元的当前模式,该当前模式包括跳频模式或聚合模式,该跳频模式表示一个资源调度单元中一部分符号位于第一频段,另一部分符号位于第二频段,该聚合模式表示多个资源调度单元聚合传输;该通信设备使用与该当前模式对应的DMRS图样进行DMRS的映射或解映射,其中,该当前模式对应的DMRS图样中DMRS占用的符号位置与预设的DMRS图样中DMRS占用的符号位置不同。The communication device determines a current mode of the resource scheduling unit, where the current mode includes a frequency hopping mode or an aggregation mode, where the frequency hopping mode indicates that a part of symbols in one resource scheduling unit is located in the first frequency band, and another part of the symbol is located in the second frequency band, where the aggregation mode indicates The plurality of resource scheduling units aggregate the transmission; the communication device performs mapping or demapping of the DMRS by using the DMRS pattern corresponding to the current mode, where the symbol position occupied by the DMRS in the DMRS pattern corresponding to the current mode is in the preset DMRS pattern. The symbol positions occupied by the DMRS are different.
应理解,该方法可以由通信设备执行,该通信设备可以为网络设备或终端设备。It should be understood that the method can be performed by a communication device, which can be a network device or a terminal device.
应理解,本申请实施例中,符号表示时间单位,本文中的符号也可以称为OFDM符号,本申请实施例并不限于此。It should be understood that, in the embodiment of the present application, a symbol indicates a time unit, and a symbol in the present disclosure may also be referred to as an OFDM symbol, and the embodiment of the present application is not limited thereto.
还应理解,本申请实施例中一个资源单元可以包括n个符号,n为大于或等于2的整数,例如,n为7、14或者为2-13中的任意一个数值,本申请实施例并不限于此。It should also be understood that a resource unit in the embodiment of the present application may include n symbols, and n is an integer greater than or equal to 2. For example, n is 7, 14 or any one of 2-13. Not limited to this.
应理解,本申请实施例中,DMRS图样也可以称为DMRS分布信息或DMRS属性,该DMRS图样能够表示DMRS占用的符号位置和符号数目,本申请实施例并不限于此。It should be understood that, in the embodiment of the present application, the DMRS pattern may also be referred to as a DMRS distribution information or a DMRS attribute, and the DMRS pattern can represent the symbol position and the number of symbols occupied by the DMRS, and the embodiment of the present application is not limited thereto.
应理解,在该通信设备发送数据时,根据当前模式对应的DMRS图样进行DMRS的映射,在该通信设备接收数据时,根据当前模式对应的DMRS图样进行DMRS的解映射。It should be understood that when the communication device transmits data, the DMRS mapping is performed according to the DMRS pattern corresponding to the current mode, and when the communication device receives the data, the DMRS demapping is performed according to the DMRS pattern corresponding to the current mode.
例如,该通信设备为网络设备,在进行上行传输时,该通信设备使用当前模式对应的DMRS图样进行DMRS的解映射;在进行下行传输时,该通信设备使用当前模式对应的DMRS图样进行DMRS的映射。再例如,该通信设备为终端设备,在进行上行传输时,该通信设备使用当前模式对应的DMRS图样进行DMRS的映射,在进行下行传输时,该通信设备使用当前模式对应的DMRS图样进行DMRS的解映射。For example, the communication device is a network device, and when performing uplink transmission, the communication device performs demapping of the DMRS by using the DMRS pattern corresponding to the current mode; when performing downlink transmission, the communication device performs DMRS using the DMRS pattern corresponding to the current mode. Mapping. For example, the communication device is a terminal device. When performing uplink transmission, the communication device uses the DMRS pattern corresponding to the current mode to perform DMRS mapping. When performing downlink transmission, the communication device performs DMRS using the DMRS pattern corresponding to the current mode. Demap.
应理解,本申请实施例中,预设的DMRS图样也可以称为预定义图样、默认图样或第一DMRS图样,当前模式对应的DMRS图样也可以称为第二DMRS图样。本申请实施例中,预设的DMRS图样表示在第一模式(即非跳频且非聚合模式)下所采用的DMRS图样。It should be understood that, in the embodiment of the present application, the preset DMRS pattern may also be referred to as a predefined pattern, a default pattern, or a first DMRS pattern, and the DMRS pattern corresponding to the current mode may also be referred to as a second DMRS pattern. In the embodiment of the present application, the preset DMRS pattern indicates the DMRS pattern used in the first mode (ie, non-frequency hopping and non-aggregation mode).
现有技术中,无论何种传输模式,均采用预设的DMRS图样进行通信,即DMRS占用的符号位置与预设的DMRS图样中DMRS占用的符号位置相同。然而,在一些应用场景下,在资源调度单元的模式发生变化时,如果仍然按照现有的固定传输DMRS的方式发送DMRS,由于预设的DMRS的图样中DMRS的分布方式难以满足不同模式的需要,因此会带来DMRS资源的浪费或造成接收端的解调性能差等不利影响,影响网络性能。In the prior art, regardless of the transmission mode, the preset DMRS pattern is used for communication, that is, the symbol position occupied by the DMRS is the same as the symbol position occupied by the DMRS in the preset DMRS pattern. However, in some application scenarios, when the mode of the resource scheduling unit changes, if the DMRS is still transmitted according to the existing fixed transmission DMRS, the distribution mode of the DMRS in the preset DMRS pattern is difficult to meet the needs of different modes. Therefore, the DMRS resources are wasted or the demodulation performance of the receiving end is poor, which affects network performance.
而本申请实施例中不同的模式下的DMRS的图样与预设的图样不同,本申请实施例能够根据不同的模式,灵活地选择DMRS占用的符号位置,进而本申请实施例能够满足不同模式的要求,提升网络性能。The pattern of the DMRS in the different modes in the embodiment of the present application is different from the preset pattern. The embodiment of the present application can flexibly select the symbol position occupied by the DMRS according to different modes, and the embodiment of the present application can satisfy different modes. Requirements to improve network performance.
当通信设备为网络设备时,该网络设备可以根据多种方式确定当前模式。When the communication device is a network device, the network device can determine the current mode according to various ways.
可选地,网络设备可以根据终端设备上报的信道状态信息,以及小区的网络状态确定出当前模式。Optionally, the network device may determine the current mode according to the channel state information reported by the terminal device and the network state of the cell.
可选地,网络设备可以根据终端设备使用的波形,例如单载波或多载波确定出当前模式。例如,终端设备使用单载波时,该当前模式可以为跳频模式,终端设备使用多载波时,该当前模式可以为聚合模式。本申请实施例并不限于此,例如,终端设备使用单载波时,该当前模式也可以为聚合模式。Optionally, the network device may determine the current mode according to a waveform used by the terminal device, such as a single carrier or multiple carriers. For example, when the terminal device uses a single carrier, the current mode may be a frequency hopping mode, and when the terminal device uses multiple carriers, the current mode may be an aggregation mode. The embodiment of the present application is not limited thereto. For example, when the terminal device uses a single carrier, the current mode may also be an aggregation mode.
可选地,网络设备可以根据业务类型确定当前模式。其中,业务类型可以包括需要快速解调的业务或需要高传输性能的业务等。Alternatively, the network device can determine the current mode according to the type of service. The service type may include a service that needs to be quickly demodulated or a service that requires high transmission performance.
可选地,网络设备可以根据终端设备发送的指示信息确定当前模式,也就是说,终端设备可以根据当前的状态,例如,网络状态或业务状态确定当前模式,然后终端设备指示网络设备该当前模式。在这种情况下,终端设备会向网络设备发送指示信息,以使得网络设备根据终端设备发送的指示信息确定该当前模式。Optionally, the network device may determine the current mode according to the indication information sent by the terminal device, that is, the terminal device may determine the current mode according to the current state, for example, the network state or the service state, and then the terminal device indicates the current mode of the network device. . In this case, the terminal device sends the indication information to the network device, so that the network device determines the current mode according to the indication information sent by the terminal device.
可选地,作为第一方面的一种实现方式,该通信设备为网络设备,该方法还包括:该通信设备向终端设备发送第一指示信息,该第一指示信息用于终端设备确定资源调度单元的当前模式。Optionally, as an implementation manner of the first aspect, the communications device is a network device, the method further includes: the communications device sending, to the terminal device, first indication information, where the first indication information is used by the terminal device to determine resource scheduling The current mode of the unit.
可选地,作为第一方面的一种实现方式,该通信设备为网络设备,该方法还包括:该通信设备向终端设备发送第二指示信息,该第二指示信息用于指示该当前模式对应的DMRS图样。Optionally, as an implementation manner of the first aspect, the communications device is a network device, the method further includes: the communications device sending the second indication information to the terminal device, where the second indication information is used to indicate that the current mode corresponds to DMRS pattern.
当通信设备为终端设备时,该终端设备可以根据多种方式确定当前模式。When the communication device is a terminal device, the terminal device can determine the current mode according to various manners.
可选地,终端设备可以根据网络设备的指示确定当前模式,具体的,终端设备可以接收网络设备发送的第一指示信息,该第一指示信息用于终端设备确定当前模式。终端设备获取该第一指示信息后,可以根据该第一指示信息确定资源调度单元的当前模式。Optionally, the terminal device may determine the current mode according to the indication of the network device. Specifically, the terminal device may receive the first indication information sent by the network device, where the first indication information is used by the terminal device to determine the current mode. After acquiring the first indication information, the terminal device may determine, according to the first indication information, a current mode of the resource scheduling unit.
应理解,该第一指示信息可以直接指示该当前模式为聚合模式或跳频模式。可选地,该第一指示信息可以间接指示该当前模式。例如,该第一指示信息指示了资源调度单元长度,终端设备可以根据该资源调度单元的长度确定该当前模式;再例如,该第一指示信息指示了当前的业务类型,终端设备根据该业务类型确定该当前模式,本申请实施例并不限于此。It should be understood that the first indication information may directly indicate that the current mode is an aggregation mode or a frequency hopping mode. Optionally, the first indication information may indirectly indicate the current mode. For example, the first indication information indicates the length of the resource scheduling unit, and the terminal device may determine the current mode according to the length of the resource scheduling unit. For example, the first indication information indicates the current service type, and the terminal device according to the service type. The current mode is determined, and embodiments of the present application are not limited thereto.
应理解,网络设备可以通过多种信令向终端设备发送第一指示信息,例如,下行控制信息(downlink control information,DCI)、无线资源控制(radio resource control,RRC)信令、媒体接入控制(media access control,MAC)层控制元素(control element,CE)等等,本申请实施例对此不作限定。It should be understood that the network device may send the first indication information to the terminal device by using multiple signaling, for example, downlink control information (DCI), radio resource control (RRC) signaling, and media access control. (media access control, MAC) layer control element (CE), etc., which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
可选地,作为第一方面的一种实现方式,该通信设备为终端设备,该方法还包括:该通信设备接收网络设备发送的第一指示信息,该第一指示信息用于终端设备确定资源调度单元的当前模式;其中,该通信设备确定资源调度单元的当前模式,包括:该通信设备根据该第一指示信息,确定该当前模式。Optionally, as an implementation manner of the first aspect, the communications device is a terminal device, the method further includes: receiving, by the communications device, first indication information that is sent by the network device, where the first indication information is used by the terminal device to determine the resource. a current mode of the scheduling unit; wherein the communications device determines a current mode of the resource scheduling unit, the method comprising: determining, by the communications device, the current mode according to the first indication information.
可选地,作为第一方面的一种实现方式,该通信设备为终端设备,该方法还包括:该通信设备接收网络设备发送第二指示信息,该第二指示信息用于指示该当前模式对应的DMRS图样。Optionally, as an implementation manner of the first aspect, the communication device is a terminal device, the method further includes: the communication device receiving the network device, sending the second indication information, where the second indication information is used to indicate that the current mode is corresponding to DMRS pattern.
应理解,网络设备可以通过多种信令向终端设备发送第二指示信息,例如,DCI、RRC信令、MAC CE等等,本申请实施例对此不作限定。It should be understood that the network device may send the second indication information to the terminal device by using various signalings, for example, DCI, RRC signaling, MAC CE, and the like, which is not limited by the embodiment of the present application.
具体地,由于网络设备和终端设备在进行数据传输时需要确定DMRS图样,网络设备通过将与终端设备进行数据传输时采用的DMRS的图样通知给终端设备,终端设备就可以根据该DMRS图样,确定DMRS的时频资源位置,进而可以进行DMRS的映射或解映射。Specifically, the network device and the terminal device need to determine the DMRS pattern when performing data transmission, and the network device notifies the terminal device by using the pattern of the DMRS used for data transmission with the terminal device, and the terminal device may determine according to the DMRS pattern. The time-frequency resource location of the DMRS, which in turn enables mapping or demapping of the DMRS.
可选地,终端设备可以根据当前的状态确定该当前模式,例如,终端设备根据网络状态或业务状态确定当前模式,然后终端设备指示网络设备该当前模式。Optionally, the terminal device may determine the current mode according to the current state. For example, the terminal device determines the current mode according to the network state or the service state, and then the terminal device indicates the current mode of the network device.
可选地,作为第一方面的一种实现方式,该当前模式为跳频模式,该预设的DMRS图样中DMRS占用未跳频的一个资源调度单元中连续的N个符号,N为大于或等于1的整数;该当前模式对应的DMRS图样中DMRS占用该第一频段中连续的N 1个符号,以及该第二频段中连续的N 2个符号,N 1为大于或等于1的整数,N 2为大于或等于1的整数。 Optionally, as an implementation manner of the first aspect, the current mode is a frequency hopping mode, where the DMRS in the preset DMRS pattern occupies consecutive N symbols in a resource scheduling unit that is not hopped, and N is greater than or An integer equal to 1; the DMRS in the DMRS pattern corresponding to the current mode occupies consecutive N 1 symbols in the first frequency band, and consecutive N 2 symbols in the second frequency band, and N 1 is an integer greater than or equal to 1. N 2 is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
本申请实施例中,在跳频模式时,由于两个频段的信道状态不同,因此,本申请实施 例中在每一个频段均传输DMRS,使得接收端能够根据每一个频段中的DMRS解调对应的数据,能够提高数据解调的准确性,提升解调性能。In the embodiment of the present application, in the frequency hopping mode, since the channel states of the two frequency bands are different, the DMRS is transmitted in each frequency band in the embodiment of the present application, so that the receiving end can demodulate according to the DMRS in each frequency band. The data can improve the accuracy of data demodulation and improve the demodulation performance.
可选地,作为第一方面的一种实现方式,该N 1=N 2,且该第一频段中该N1个符号的位置与该第二频段中该N 2个符号的位置对称。 Optionally, as an implementation manner of the first aspect, the N 1 =N 2 , and the position of the N1 symbols in the first frequency band is symmetric with the position of the N 2 symbols in the second frequency band.
因此,本申请实施例中通过两个频段中的DMRS的对称设置,使得接收端设备能够使用相同的方式在两个频段中进行数据解调,能够降低解调的复杂度,提升网络性能。Therefore, in the embodiment of the present application, the symmetric setting of the DMRS in the two frequency bands enables the receiving end device to perform data demodulation in the two frequency bands in the same manner, which can reduce the complexity of the demodulation and improve the network performance.
可选地,作为第一方面的一种实现方式,该N 2个符号包括该第二频段中的第一个符号。 Optionally, as an implementation manner of the first aspect, the N 2 symbols include a first symbol in the second frequency band.
由于接收端设备获取到DMRS后才可以对数据解调,因此,本申请实施例通过设置DMRS占用第二个频段中的第一个符号,使得接收端能够首先获取该DMRS,进而能够实现数据的快速解调。The DMRS occupies the first symbol in the second frequency band, so that the receiving end can obtain the DMRS first, and the data can be implemented. Fast demodulation.
应理解,N 2个符号位置还可以为第二个频段中的任意一个位置,本申请实施例并不限于此。 It should be understood that the N 2 symbol positions may also be any one of the second frequency bands, and the embodiment of the present application is not limited thereto.
例如,该N 2个符号位置位于第二频段的前半部分,或者,该N 2个符号中的第一个符号位于第二频段的前半部分,例如,N 2=2,该2个符号可以为第二频段的第二和第三符号,或者,第三和第四个符号,本申请实施例并不限于此。 For example, the N 2 symbol positions are located in the first half of the second frequency band, or the first one of the N 2 symbols is located in the first half of the second frequency band, for example, N 2 = 2, and the 2 symbols may be The second and third symbols of the second frequency band, or the third and fourth symbols, the embodiment of the present application is not limited thereto.
可选地,作为第一方面的一种实现方式,所述N 1个符号包括所述第一频段中的第一区域中的第一个符号,所述第一区域为数据和DMRS占用的符号。 Optionally, as an implementation manner of the first aspect, the N 1 symbols include a first symbol in a first area of the first frequency band, where the first area is a symbol occupied by data and DMRS .
应理解,本申请中,第一区域包括资源调度单元中用于承载数据和DMRS的符号。It should be understood that, in the present application, the first area includes symbols for carrying data and DMRS in the resource scheduling unit.
将N 1设置在第一区域中的第一个符号,能够实现快速解调。 Setting N 1 in the first symbol in the first region enables fast demodulation.
可选地,作为第一方面的一种实现方式,所述N 1=N 2=1,或者,所述N 1=N 2=2。 Optionally, as an implementation manner of the first aspect, the N 1 =N 2 =1, or the N 1 =N 2 =2.
也就是说,每一段均为一个符号或两个,但本申请实施例并不限于此,也可一段占用一个符号,另一段占用两个符号。That is to say, each segment is one symbol or two, but the embodiment of the present application is not limited thereto, and one segment occupies one symbol and the other segment occupies two symbols.
可选地,作为第一方面的一种实现方式,该当前模式为资源跳频模式,该预设的DMRS图样中DMRS占用未跳频的一个资源调度单元中连续的M个符号和连续的K个符号,其中,该M个符号与该K个符号不相邻;该当前模式对应的DMRS图样中DMRS占用该第一频段的符号中连续的M 1个符号和连续的K 1个符号,以及该第二频段中连续的M 2个符号和连续的K 2个符号,其中,该M 1个符号与该K 1个符号不相邻,该M 2个符号与该K 2个符号不相邻,M、K、M 1、K 1、M 2、K 2为大于或等于1的整数。 Optionally, as an implementation manner of the first aspect, the current mode is a resource hopping mode, where the DMRS in the preset DMRS pattern occupies consecutive M symbols and consecutive Ks in a resource scheduling unit that is not hopped. a symbol, wherein the M symbols are not adjacent to the K symbols; the DMRS pattern corresponding to the current mode occupies consecutive M 1 symbols and consecutive K 1 symbols in the symbol of the first frequency band, and a continuous M 2 symbols and consecutive K 2 symbols in the second frequency band, wherein the M 1 symbols are not adjacent to the K 1 symbols, and the M 2 symbols are not adjacent to the K 2 symbols , M, K, M 1 , K 1 , M 2 , and K 2 are integers greater than or equal to 1.
应理解,M个符号位于K个符号之前,M 1个符号位于K 1个符号之前,M 2个符号位于K 2个符号之前。 It should be understood that M symbols are located before K symbols, M 1 symbols are located before K 1 symbols, and M 2 symbols are located before K 2 symbols.
可选地,作为第一方面的一种实现方式,所述K 1个符号包括所述第一频段中的倒数第一个符号、倒数第二个符号或者倒数第三个符号。 Optionally, as an implementation manner of the first aspect, the K 1 symbols include a first symbol in the first frequency band, a second last symbol, or a third symbol in the last.
将K 1个符号设置在第一频段的后半部分,能够使得接收端更好的解调数据,提升系统性能。 Setting K 1 symbols in the second half of the first frequency band enables the receiving end to better demodulate data and improve system performance.
可选地,作为第一方面的一种实现方式,所述M 1个符号包括所述第一频段中第一区域中的第一符号,所述第一区域包括所数据和DMRS占用的符号。 Optionally, an implementation of the first aspect, the symbol M 1 in a first frequency band comprises the first symbol of the first region, the first region includes the data and the DMRS symbols occupied.
M 1个符号包括第二频段第一区域第一个符号,能够实现快速解调。 The M 1 symbol includes the first symbol of the first region of the second frequency band, enabling fast demodulation.
可选地,作为第一方面的一种实现方式,所述M 2个符号包括所述第二频段中的第一 个符号。 Optionally, as an implementation manner of the first aspect, the M 2 symbols include a first symbol in the second frequency band.
可选地,作为第一方面的一种实现方式,M 1=M,所述M 1个符号与所述M个符号的位置相同,所述K 1个符号包括所述第一频段中的最后一个符号,所述M 2符号包括所述第一频段中的第一个符号,K 2=K,所述k 2符号与所述K个符号的位置相同,或者,所述K 2个符号位置为预设位置。 Optionally, as an implementation manner of the first aspect, M 1 =M, the M 1 symbols are the same as the positions of the M symbols, and the K 1 symbols include a last one of the first frequency bands. a symbol, the M 2 symbol including a first symbol in the first frequency band, K 2 =K, the k 2 symbol is the same as the position of the K symbols, or the K 2 symbol positions Is the preset position.
可选地,作为第一方面的一种实现方式,M 1=M,所述M 1个符号与所述M个符号的位置相同, Optionally, as an implementation manner of the first aspect, M 1 =M, where the M 1 symbols are the same as the positions of the M symbols,
所述K 1个符号包括整个资源调度单元中的第7个符号,所述整个资源调度单元包括第一频段和第二频段占用的符号之和,所述整个资源调度单元包括14个符号, The K 1 symbols include a 7th symbol in the entire resource scheduling unit, and the entire resource scheduling unit includes a sum of symbols occupied by the first frequency band and the second frequency band, where the entire resource scheduling unit includes 14 symbols.
所述M 2符号包括所述整个资源调度单元中的第8个符号, The M 2 symbol includes an eighth symbol in the entire resource scheduling unit,
K 2=K,所述K 2符号与所述K个符号的位置相同,或者,所述K 2个符号位置为预设位置。 K 2 =K, the K 2 symbol is the same as the position of the K symbols, or the K 2 symbol positions are preset positions.
本申请实施例中,在跳频模式时,通过在两个频段均传输两组DMRS,能够在信道状态波动较大的情况下,保证数据的准确解调。In the embodiment of the present application, in the frequency hopping mode, by transmitting two sets of DMRSs in two frequency bands, accurate demodulation of data can be ensured when the channel state fluctuates greatly.
可选地,作为第一方面的一种实现方式,M 1=M 2,K 1=K 2,且该第一频段中该M 1个符号以及该K 1个符号的位置与该第二频段中该M 2个符号以及该K 2个符号的位置对称。 Optionally, as an implementation manner of the first aspect, M 1 =M 2 , K 1 =K 2 , and the M 1 symbols in the first frequency band and the location of the K 1 symbol and the second frequency band The position of the M 2 symbols and the K 2 symbols is symmetrical.
本申请实施例中通过两个频段中的DMRS的对称设置,使得接收端设备能够使用相同的方式在两个频段中进行数据解调,能够降低解调的复杂度,提升网络性能。In the embodiment of the present application, the symmetric setting of the DMRS in the two frequency bands enables the receiving device to perform data demodulation in the two frequency bands in the same manner, which can reduce the complexity of the demodulation and improve the network performance.
可选地,作为第一方面的一种实现方式,该M 2个符号包括该第二频段中的第一个符号。 Optionally, as an implementation manner of the first aspect, the M 2 symbols include a first symbol in the second frequency band.
由于接收端获取到DMRS后才可以对数据解调,因此,本申请实施例将DMRS占用第二个频段中的第一个符号,使得接收端能够首先获取该DMRS能够快速解调,满足快速解调的需求。The DMRS occupies the first symbol in the second frequency band, so that the receiving end can obtain the DMRS to be quickly demodulated and meet the fast solution. Adjust the demand.
应理解,M 2个符号位置还可以为第二个频段中的任意一个位置,本申请实施例并不限于此。 It should be understood that the M 2 symbol positions may also be any one of the second frequency bands, and the embodiment of the present application is not limited thereto.
例如,该M 2个符号位置位于第二频段的前半部分,或者,该M 2个符号中的第一个符号位于第二频段的前半部分,例如,M 2=2,该2个符号可以为第二频段的第二和第三符号,或者,第三和第四个符号,本申请实施例并不限于此。 For example, the M 2 symbol positions are located in the first half of the second frequency band, or the first one of the M 2 symbols is located in the first half of the second frequency band, for example, M 2 = 2, and the 2 symbols may be The second and third symbols of the second frequency band, or the third and fourth symbols, the embodiment of the present application is not limited thereto.
可选地,作为第一方面的一种实现方式,该预设的DMRS图样中DMRS还占用该未跳频的一个资源调度单元中连续的P个符号,该P个符号与该M个符号和该K个符号均不相邻;Optionally, as an implementation manner of the first aspect, the DMRS in the preset DMRS pattern further occupies consecutive P symbols in the resource scheduling unit that is not hopped, and the P symbols and the M symbols are The K symbols are not adjacent;
该当前模式对应的DMRS图样中DMRS还占用该第一频段的符号中连续的P 1个符号,以及该第二频段中连续的P 2个符号,其中,该P 1个符号与该M 1个符号和该K 1个符号均不相邻,该P 2个符号与该M 2个符号与该K 2个符号均不相邻,P、P 1、P 2为大于或等于1的整数。 The DMRS pattern corresponding to the current mode in a first frequency band occupying the further DMRS symbol P 1 of consecutive symbols, and the second band P 2 successive symbols, wherein the symbols and the P 1 M 1 th The symbol and the K 1 symbols are not adjacent to each other, and the P 2 symbols and the M 2 symbols are not adjacent to the K 2 symbols, and P, P 1 , and P 2 are integers greater than or equal to 1.
本申请实施例中,在跳频模式时,通过在两个频段均传输3组DMRS,能够在信道状态波动较大的情况下,保证数据的准确解调。In the embodiment of the present application, in the frequency hopping mode, by transmitting three groups of DMRSs in two frequency bands, accurate demodulation of data can be ensured when the channel state fluctuates greatly.
应理解,本申请实施例中预设的DMRS图样中DMRS可以占用L组符号,L可以为2、3、4或更大值,类似地,在跳频模式时,当前模式对应的DMRS图样中DMRS占用 每一频段中的L组符号。It should be understood that the DMRS in the preset DMRS pattern in the embodiment of the present application may occupy L group symbols, and L may be 2, 3, 4 or greater. Similarly, in the frequency hopping mode, the current mode corresponds to the DMRS pattern. The DMRS occupies the L group symbols in each frequency band.
可选地,作为第一方面的一种实现方式,该当前模式为聚合模式,该多个资源调度单元为Y个,Y为大于或等于2的整数;Optionally, as an implementation manner of the first aspect, the current mode is an aggregation mode, where the plurality of resource scheduling units are Y, and Y is an integer greater than or equal to 2;
该预设的DMRS图样中DMRS占用Y个资源调度单元中每一个资源调度单元中连续的至少一个符号,The DMRS in the preset DMRS pattern occupies at least one consecutive symbol in each resource scheduling unit of the Y resource scheduling units,
该当前模式对应的DMRS图样中DMRS占用Y个资源调度单元中前Y 1个资源调度单元中每一个资源调度单中连续的至少一个符号,Y1为大于或等于1且小于Y的整数。 The current pattern corresponding to the pattern occupied by the DMRS DMRS integer Y Y resource scheduling unit continuously at least one symbol before a resource scheduling unit in each of a single resource scheduling, Y1 is greater than or equal to 1 and less than Y.
本申请实施例中,在聚合模式时,DMRS仅占用了聚合传输的Y个中的前Y 1个资源调度单元中的符号,减小了DMRS占用的资源,避免了资源浪费,提升网络性能。 In the embodiment of the present application, in the aggregation mode, the DMRS only occupies the symbols in the first Y 1 resource scheduling units in the Y transmissions, which reduces the resources occupied by the DMRS, avoids resource waste, and improves network performance.
可选地,作为第一方面的一种实现方式,该当前模式为聚合模式,该多个资源调度单元为Y个,该预设的DMRS图样中DMRS占用Y个资源调度单元中每一个资源调度单元中L组符号,L为大于或等于2的整数,其中,该L组符号均不相邻,该L组符号中每一组符号包括连续的至少一个符号;该当前模式对应的DMRS图样中DMRS占用Y个资源调度单元中每一个资源调度单元中的L 1组符号,L 1为小于L的整数,其中,该L 1组符号均不相邻,该L 1组符号中每一组符号包括连续的至少一个符号。 Optionally, as an implementation manner of the first aspect, the current mode is an aggregation mode, where the multiple resource scheduling units are Y, and the DMRS in the preset DMRS pattern occupies each resource scheduling in the Y resource scheduling units. The L group symbol in the unit, L is an integer greater than or equal to 2, wherein the L group symbols are not adjacent, each group symbol in the L group symbol includes consecutive at least one symbol; the current mode corresponds to the DMRS pattern The DMRS occupies the L 1 group symbol in each resource scheduling unit of the Y resource scheduling units, and L 1 is an integer smaller than L, wherein the L 1 group symbols are not adjacent, and each group symbol in the L 1 group symbol Includes at least one symbol in succession.
本申请实施例中,在聚合模式时,DMRS仅占用了聚合传输的Y个资源调度单元中每一个资源调度单元中L 1组符号,减小了DMRS占用的资源,避免了资源浪费,提升网络性能。 In the embodiment of the present application, in the aggregation mode, the DMRS only occupies the L 1 group symbol in each resource scheduling unit of the Y resource scheduling units that are aggregated and transmitted, reduces the resources occupied by the DMRS, avoids resource waste, and improves the network. performance.
可选地,作为第一方面的一种实现方式,该当前模式为聚合模式,该多个资源调度单元为Y个,该预设的DMRS图样中DMRS占用Y个资源调度单元中每一个资源调度单元中L组符号,该当前模式对应的DMRS图样中DMRS占用Y个资源调度单元中每一个资源调度单元中的L组符号,其中,L为大于或等于2的整数,其中,该L组符号均不相邻,该L组符号中每一组符号包括连续的至少一个符号,该预设的DMRS图样中DMRS占用的Y*L组符号中任意相邻的两组符号的间距的最大差值为R个符号,该当前模式对应的DMRS图样中DMRS占用的Y*L组符号中任意相邻的两组符号的间距的最大差值为S个符号,S<R。Optionally, as an implementation manner of the first aspect, the current mode is an aggregation mode, where the multiple resource scheduling units are Y, and the DMRS in the preset DMRS pattern occupies each resource scheduling in the Y resource scheduling units. The L group symbol in the unit, the DMRS in the DMRS pattern corresponding to the current mode occupies the L group symbol in each resource scheduling unit of the Y resource scheduling units, where L is an integer greater than or equal to 2, wherein the L group symbol Each of the L sets of symbols includes at least one consecutive symbol, and the maximum difference between the intervals of any two adjacent sets of Y*L group symbols occupied by the DMRS in the preset DMRS pattern is not adjacent. For R symbols, the maximum difference between the spacings of any two adjacent symbols in the Y*L group symbols occupied by the DMRS in the DMRS pattern corresponding to the current mode is S symbols, S<R.
因此,本申请实施例中,在聚合模式时,DMRS占用的聚合传输的Y个资源调度单元中的符号分布比较均匀,能够提高解调性能,且避免了资源浪费,提升网络性能。Therefore, in the embodiment of the present application, in the aggregation mode, the symbol distribution in the Y resource scheduling units of the aggregated transmission occupied by the DMRS is relatively uniform, which can improve the demodulation performance, avoid resource waste, and improve network performance.
应理解,本文中,并不对DMRS所占用的一组符号中的符号个数做限定,该一组符号可以包括至少一个符号,例如,包括1个符号、2个符号或3个符号等。本申请实施并不限于此。It should be understood that, herein, the number of symbols in a group of symbols occupied by the DMRS is not limited, and the group of symbols may include at least one symbol, for example, including 1 symbol, 2 symbols, or 3 symbols. The implementation of the application is not limited thereto.
第二方面,提供了一种用于传输DMRS的方法,该方法包括:通信设备使用附加DMRS的指示信息,确定跳频模式对应的DMRS图样,所述附加DMRS表示位于前载荷DMRS之后的DMRS,所述指示信息用于指示以下中的至少一种:是否存在所述附加DMRS、所述附加DMRS的数目和所述附加DMRS的位置,所述跳频模式表示一个资源调度单元中一部分符号位于第一频段,另一部分符号位于第二频段,所述通信设备使用所述DMRS图样进行DMRS的映射或解映射。In a second aspect, a method for transmitting a DMRS is provided, the method comprising: the communication device determining, by using indication information of an additional DMRS, a DMRS pattern corresponding to a frequency hopping pattern, the additional DMRS indicating a DMRS located after the pre-load DMRS, The indication information is used to indicate at least one of whether the additional DMRS, the number of the additional DMRS, and the location of the additional DMRS are present, the frequency hopping mode indicating that a part of symbols in a resource scheduling unit are located One frequency band, another part of the symbol is located in the second frequency band, and the communication device performs mapping or demapping of the DMRS using the DMRS pattern.
需要说明的是,在NR中如果只有前半部分有DMRS,跳频之后,后半部分没有导频,无法正常解数据。如果考虑跳频,为其单独设计DMRS,又会增加DMRS设计复杂度, 增加系统实现复杂度。It should be noted that if only the first half of the NR has DMRS, after the frequency hopping, there is no pilot in the second half, and the data cannot be solved normally. If you consider frequency hopping, designing DMRS for it separately will increase the complexity of DMRS design and increase the complexity of system implementation.
本申请实施例能够基于系统中存在的参数,即附加DMRS的指示信息,灵活的确定跳频模式对应的DMRS图样,能够降低实现复杂度,提升系统性能。The embodiment of the present application can flexibly determine the DMRS pattern corresponding to the frequency hopping mode based on the parameters existing in the system, that is, the indication information of the additional DMRS, which can reduce implementation complexity and improve system performance.
可选地,作为一种实现方式,在所述指示信息用于指示不存在所述附加DMRS时,所述DMRS图样中DMRS占用所述第一频段中一段符号,以及所述第二频段中一段符号,其中一段符号包括连续的至少一个符号。Optionally, as an implementation manner, when the indication information is used to indicate that the additional DMRS does not exist, the DMRS in the DMRS pattern occupies a segment of the first frequency band, and a segment of the second frequency band A symbol in which a segment of symbols includes at least one symbol in succession.
可选地,作为一种实现方式,所述第一频段中的一段符号包括所述第一频段中第一区域中的第一符号,所述第一区域包括所数据和DMRS占用的符号。Optionally, as an implementation manner, a segment of the first frequency band includes a first symbol in a first region of the first frequency band, where the first region includes a symbol occupied by the data and the DMRS.
可选地,作为一种实现方式,所述第二频段中的一段符号包括所述第二频段中的第一个符号。Optionally, as an implementation manner, a segment of the second frequency band includes a first symbol in the second frequency band.
可选地,作为一种实现方式,在所述指示信息用于指示存在所述附加DMRS时,所述DMRS图样中DMRS占用所述第一频段中的符号段数和位置,以及占用的第二频段中的符号段数和位置与所述指示信息以及前置DMRS指示信息指示的段数和位置相同。Optionally, as an implementation manner, when the indication information is used to indicate that the additional DMRS exists, the DMRS in the DMRS pattern occupies the number of segments and positions in the first frequency band, and the occupied second frequency band The number of symbols and the position in the same are the same as the number of segments and the position indicated by the indication information and the pre-DMRS indication information.
例如,DMRS占用第一频段中符号段数和位置与前载荷DMRS指示信息指示的DMRS段数和位置相同,DMRS占用第一频段中符号段数和位置与附加DMRS指示信息指示的DMRS段数和位置相同。For example, the DMRS occupies the same number of symbols and the location in the first frequency band and the DMRS segment number and location indicated by the pre-load DMRS indication information, and the DMRS occupies the same number of symbols and the location in the first frequency band and the DMRS segment number and location indicated by the additional DMRS indication information.
可选地,作为一种实现方式,在所述指示信息用于指示存在所述附加DMRS时,Optionally, as an implementation manner, when the indication information is used to indicate that the additional DMRS exists,
所述DMRS图样中DMRS占用所述第一频段中不连续的两段符号,以及所述第二频段中不连续的两段符号,或者,所述DMRS图样中DMRS占用所述第一频段中不连续的两段符号,以及所述第二频段中一段符号,或者,所述DMRS图样中DMRS占用所述第一频段中的一段符号,以及所述第二频段中不连续的两段符号,其中,所述两段符号中每段符号包括连续的指示一个符号,所述一段符号包括连续的至少一个符号。The DMRS in the DMRS pattern occupies two consecutive symbols in the first frequency band, and two consecutive symbols in the second frequency band, or the DMRS in the DMRS pattern occupies the first frequency band. a continuous two-segment symbol, and a segment of the second frequency band, or the DMRS in the DMRS pattern occupies a segment of the first frequency band and two non-contiguous symbols in the second frequency band, where Each of the two segments of symbols includes a continuous indicator indicating a symbol, and the segment of the symbol includes at least one symbol in succession.
可选地,作为一种实现方式,在所述DMRS图样中DMRS占用第一频段中不连续的两段符号时,第一频段中所述两段符号中的后一段符号包括所述第一频段中的最后一个符号;或者,在所述DMRS图样中DMRS占用第二频段中不连续的两段符号时,第二频段中所述两段符号中的前一段符号包括所述第二频段中的第一个符号。Optionally, as an implementation manner, when the DMRS in the DMRS pattern occupies two consecutive symbols in the first frequency band, the next one of the two symbols in the first frequency band includes the first frequency band. The last symbol in the second frequency band; or, in the DMRS pattern, the DMRS occupies two consecutive symbols in the second frequency band, the previous one of the two frequency symbols in the second frequency band includes the second frequency band The first symbol.
第三方面,提供了一种通信设备,用于执行上述第一方面、第二方面、第一方面及第二方面的任一可能的实现方式中的方法。具体地,该网络设备包括用于执行上述方法的单元。In a third aspect, a communication device is provided for performing the method of any of the first aspect, the second aspect, the first aspect, and the second aspect. In particular, the network device comprises means for performing the above method.
第四方面,提供了一种通信设备,该通信设备包括处理器和存储器,该存储器用于存储计算机程序,该处理器用于执行该存储器中存储的计算机程序,执行上述第一方面、第二方面、第一方面及第二方面的任一可能的实现方式中的方法。In a fourth aspect, a communication device is provided, the communication device comprising a processor and a memory, the memory for storing a computer program for executing a computer program stored in the memory, performing the first aspect, the second aspect The method of any of the possible implementations of the first aspect and the second aspect.
第五方面,提供了一种计算机可读介质,其上存储有计算机程序,该计算机程序被计算机执行时实现第一方面、第二方面、第一方面及第二方面任一种可能的实现方式中的方法。A fifth aspect provides a computer readable medium having stored thereon a computer program, the computer program being executed by a computer to implement any of the first aspect, the second aspect, the first aspect, and the second aspect The method in .
第六方面,提供了一种计算机程序产品,该计算机程序产品被计算机执行时实现第一方面、第二方面、第一方面及第二方面任一种可能的实现方式中的方法。In a sixth aspect, a computer program product is provided, the computer program product being implemented by a computer to implement the method of any of the first aspect, the second aspect, the first aspect, and the second aspect.
第七方面,提供了一种处理装置,包括处理器和接口;In a seventh aspect, a processing apparatus is provided, including a processor and an interface;
该处理器,用于执行上述第一方面、第二方面、第一方面及第二方面任一可能的实现 方式中的方法。The processor is configured to perform the method in any of the first aspect, the second aspect, the first aspect, and the second aspect.
应理解,上述第七方面中的处理装置可以是一个芯片,该处理器可以通过硬件来实现也可以通过软件来实现,当通过硬件实现时,该处理器可以是逻辑电路、集成电路等;当通过软件来实现时,该处理器可以是一个通用处理器,通过读取存储器中存储的软件代码来实现,改存储器可以集成在处理器中,可以位于该处理器之外,独立存在。It should be understood that the processing device in the foregoing seventh aspect may be a chip, and the processor may be implemented by using hardware or by software. When implemented by hardware, the processor may be a logic circuit, an integrated circuit, or the like; When implemented by software, the processor can be a general purpose processor, which is implemented by reading software code stored in the memory. The memory can be integrated in the processor and can exist independently of the processor.
附图说明DRAWINGS
图1是本申请实施例可应用的通信系统示意性框图。。FIG. 1 is a schematic block diagram of a communication system to which an embodiment of the present application is applicable. .
图2是根据本申请一个实施例的用于传输DMRS的方法的示意流程图。2 is a schematic flow chart of a method for transmitting a DMRS according to an embodiment of the present application.
图3是根据本申请另一实施例的用于传输DMRS的方法的示意流程图。FIG. 3 is a schematic flow chart of a method for transmitting a DMRS according to another embodiment of the present application.
图4是根据本申请另一实施例的用于传输DMRS的方法的示意流程图。FIG. 4 is a schematic flow chart of a method for transmitting a DMRS according to another embodiment of the present application.
图5是根据本申请一个实施例的预设DMRS图样的示意图。FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of a preset DMRS pattern according to an embodiment of the present application.
图6是根据本申请另一实施例的预设DMRS图样的示意图。FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of a preset DMRS pattern according to another embodiment of the present application.
图7是根据本申请一个实施例的DMRS图样的示意图。7 is a schematic diagram of a DMRS pattern in accordance with an embodiment of the present application.
图8是现有技术中的一种DMRS图样的示意图。Figure 8 is a schematic illustration of a DMRS pattern in the prior art.
图9是根据本申请另一实施例的DMRS图样的示意图。9 is a schematic diagram of a DMRS pattern according to another embodiment of the present application.
图10是根据本申请另一实施例的DMRS图样的示意图。FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram of a DMRS pattern according to another embodiment of the present application.
图11是现有技术中的另一种DMRS图样的示意图。Figure 11 is a schematic illustration of another DMRS pattern in the prior art.
图12是根据本申请另一实施例的DMRS图样的示意图。FIG. 12 is a schematic diagram of a DMRS pattern according to another embodiment of the present application.
图13是根据本申请另一实施例的DMRS图样的示意图。FIG. 13 is a schematic diagram of a DMRS pattern according to another embodiment of the present application.
图14是根据本申请另一实施例的DMRS图样的示意图。FIG. 14 is a schematic diagram of a DMRS pattern according to another embodiment of the present application.
图15是现有技术中的另一种DMRS图样的示意图。Figure 15 is a schematic illustration of another DMRS pattern in the prior art.
图16是根据本申请另一实施例的DMRS图样的示意图。16 is a schematic diagram of a DMRS pattern according to another embodiment of the present application.
图17是现有技术中的另一种DMRS图样的示意图。17 is a schematic diagram of another DMRS pattern in the prior art.
图18是根据本申请另一实施例的DMRS图样的示意图。FIG. 18 is a schematic diagram of a DMRS pattern according to another embodiment of the present application.
图19是根据本申请一个实施例的通信设备的示意框图。19 is a schematic block diagram of a communication device in accordance with one embodiment of the present application.
图20是根据本申请另一实施例的DMRS图样的示意图。20 is a schematic diagram of a DMRS pattern according to another embodiment of the present application.
图21是根据本申请另一实施例的DMRS图样的示意图。21 is a schematic diagram of a DMRS pattern according to another embodiment of the present application.
图22是根据本申请另一实施例的DMRS图样的示意图。FIG. 22 is a schematic diagram of a DMRS pattern according to another embodiment of the present application.
图23是根据本申请另一实施例的DMRS图样的示意图。23 is a schematic diagram of a DMRS pattern according to another embodiment of the present application.
图24是根据本申请另一实施例的DMRS图样的示意图。FIG. 24 is a schematic diagram of a DMRS pattern according to another embodiment of the present application.
图25是根据本申请另一实施例的DMRS图样的示意图。FIG. 25 is a schematic diagram of a DMRS pattern according to another embodiment of the present application.
图26是根据本申请另一实施例的DMRS图样的示意图。FIG. 26 is a schematic diagram of a DMRS pattern according to another embodiment of the present application.
图27是根据本申请另一实施例的DMRS图样的示意图。FIG. 27 is a schematic diagram of a DMRS pattern according to another embodiment of the present application.
图28是根据本申请另一实施例的DMRS图样的示意图。28 is a schematic diagram of a DMRS pattern in accordance with another embodiment of the present application.
图29是根据本申请另一实施例的DMRS图样的示意图。29 is a schematic diagram of a DMRS pattern in accordance with another embodiment of the present application.
图30是根据本申请另一实施例的DMRS图样的示意图。FIG. 30 is a schematic diagram of a DMRS pattern according to another embodiment of the present application.
图31是根据本申请另一实施例的DMRS图样的示意图。FIG. 31 is a schematic diagram of a DMRS pattern according to another embodiment of the present application.
图32是根据本申请另一实施例的DMRS图样的示意图。32 is a schematic diagram of a DMRS pattern according to another embodiment of the present application.
图33是根据本申请另一实施例的DMRS图样的示意图。FIG. 33 is a schematic diagram of a DMRS pattern according to another embodiment of the present application.
图34是根据本申请另一实施例的DMRS图样的示意图。FIG. 34 is a schematic diagram of a DMRS pattern according to another embodiment of the present application.
图35是根据本申请另一实施例的DMRS图样的示意图。FIG. 35 is a schematic diagram of a DMRS pattern according to another embodiment of the present application.
图36是根据本申请一个实施例的DMRS复用示意图。FIG. 36 is a schematic diagram of DMRS multiplexing according to an embodiment of the present application.
图37是根据本申请另一实施例的DMRS复用示意图。FIG. 37 is a schematic diagram of DMRS multiplexing according to another embodiment of the present application.
具体实施方式Detailed ways
下面将结合附图,对本申请中的技术方案进行描述。The technical solutions in the present application will be described below with reference to the accompanying drawings.
本申请实施例可应用于各种通信系统,因此,下面的描述不限制于特定通信系统。例如,本申请实施例可以应用于全球移动通讯(global system of mobile communication,GSM)系统、码分多址(code division multiple access,CDMA)系统、宽带码分多址(wideband code division multiple access,WCDMA)系统、通用分组无线业务(general packet radio service,GPRS)、长期演进(long term evolution,LTE)系统、LTE频分双工(frequency division duplex,FDD)系统、LTE时分双工(time division duplex,TDD)、通用移动通信系统(universal mobile telecommunication system,UMTS)、无线局域网(wireless local area networks,WLAN)、无线保真(wireless fidelity,WiFi)以及下一代通信系统,即第五代(5th generation,5G)通信系统,例如,新空口(new radio,NR)系统。The embodiments of the present application are applicable to various communication systems, and therefore, the following description is not limited to a specific communication system. For example, the embodiment of the present application can be applied to a global system of mobile communication (GSM) system, a code division multiple access (CDMA) system, and a wideband code division multiple access (WCDMA) system. System, general packet radio service (GPRS), long term evolution (LTE) system, LTE frequency division duplex (FDD) system, LTE time division duplex (time division duplex, TDD), universal mobile telecommunication system (UMTS), wireless local area networks (WLAN), wireless fidelity (WiFi), and next-generation communication systems, the fifth generation (5th generation, 5G) communication system, for example, a new radio (NR) system.
本申请实施例中,网络设备可以是全球移动通讯(global system of mobile communication,GSM)或码分多址(code division multiple access,CDMA)中的基站(base transceiver station,BTS),也可以是宽带码分多址(wideband code division multiple access,WCDMA)中的基站(nodeB,NB),还可以是长期演进(long term evolution,LTE)中的演进型基站(evolutional node B,eNB/eNodeB),或者中继站或接入点,或者未来5G网络中的网络侧设备,例如,NR系统中传输点(TRP或TP)、NR系统中的基站(gNB)、NR系统中的射频单元,如远端射频单元、5G系统中的基站的一个或一组(包括多个天线面板)天线面板等。不同的网络设备可以位于同一个小区,也可以位于不同的小区,具体的在此不做限定。In the embodiment of the present application, the network device may be a global system of mobile communication (GSM) or a base transceiver station (BTS) in code division multiple access (CDMA), or may be a broadband A base station (nodeB, NB) in a code division multiple access (WCDMA), or an evolved base station (eNB/eNodeB) in long term evolution (LTE), or a relay station or an access point, or a network side device in a future 5G network, for example, a transmission point (TRP or TP) in an NR system, a base station (gNB) in an NR system, a radio unit in an NR system, such as a remote radio unit One or a group of base stations (including multiple antenna panels) in a 5G system, etc. Different network devices may be located in the same cell or in different cells, and are not limited herein.
本申请实施例中,终端设备也可以称为用户设备(user equipment,UE)、接入终端、用户单元、用户站、移动站、移动台、远方站、远程终端、移动设备、用户终端、终端、无线通信设备、用户代理或用户装置。接入终端可以是蜂窝电话、无绳电话、会话启动协议(session initiation protocol,SIP)电话、无线本地环路(wireless local loop,WLL)站、个人数字处理(personal digital assistant,PDA)、具有无线通信功能的手持设备、计算设备或连接到无线调制解调器的其它处理设备、车载设备、可穿戴设备、无人机设备以及未来5G网络中的终端设备。In the embodiment of the present application, the terminal device may also be referred to as a user equipment (UE), an access terminal, a subscriber unit, a subscriber station, a mobile station, a mobile station, a remote station, a remote terminal, a mobile device, a user terminal, and a terminal. , a wireless communication device, a user agent, or a user device. The access terminal may be a cellular phone, a cordless phone, a session initiation protocol (SIP) phone, a wireless local loop (WLL) station, a personal digital assistant (PDA), with wireless communication. Functional handheld devices, computing devices or other processing devices connected to wireless modems, in-vehicle devices, wearable devices, drone devices, and terminal devices in future 5G networks.
图1是使用本发明的传输数据的方法的通信系统的示意图。该通信系统可以上述任意一种通信系统。如图1所示,该通信系统100包括网络侧设备102,网络侧设备102可包括多个天线组。每个天线组可以包括多个天线,例如,一个天线组可包括天线104和106,另一个天线组可包括天线108和110,附加组可包括天线112和114。图1中对于每个天线组示出了2个天线,然而可对于每个组使用更多或更少的天线。网络侧设备102可附加地包括发射机链和接收机链,本领域普通技术人员可以理解,它们均可包括与信号发送和 接收相关的多个部件(例如处理器、调制器、复用器、解调器、解复用器或天线等)。1 is a schematic diagram of a communication system using the method of transmitting data of the present invention. The communication system can be any of the above communication systems. As shown in FIG. 1, the communication system 100 includes a network side device 102, and the network side device 102 may include a plurality of antenna groups. Each antenna group may include multiple antennas, for example, one antenna group may include antennas 104 and 106, another antenna group may include antennas 108 and 110, and an additional group may include antennas 112 and 114. Two antennas are shown in Figure 1 for each antenna group, although more or fewer antennas may be used for each group. Network side device 102 may additionally include a transmitter chain and a receiver chain, as will be understood by those of ordinary skill in the art, which may include various components associated with signal transmission and reception (eg, processors, modulators, multiplexers, Demodulator, demultiplexer or antenna, etc.).
网络侧设备102可以与多个终端设备(例如终端设备116和终端设备122)通信。然而,可以理解,网络侧设备102可以与类似于终端设备116或122的任意数目的终端设备通信。终端设备116和122可以是例如蜂窝电话、智能电话、便携式电脑、手持通信设备、手持计算设备、卫星无线电装置、全球定位系统、PDA和/或用于在无线通信系统100上通信的任意其它适合设备。The network side device 102 can communicate with a plurality of terminal devices (e.g., the terminal device 116 and the terminal device 122). However, it will be appreciated that the network side device 102 can communicate with any number of terminal devices similar to the terminal device 116 or 122. Terminal devices 116 and 122 may be, for example, cellular telephones, smart phones, portable computers, handheld communication devices, handheld computing devices, satellite radios, global positioning systems, PDAs, and/or any other suitable for communicating over wireless communication system 100. device.
如图1所示,终端设备116与天线112和114通信,其中天线112和114通过前向链路118向终端设备116发送信息,并通过反向链路120从终端设备116接收信息。此外,终端设备122与天线104和106通信,其中天线104和106通过前向链路124向终端设备122发送信息,并通过反向链路126从终端设备122接收信息。As shown in FIG. 1, terminal device 116 is in communication with antennas 112 and 114, wherein antennas 112 and 114 transmit information to terminal device 116 over forward link 118 and receive information from terminal device 116 over reverse link 120. In addition, terminal device 122 is in communication with antennas 104 and 106, wherein antennas 104 and 106 transmit information to terminal device 122 over forward link 124 and receive information from terminal device 122 over reverse link 126.
例如,在频分双工(frequency division duplex,FDD)系统中,例如,前向链路118可利用与反向链路120所使用的不同频带,前向链路124可利用与反向链路126所使用的不同频带。For example, in a frequency division duplex (FDD) system, for example, the forward link 118 can utilize a different frequency band than that used by the reverse link 120, and the forward link 124 can utilize the reverse link. 126 different frequency bands used.
再例如,在时分双工(time division duplex,TDD)系统和全双工(full duplex)系统中,前向链路118和反向链路120可使用共同频带,前向链路124和反向链路126可使用共同频带。As another example, in a time division duplex (TDD) system and a full duplex system, the forward link 118 and the reverse link 120 can use a common frequency band, a forward link 124, and a reverse link. Link 126 can use a common frequency band.
被设计用于通信的每组天线和/或区域称为网络侧设备102的扇区。例如,可将天线组设计为与网络侧设备102覆盖区域的扇区中的终端设备通信。在网络侧设备102通过前向链路118和124分别与终端设备116和122进行通信的过程中,网络侧设备102的发射天线可利用波束成形来改善前向链路118和124的信噪比。此外,与网络侧设备通过单个天线向它所有的终端设备发送信号的方式相比,在网络侧设备102利用波束成形向相关覆盖区域中随机分散的终端设备116和122发送信号时,相邻小区中的移动设备会受到较少的干扰。Each set of antennas and/or areas designed for communication is referred to as a sector of the network side device 102. For example, the antenna group can be designed to communicate with terminal devices in sectors of the network side device 102 coverage area. In the process in which the network side device 102 communicates with the terminal devices 116 and 122 through the forward links 118 and 124, respectively, the transmit antenna of the network side device 102 can utilize beamforming to improve the signal to noise ratio of the forward links 118 and 124. . In addition, when the network side device 102 uses beamforming to transmit signals to the randomly dispersed terminal devices 116 and 122 in the relevant coverage area, the neighboring cell is compared with the manner in which the network side device transmits a signal to all of its terminal devices through a single antenna. Mobile devices in the middle are subject to less interference.
在给定时间,网络侧设备102、终端设备116或终端设备122可以是无线通信发送装置和/或无线通信接收装置。当发送数据时,无线通信发送装置可对数据进行编码以用于传输。具体地,无线通信发送装置可获取(例如生成、从其它通信装置接收、或在存储器中保存等)要通过信道发送至无线通信接收装置的一定数目的数据比特。这种数据比特可包含在数据的传输块(或多个传输块)中,传输块可被分段以产生多个码块。At a given time, the network side device 102, the terminal device 116, or the terminal device 122 may be a wireless communication transmitting device and/or a wireless communication receiving device. When transmitting data, the wireless communication transmitting device can encode the data for transmission. In particular, the wireless communication transmitting device may acquire (eg, generate, receive from other communication devices, or store in memory, etc.) a certain number of data bits to be transmitted over the channel to the wireless communication receiving device. Such data bits may be included in a transport block (or multiple transport blocks) of data that may be segmented to produce multiple code blocks.
为了使得本发明实施例更容易理解,下面首先对本发明实施中涉及的DMRS的传输过程加以说明,这些说明不应视为对本发明所需要保护的范围的限定。In order to make the embodiments of the present invention easier to understand, the following is a description of the transmission process of the DMRS involved in the implementation of the present invention, and the description should not be construed as limiting the scope of the present invention.
具体地,发送端设备(例如,下行传输为网络设备,上行传输为终端设备)按照DMRS图样发送预编码处理的DMRS和数据,这样接收端设备接收到发送端设备发送的信息后,可以根据该DMRS图样,获取DMRS,并根据DMRS对数据解调,获取数据。Specifically, the sending end device (for example, the downlink transmission is a network device, and the uplink transmission is a terminal device) sends the pre-coded DMRS and data according to the DMRS pattern, so that after receiving the information sent by the sending end device, the receiving end device may The DMRS pattern acquires the DMRS and demodulates the data according to the DMRS to acquire data.
在实际应用中,发送端设备和接收端设备都需要知道DMRS占用的符号位置,也就是说,为了能够使得接收端设备准确的解调数据,发送端设备和接收端设备需要使用相同的DMRS图样进行通信。具体的,发送端设备根据DMRS图样映射DMRS,接收端设备根据该DMRS图样解映射DMRS。In practical applications, both the transmitting device and the receiving device need to know the symbol position occupied by the DMRS. That is, in order to enable the receiving device to accurately demodulate data, the transmitting device and the receiving device need to use the same DMRS pattern. Communicate. Specifically, the transmitting device maps the DMRS according to the DMRS pattern, and the receiving device demaps the DMRS according to the DMRS pattern.
本申请实施例主要涉及通信设备(网络设备或终端设备)根据怎样的DMRS图样进行DMRS的映射或解映射的。下面结合附图,对本申请实施例的用于传输DMRS的方法 进行详细描述。The embodiments of the present application mainly relate to mapping or demapping of a DMRS according to a DMRS pattern by a communication device (a network device or a terminal device). The method for transmitting DMRS in the embodiment of the present application is described in detail below with reference to the accompanying drawings.
图2示出了根据本申请实施例的用于传输DMRS的方法的示意性流程图。图2所示的方法200可以应用于上文描述的任意一种通信系统中。图2所示的方法可以由通信设备执行,该通信设备可以为网络设备或终端设备,该网络设备可以为上文描述的任意一种网络设备,该终端设备可以为上文描述的任意一种终端设备,本申请实施例并不限于此。具体而言,图2所示的方法200包括:FIG. 2 shows a schematic flow chart of a method for transmitting a DMRS according to an embodiment of the present application. The method 200 shown in Figure 2 can be applied to any of the communication systems described above. The method shown in FIG. 2 may be performed by a communication device, which may be a network device or a terminal device, and the network device may be any one of the network devices described above, and the terminal device may be any of the above described The terminal device, the embodiment of the present application is not limited thereto. Specifically, the method 200 shown in FIG. 2 includes:
210,通信设备确定资源调度单元的当前模式,该当前模式包括跳频模式或聚合模式,该跳频模式表示一个资源调度单元中一部分符号位于第一频段,另一部分符号位于第二频段,该聚合模式表示多个资源调度单元聚合传输。210. The communications device determines a current mode of the resource scheduling unit, where the current mode includes a frequency hopping mode or an aggregation mode, where the hopping mode indicates that a part of symbols in one resource scheduling unit is in the first frequency band, and another part of the symbol is in the second frequency band. The pattern indicates that multiple resource scheduling units aggregate transmissions.
应理解,本申请实施例中,符号表示时间单位,本文中的符号也可以称为OFDM符号,本申请实施例并不限于此。It should be understood that, in the embodiment of the present application, a symbol indicates a time unit, and a symbol in the present disclosure may also be referred to as an OFDM symbol, and the embodiment of the present application is not limited thereto.
还应理解,本申请实施例中一个资源单元可以包括n个符号,n为大于或等于2的整数,例如,n为7、14或者为2-13中的任意一个数值,本申请实施例并不限于此。It should also be understood that a resource unit in the embodiment of the present application may include n symbols, and n is an integer greater than or equal to 2. For example, n is 7, 14 or any one of 2-13. Not limited to this.
应理解,本申请实施例中,DMRS图样也可以称为DMRS分布信息或DMRS属性,该DMRS图样能够表示DMRS占用的符号位置和符号数据,本申请实施例并不限于此。It should be understood that, in the embodiment of the present application, the DMRS pattern may also be referred to as DMRS distribution information or DMRS attributes, and the DMRS pattern can represent the symbol position and symbol data occupied by the DMRS, and the embodiment of the present application is not limited thereto.
220,该通信设备使用与当前模式对应的DMRS图样进行DMRS的映射或解映射,其中,该当前模式对应的DMRS图样中DMRS占用的符号位置与预设的DMRS图样中DMRS占用的符号位置不同。220. The communication device performs mapping or demapping of the DMRS by using the DMRS pattern corresponding to the current mode, where the symbol position occupied by the DMRS in the DMRS pattern corresponding to the current mode is different from the symbol position occupied by the DMRS in the preset DMRS pattern.
应理解,本申请实施例中,DMRS图样能够表示DMRS占用的符号位置,DMRS图样也可以称为DMRS位置、DMRS属性或数据分布信息等,本申请实施例并不限于此。It should be understood that, in the embodiment of the present application, the DMRS pattern can represent the symbol position occupied by the DMRS, and the DMRS pattern can also be referred to as a DMRS location, a DMRS attribute, or data distribution information, and the embodiment of the present application is not limited thereto.
应理解,在该通信设备发送数据时,根据当前模式对应的DMRS图样进行DMRS的映射,在该通信设备接收数据时,根据当前模式对应的DMRS图样进行DMRS的解映射。It should be understood that when the communication device transmits data, the DMRS mapping is performed according to the DMRS pattern corresponding to the current mode, and when the communication device receives the data, the DMRS demapping is performed according to the DMRS pattern corresponding to the current mode.
例如,该通信设备为网络设备,在进行上行传输时,该通信设备使用当前模式对应的DMRS图样进行DMRS的解映射;在进行下行传输时,该通信设备使用当前模式对应的DMRS图样进行DMRS的映射。再例如,该通信设备为终端设备,在进行上行传输时,该通信设备使用当前模式对应的DMRS图样进行DMRS的映射,在进行下行传输时,该通信设备使用当前模式对应的DMRS图样进行DMRS的解映射。For example, the communication device is a network device, and when performing uplink transmission, the communication device performs demapping of the DMRS by using the DMRS pattern corresponding to the current mode; when performing downlink transmission, the communication device performs DMRS using the DMRS pattern corresponding to the current mode. Mapping. For example, the communication device is a terminal device. When performing uplink transmission, the communication device uses the DMRS pattern corresponding to the current mode to perform DMRS mapping. When performing downlink transmission, the communication device performs DMRS using the DMRS pattern corresponding to the current mode. Demap.
应理解,本申请实施例中,预设的DMRS图样也可以称为预定义图样、默认图样或第一DMRS图样,当前模式对应的DMRS图样也可以称为第二DMRS图样。本申请实施例中,预设的DMRS图样表示在第一模式(即非跳频且非聚合模式)下所采用的DMRS图样。It should be understood that, in the embodiment of the present application, the preset DMRS pattern may also be referred to as a predefined pattern, a default pattern, or a first DMRS pattern, and the DMRS pattern corresponding to the current mode may also be referred to as a second DMRS pattern. In the embodiment of the present application, the preset DMRS pattern indicates the DMRS pattern used in the first mode (ie, non-frequency hopping and non-aggregation mode).
现有技术中,无论何种传输模式,均采用预设的DMRS图样进行通信,即DMRS占用的符号位置与预设的DMRS图样中DMRS占用的符号位置相同。然而,在一些应用场景下,在资源调度单元的模式发生变化时,如果仍然按照现有的固定传输DMRS的方式发送DMRS,由于预设的DMRS的图样中DMRS的分布方式难以满足不同模式的需要,因此会带来DMRS资源的浪费或造成接收端的解调性能差等不利影响,影响网络性能。In the prior art, regardless of the transmission mode, the preset DMRS pattern is used for communication, that is, the symbol position occupied by the DMRS is the same as the symbol position occupied by the DMRS in the preset DMRS pattern. However, in some application scenarios, when the mode of the resource scheduling unit changes, if the DMRS is still transmitted according to the existing fixed transmission DMRS, the distribution mode of the DMRS in the preset DMRS pattern is difficult to meet the needs of different modes. Therefore, the DMRS resources are wasted or the demodulation performance of the receiving end is poor, which affects network performance.
而本申请实施例中当前模式下的DMRS的图样与预设的图样不同,本申请实施例能够根据不同的模式,灵活地选择DMRS占用的符号位置,进而本申请实施例能够满足不同模式的要求,提升网络性能。In the embodiment of the present application, the pattern of the DMRS in the current mode is different from the preset pattern. The embodiment of the present application can flexibly select the symbol position occupied by the DMRS according to different modes, and the embodiment of the present application can meet the requirements of different modes. Improve network performance.
下面结合图3和图4分别描述本申请实施例的用于传输DMRS的方法的具体例子。A specific example of a method for transmitting a DMRS according to an embodiment of the present application is described below with reference to FIG. 3 and FIG. 4, respectively.
图3示出了本申请实施例的一种传输DMRS的方法,图3描述了本申请实施例在下行传输中传输DMRS的方法,具体的,如图3所示,该方法300包括:FIG. 3 illustrates a method for transmitting a DMRS according to an embodiment of the present application, and FIG. 3 illustrates a method for transmitting a DMRS in a downlink transmission according to an embodiment of the present application. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 3, the method 300 includes:
310,网络设备确定资源调度单元的当前模式。310. The network device determines a current mode of the resource scheduling unit.
具体而言,该网络设备可以根据多种方式确定当前模式。In particular, the network device can determine the current mode in a variety of ways.
可选地,在一种实现方式中,网络设备可以根据终端设备上报的信道状态信息,以及小区的网络状态确定出当前模式。Optionally, in an implementation manner, the network device may determine the current mode according to the channel state information reported by the terminal device and the network state of the cell.
可选地,网络设备可以根据终端设备使用的波形,例如单载波或多载波确定出当前模式。例如,终端设备使用单载波时,该当前模式可以为跳频模式,终端设备使用多载波时,该当前模式可以为聚合模式。本申请实施例并不限于此,例如,终端设备使用单载波时,该当前模式也可以为聚合模式。Optionally, the network device may determine the current mode according to a waveform used by the terminal device, such as a single carrier or multiple carriers. For example, when the terminal device uses a single carrier, the current mode may be a frequency hopping mode, and when the terminal device uses multiple carriers, the current mode may be an aggregation mode. The embodiment of the present application is not limited thereto. For example, when the terminal device uses a single carrier, the current mode may also be an aggregation mode.
可选地,在另一实现方式中,网络设备可以根据业务类型确定当前模式。其中,业务类型可以包括需要快速解调的业务或需要高传输性能的业务等。Optionally, in another implementation, the network device may determine the current mode according to the type of the service. The service type may include a service that needs to be quickly demodulated or a service that requires high transmission performance.
可选地,在另一实现方式中,网络设备可以根据终端设备发送的指示信息确定当前模式,也就是说,终端设备可以根据当前的状态,例如,网络状态或业务状态确定当前模式,然后终端设备指示网络设备该当前模式。在这种情况下,终端设备会向网络设备发送指示信息,以使得网络设备根据终端设备发送的指示信息确定该当前模式。Optionally, in another implementation manner, the network device may determine the current mode according to the indication information sent by the terminal device, that is, the terminal device may determine the current mode according to the current state, for example, the network state or the service state, and then the terminal. The device indicates the current mode of the network device. In this case, the terminal device sends the indication information to the network device, so that the network device determines the current mode according to the indication information sent by the terminal device.
320,网络设备根据当前模式对应的DMRS图样进行DMRS的映射。320. The network device performs mapping of the DMRS according to the DMRS pattern corresponding to the current mode.
具体地,网络设备根据DMRS图样映射DMRS以及数据,并发送映射后的DMRS和数据。Specifically, the network device maps the DMRS and the data according to the DMRS pattern, and transmits the mapped DMRS and the data.
在一种实现方式中,当前模式对应的DMRS图样可以是系统预设好的,也就是说系统可以预设好资源调度单元的模式与DMRS图样的对应关系,在网络设备和终端设备在确定当前模式后,即可根据该预设的对应关系确定当前模式对应的DMRS图样。In an implementation manner, the DMRS pattern corresponding to the current mode may be preset by the system, that is, the system may preset the correspondence between the mode of the resource scheduling unit and the DMRS pattern, and the network device and the terminal device determine the current After the mode, the DMRS pattern corresponding to the current mode can be determined according to the preset correspondence.
另一种实现方式中,网络设备可以根据当前模式确定出对应的DMRS图样,并通过第二指示信息指示终端设备该当前模式对应的DMRS图样。例如,网络设备可以根据当前模式所对应的信道状态或业务需求等灵活的确定出该当前模式对应的DMRS图样,本申请实施例并不限于此。In another implementation manner, the network device may determine a corresponding DMRS pattern according to the current mode, and indicate, by using the second indication information, the DMRS pattern corresponding to the current mode of the terminal device. For example, the network device can flexibly determine the DMRS pattern corresponding to the current mode according to the channel state or the service requirement corresponding to the current mode, and the embodiment of the present application is not limited thereto.
330,终端设备根据当前模式对应的DMRS图样进行DMRS的解映射。330. The terminal device performs demapping of the DMRS according to the DMRS pattern corresponding to the current mode.
终端设备在接收到网络设备发送的数据后,可以根据该当前模式对应的DMRS图样进行DMRS的解映射,并根据DMRS解调数据。After receiving the data sent by the network device, the terminal device may perform demapping of the DMRS according to the DMRS pattern corresponding to the current mode, and demodulate the data according to the DMRS.
应理解,终端设备在进行DMRS的解映射之前需要知道网络设备进行DMRS映射时所使用的DMRS图样,也即当前模式对应的DMRS图样。It should be understood that the terminal device needs to know the DMRS pattern used by the network device to perform DMRS mapping, that is, the DMRS pattern corresponding to the current mode, before performing demapping of the DMRS.
在一种实现方式中,当前模式对应的DMRS图样可以是系统预设好的,也就是说系统可以预设好资源调度单元的模式与DMRS图样的对应关系,在终端设备确定了资源调度单元模式的情况下即可根据该预设的对应关系确定当前模式对应的DMRS图样。具体地,终端设备可以根据多种方式确定当前模式。In an implementation manner, the DMRS pattern corresponding to the current mode may be preset by the system, that is, the system may preset the correspondence between the mode of the resource scheduling unit and the DMRS pattern, and determine the resource scheduling unit mode in the terminal device. In the case of the preset, the DMRS pattern corresponding to the current mode can be determined according to the preset correspondence. Specifically, the terminal device can determine the current mode according to various manners.
可选地,终端设备可以根据网络设备的指示确定当前模式,具体的,终端设备可以接收网络设备发送的第一指示信息,该第一指示信息用于终端设备确定当前模式。终端设备获取该第一指示信息后,可以根据该第一指示信息确定资源调度单元的当前模式。Optionally, the terminal device may determine the current mode according to the indication of the network device. Specifically, the terminal device may receive the first indication information sent by the network device, where the first indication information is used by the terminal device to determine the current mode. After acquiring the first indication information, the terminal device may determine, according to the first indication information, a current mode of the resource scheduling unit.
应理解,该第一指示信息可以直接指示该当前模式为聚合模式或跳频模式。可选地,该第一指示信息可以间接指示该当前模式。例如,该第一指示信息指示了资源调度单元长度,终端设备可以根据该资源调度单元的长度确定该当前模式;再例如,该第一指示信息指示了当前的业务类型,终端设备根据该业务类型确定该当前模式,本申请实施例并不限于此。It should be understood that the first indication information may directly indicate that the current mode is an aggregation mode or a frequency hopping mode. Optionally, the first indication information may indirectly indicate the current mode. For example, the first indication information indicates the length of the resource scheduling unit, and the terminal device may determine the current mode according to the length of the resource scheduling unit. For example, the first indication information indicates the current service type, and the terminal device according to the service type. The current mode is determined, and embodiments of the present application are not limited thereto.
应理解,网络设备可以通过多种信令向终端设备发送第一指示信息,例如,下行控制信息(downlink control information,DCI)、无线资源控制(radio resource control,RRC)信令、媒体接入控制(media access control,MAC)层控制元素(control element,CE)等等,本申请实施例对此不作限定。It should be understood that the network device may send the first indication information to the terminal device by using multiple signaling, for example, downlink control information (DCI), radio resource control (RRC) signaling, and media access control. (media access control, MAC) layer control element (CE), etc., which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
可选地,终端设备可以根据当前的状态确定该当前模式,例如,终端设备根据网络状态或业务状态确定当前模式,然后终端设备指示网络设备该当前模式。Optionally, the terminal device may determine the current mode according to the current state. For example, the terminal device determines the current mode according to the network state or the service state, and then the terminal device indicates the current mode of the network device.
可替代地,在另一种确定DMRS图样的实现方式中,终端设备根据网络设备发送的第二指示信息确定该当前模式对应的DMRS图样。Alternatively, in another implementation manner of determining a DMRS pattern, the terminal device determines, according to the second indication information sent by the network device, the DMRS pattern corresponding to the current mode.
应理解,网络设备可以通过多种信令向终端设备发送第二指示信息,例如,DCI、RRC信令、MAC CE等等,本申请实施例对此不作限定。It should be understood that the network device may send the second indication information to the terminal device by using various signalings, for example, DCI, RRC signaling, MAC CE, and the like, which is not limited by the embodiment of the present application.
具体地,由于网络设备和终端设备在进行数据传输时需要确定DMRS图样,网络设备通过将与终端设备进行数据传输时采用的DMRS的图样通知给终端设备,终端设备就可以根据该DMRS图样,确定DMRS的时频资源位置,进而可以进行DMRS的映射或解映射。Specifically, the network device and the terminal device need to determine the DMRS pattern when performing data transmission, and the network device notifies the terminal device by using the pattern of the DMRS used for data transmission with the terminal device, and the terminal device may determine according to the DMRS pattern. The time-frequency resource location of the DMRS, which in turn enables mapping or demapping of the DMRS.
图4示出了本申请实施例的一种传输DMRS的方法,图4描述了本申请实施例在上行传输中传输DMRS的方法,具体的,如图4所示,该方法400包括:FIG. 4 illustrates a method for transmitting a DMRS according to an embodiment of the present application, and FIG. 4 illustrates a method for transmitting a DMRS in an uplink transmission according to an embodiment of the present application. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 4, the method 400 includes:
410,终端设备确定资源调度单元的当前模式。410. The terminal device determines a current mode of the resource scheduling unit.
应理解,步骤410与图3中的步骤330中终端设备确定当前模式的方式类似,为避免重复,此处适当省略详细描述。It should be understood that step 410 is similar to the manner in which the terminal device determines the current mode in step 330 in FIG. 3. To avoid repetition, the detailed description is omitted as appropriate herein.
可选地,终端设备可以根据网络设备的指示确定当前模式,具体的,终端设备可以接收网络设备发送的第一指示信息,该第一指示信息用于终端设备确定当前模式。终端设备获取该第一指示信息后,可以根据该第一指示信息确定资源调度单元的当前模式。Optionally, the terminal device may determine the current mode according to the indication of the network device. Specifically, the terminal device may receive the first indication information sent by the network device, where the first indication information is used by the terminal device to determine the current mode. After acquiring the first indication information, the terminal device may determine, according to the first indication information, a current mode of the resource scheduling unit.
应理解,该第一指示信息可以直接指示该当前模式为聚合模式或跳频模式。可选地,该第一指示信息可以间接指示该当前模式。例如,该第一指示信息指示了资源调度单元长度,终端设备可以根据该资源调度单元的长度确定该当前模式;再例如,该第一指示信息指示了当前的业务类型,终端设备根据该业务类型确定该当前模式,本申请实施例并不限于此。It should be understood that the first indication information may directly indicate that the current mode is an aggregation mode or a frequency hopping mode. Optionally, the first indication information may indirectly indicate the current mode. For example, the first indication information indicates the length of the resource scheduling unit, and the terminal device may determine the current mode according to the length of the resource scheduling unit. For example, the first indication information indicates the current service type, and the terminal device according to the service type. The current mode is determined, and embodiments of the present application are not limited thereto.
应理解,网络设备可以通过多种信令向终端设备发送第一指示信息,例如,下行控制信息(downlink control information,DCI)、无线资源控制(radio resource control,RRC)信令、媒体接入控制(media access control,MAC)层控制元素(control element,CE)等等,本申请实施例对此不作限定。It should be understood that the network device may send the first indication information to the terminal device by using multiple signaling, for example, downlink control information (DCI), radio resource control (RRC) signaling, and media access control. (media access control, MAC) layer control element (CE), etc., which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
可选地,终端设备可以根据当前的状态确定该当前模式,例如,终端设备根据网络状态或业务状态确定当前模式,然后终端设备指示网络设备该当前模式。Optionally, the terminal device may determine the current mode according to the current state. For example, the terminal device determines the current mode according to the network state or the service state, and then the terminal device indicates the current mode of the network device.
420,终端设备根据当前模式对应的DMRS图样进行DMRS的映射。420. The terminal device performs mapping of the DMRS according to the DMRS pattern corresponding to the current mode.
具体地,终端设备首先确定当前模式对应的DMRS图样,并根据该DMRS图样映射DMRS以及数据,并发送映射后的DMRS和数据。Specifically, the terminal device first determines a DMRS pattern corresponding to the current mode, and maps the DMRS and the data according to the DMRS pattern, and sends the mapped DMRS and data.
具体的,步骤420中终端设备确定当前模式对应的DMRS的图样的方法与图3中的步骤330中终端设备确定当前模式对应的DMRS图样的方法对应,为避免重复,此处适当省略详细描述。Specifically, the method for the terminal device to determine the pattern of the DMRS corresponding to the current mode in step 420 corresponds to the method for the terminal device to determine the DMRS pattern corresponding to the current mode in step 330 in FIG. 3, and to avoid repetition, the detailed description is omitted here.
在一种实现方式中,当前模式对应的DMRS图样可以是系统预设好的,也就是说系统可以预设好资源调度单元的模式与DMRS图样的对应关系,在终端设备确定了资源调度单元模式的情况下即可根据该预设的对应关系确定当前模式对应的DMRS图样。具体地,终端设备可以根据多种方式确定当前模式。In an implementation manner, the DMRS pattern corresponding to the current mode may be preset by the system, that is, the system may preset the correspondence between the mode of the resource scheduling unit and the DMRS pattern, and determine the resource scheduling unit mode in the terminal device. In the case of the preset, the DMRS pattern corresponding to the current mode can be determined according to the preset correspondence. Specifically, the terminal device can determine the current mode according to various manners.
可替代地,在另一种确定DMRS图样的实现方式中,终端设备根据网络设备发送的第二指示信息确定该当前模式对应的DMRS图样。Alternatively, in another implementation manner of determining a DMRS pattern, the terminal device determines, according to the second indication information sent by the network device, the DMRS pattern corresponding to the current mode.
应理解,网络设备可以通过多种信令向终端设备发送第二指示信息,例如,DCI、RRC信令、MAC CE等等,本申请实施例对此不作限定。It should be understood that the network device may send the second indication information to the terminal device by using various signalings, for example, DCI, RRC signaling, MAC CE, and the like, which is not limited by the embodiment of the present application.
具体地,由于网络设备和终端设备在进行数据传输时需要确定DMRS图样,网络设备通过将与终端设备进行数据传输时采用的DMRS的图样通知给终端设备,终端设备就可以根据该DMRS图样,确定DMRS的时频资源位置,进而可以进行DMRS的映射或解映射。Specifically, the network device and the terminal device need to determine the DMRS pattern when performing data transmission, and the network device notifies the terminal device by using the pattern of the DMRS used for data transmission with the terminal device, and the terminal device may determine according to the DMRS pattern. The time-frequency resource location of the DMRS, which in turn enables mapping or demapping of the DMRS.
430,网络设备根据当前模式对应的DMRS图样进行DMRS的解映射。430. The network device performs demapping of the DMRS according to the DMRS pattern corresponding to the current mode.
网络设备在接收到终端设备发送的数据后,可以根据该当前模式对应的DMRS图样进行DMRS的解映射,并根据DMRS解调数据。After receiving the data sent by the terminal device, the network device may perform demapping of the DMRS according to the DMRS pattern corresponding to the current mode, and demodulate the data according to the DMRS.
应理解,网络设备在进行DMRS的解映射之前需要知道终端设备进行DMRS映射时所使用的DMRS图样,也即当前模式对应的DMRS图样。It should be understood that the network device needs to know the DMRS pattern used by the terminal device to perform DMRS mapping, that is, the DMRS pattern corresponding to the current mode, before performing demapping of the DMRS.
应理解,步骤430中网络设备确定当前模式对应的图样的方法与图3中步骤320中网络设备确定当前模式对应的图样的方法对应,为避免重复,此处适当省略详细描述。It should be understood that the method for determining, by the network device, the pattern corresponding to the current mode in step 430 corresponds to the method for determining the pattern corresponding to the current mode by the network device in step 320 in FIG. 3, and to avoid repetition, the detailed description is omitted here.
在一种实现方式中,当前模式对应的DMRS图样可以是系统预设好的,也就是说系统可以预设好资源调度单元的模式与DMRS图样的对应关系,在网络设备和终端设备在确定当前模式后,即可根据该预设的对应关系确定当前模式对应的DMRS图样。In an implementation manner, the DMRS pattern corresponding to the current mode may be preset by the system, that is, the system may preset the correspondence between the mode of the resource scheduling unit and the DMRS pattern, and the network device and the terminal device determine the current After the mode, the DMRS pattern corresponding to the current mode can be determined according to the preset correspondence.
另一种实现方式中,网络设备可以根据当前模式确定出对应的DMRS图样,并通过第二指示信息指示终端设备该当前模式对应的DMRS图样。例如,网络设备可以根据当前模式所对应的信道状态或业务需求等灵活的确定出该当前模式对应的DMRS图样,本申请实施例并不限于此。In another implementation manner, the network device may determine a corresponding DMRS pattern according to the current mode, and indicate, by using the second indication information, the DMRS pattern corresponding to the current mode of the terminal device. For example, the network device can flexibly determine the DMRS pattern corresponding to the current mode according to the channel state or the service requirement corresponding to the current mode, and the embodiment of the present application is not limited thereto.
具体而言,该网络设备可以根据多种方式确定当前模式。In particular, the network device can determine the current mode in a variety of ways.
可选地,在一种实现方式中,网络设备可以根据终端设备上报的信道状态信息,以及小区的网络状态确定出当前模式。Optionally, in an implementation manner, the network device may determine the current mode according to the channel state information reported by the terminal device and the network state of the cell.
可选地,网络设备可以根据终端设备使用的波形,例如单载波或多载波确定出当前模式。例如,终端设备使用单载波时,该当前模式可以为跳频模式,终端设备使用多载波时,该当前模式可以为聚合模式。本申请实施例并不限于此,例如,终端设备使用单载波时,该当前模式也可以为聚合模式。Optionally, the network device may determine the current mode according to a waveform used by the terminal device, such as a single carrier or multiple carriers. For example, when the terminal device uses a single carrier, the current mode may be a frequency hopping mode, and when the terminal device uses multiple carriers, the current mode may be an aggregation mode. The embodiment of the present application is not limited thereto. For example, when the terminal device uses a single carrier, the current mode may also be an aggregation mode.
可选地,在另一实现方式中,网络设备可以根据业务类型确定当前模式。其中,业务 类型可以包括需要快速解调的业务或需要高传输性能的业务等。Optionally, in another implementation, the network device may determine the current mode according to the type of the service. The service type may include a service that needs to be quickly demodulated or a service that requires high transmission performance.
可选地,在另一实现方式中,网络设备可以根据终端设备发送的指示信息确定当前模式,也就是说,终端设备可以根据当前的状态,例如,网络状态或业务状态确定当前模式,然后终端设备指示网络设备该当前模式。在这种情况下,终端设备会向网络设备发送指示信息,以使得网络设备根据终端设备发送的指示信息确定该当前模式。Optionally, in another implementation manner, the network device may determine the current mode according to the indication information sent by the terminal device, that is, the terminal device may determine the current mode according to the current state, for example, the network state or the service state, and then the terminal. The device indicates the current mode of the network device. In this case, the terminal device sends the indication information to the network device, so that the network device determines the current mode according to the indication information sent by the terminal device.
上文描述了本申请实施例中上下行传输时传输DMRS的具体形式,下面结合附图详细描述本申请实施例中DMRS图样的具体形式。The specific form of transmitting the DMRS in the uplink and downlink transmission in the embodiment of the present application is described in the following. The specific form of the DMRS pattern in the embodiment of the present application is described in detail below with reference to the accompanying drawings.
具体而言,预设的DMRS图样可以分为多种情况,下面将举例详细说明,Specifically, the preset DMRS pattern can be divided into a plurality of cases, which will be described in detail below.
情况一:预设图样为前载荷图样(front loaded pattern),如图5所示,以一个资源调度单元占用14个符号为例,DMRS占用一个资源调度单元中连续的N个符号,N为大于或等于1的整数,图5中示出了N=1的情形。应理解该连续的N个符号也可以称为一组符号,该一组符号包括连续的至少一个(N个)符号,本申请实施例并不限于此。Case 1: The preset pattern is a front loaded pattern. As shown in FIG. 5, taking a resource scheduling unit occupying 14 symbols as an example, the DMRS occupies a continuous N symbols in a resource scheduling unit, and N is greater than Or an integer equal to 1, and the case of N=1 is shown in FIG. It should be understood that the consecutive N symbols may also be referred to as a group of symbols, and the group of symbols includes at least one (N) symbols in succession, and embodiments of the present application are not limited thereto.
情况二:预设图样为附加图样(additional pattern),如图6所示,以一个资源调度单元占用14个符号为例,DRMS占用L组符号,L为大于或等于2的整数,其中,该L组符号均不相邻,该L组符号中每一组符号包括连续的至少一个符号;图6中以L=2为例,即DMRS占用一个资源调度单元中连续的M个符号和连续的K个符号,其中,该M个符号与该K个符号不相邻,M和K为大于或等于1的整数。图6中示出了M=1,且K=1的情况,但本发明实施例并不限于此,例如,M和K还可以等于2或3等。可选地本申请实施例中,并不限于DMRS占用两组符号的情况,L也可以等于3,也即DMRS还占用该未跳频的一个资源调度单元中连续的P个符号,可选地,L还可以等于4、5等。Case 2: The preset pattern is an additional pattern. As shown in FIG. 6 , taking a resource scheduling unit occupying 14 symbols as an example, DRMS occupies L group symbols, and L is an integer greater than or equal to 2, where The L sets of symbols are not adjacent, and each set of the L sets of symbols includes consecutive at least one symbol; in FIG. 6 , L=2 is taken as an example, that is, the DMRS occupies consecutive M symbols in a resource scheduling unit and is continuous. K symbols, wherein the M symbols are not adjacent to the K symbols, and M and K are integers greater than or equal to 1. The case where M=1 and K=1 is shown in FIG. 6, but the embodiment of the present invention is not limited thereto, and for example, M and K may be equal to 2 or 3, and the like. Optionally, in the embodiment of the present application, the DMRS is not limited to the case where the DMRS occupies two sets of symbols, and the L may also be equal to 3, that is, the DMRS also occupies consecutive P symbols in the resource scheduling unit that is not hopped, optionally , L can also be equal to 4, 5, and so on.
应理解,上文情况一中DMRS仅占用一组符号,情况二中DMRS占用至少两组符号,情况一和情况二可以对应不同的应用场景。情况二可以对应信道状态波动比较大的场景,例如,终端设备快速移动的场景,在情况二中通过传输多组DMRS实现对数据的准确解调。而情况一可以对应信道状态比较稳定的场景,因此,通过传输一组DMRS即可实现对数据的准确解调。It should be understood that in the foregoing case 1, the DMRS occupies only one set of symbols, and in the second case, the DMRS occupies at least two sets of symbols, and the first and second cases may correspond to different application scenarios. Case 2 may correspond to a scenario in which channel state fluctuations are relatively large, for example, a scenario in which a terminal device moves rapidly, and in case 2, accurate demodulation of data is realized by transmitting multiple sets of DMRS. Case 1 can correspond to a scenario where the channel state is relatively stable. Therefore, accurate demodulation of data can be achieved by transmitting a set of DMRSs.
下面针对当前模式分别为跳频模式和聚合模式时,结合上面两种情况,分别细描述本申请实施例的当前模式对应的DMRS图样。The DMRS patterns corresponding to the current mode of the embodiment of the present application are respectively described in detail in the following two cases for the current mode, namely, the frequency hopping mode and the aggregation mode.
首先描述在当前模式为跳频模式时,对应上述情况一和情况二的本申请实施例的图样。First, the pattern of the embodiment of the present application corresponding to the above case 1 and case 2 when the current mode is the frequency hopping mode is described.
具体的,在当前模式为跳频模式时,针对上述情况一,本申请实施例中,如图7所示,该当前模式对应的DMRS图样中DMRS占用该第一频段中连续的N 1个符号,以及该第二频段中连续的N 2个符号,N 1为大于或等于1的整数,N 2为大于或等于1的整数。图7示出了N 1=1,N 2=1的情形。 Specifically, when the current mode is the frequency hopping mode, in the foregoing embodiment, in the embodiment of the present application, as shown in FIG. 7 , the DMRS in the DMRS pattern corresponding to the current mode occupies consecutive N 1 symbols in the first frequency band. And N 2 symbols consecutive in the second frequency band, N 1 is an integer greater than or equal to 1, and N 2 is an integer greater than or equal to 1. Fig. 7 shows the case where N 1 =1 and N 2 =1.
图8示出了现有方式中,在跳频模式时,仍然按照图5所示预设图样中的位置传输DMRS,由图8可以看出,在第一个频段中传输有DMRS,而在第二个频段中没有传输DMRS,然而,在实际应用中,第二个频段对应的信道状态往往与第一个频段对应的信道状态不同,因此仅根据第一频段传输的DMRS进行解调数据,会影响第二频段数据解调的准确性,影响网络性能。FIG. 8 shows that in the existing mode, in the frequency hopping mode, the DMRS is still transmitted according to the position in the preset pattern shown in FIG. 5. As can be seen from FIG. 8, the DMRS is transmitted in the first frequency band, and There is no DMRS transmitted in the second frequency band. However, in practical applications, the channel state corresponding to the second frequency band is often different from the channel state corresponding to the first frequency band. Therefore, only the DMRS transmitted in the first frequency band is used to demodulate data. It will affect the accuracy of data demodulation in the second band and affect network performance.
而本申请实施例中,在跳频模式时,由于两个频段的信道状态不同,因此,本申请实 施例中在每一个频段均传输DMRS,使得接收端能够根据每一个频段中的DMRS解调对应的数据,能够提高数据解调的准确性,提升解调性能。In the embodiment of the present application, in the frequency hopping mode, since the channel states of the two frequency bands are different, the DMRS is transmitted in each frequency band in the embodiment of the present application, so that the receiving end can demodulate according to the DMRS in each frequency band. Corresponding data can improve the accuracy of data demodulation and improve demodulation performance.
应理解,N2个符号位置可以为第二个频段中的任意一个位置,本申请实施例并不限于此。It should be understood that the N2 symbol positions may be any one of the second frequency bands, and the embodiment of the present application is not limited thereto.
可选地,作为一个实施例,N 1=N 2,且该第一频段中且该第一频段中该N1个符号的位置与该第二频段中该N2个符号的位置对称。例如,如图9所示,N 1=N 2=1,且,N 1和N 2均为第一个频段和第二个频段中的第三个符号位置。 Optionally, as an embodiment, N 1 =N 2 , and the position of the N1 symbols in the first frequency band and the position in the first frequency band is symmetric with the position of the N2 symbols in the second frequency band. For example, as shown in FIG. 9, N 1 = N 2 =1, and N 1 and N 2 are the third symbol positions in the first frequency band and the second frequency band.
因此,本申请实施例中通过两个频段中的DMRS的对称设置,使得接收端设备能够使用相同的方式在两个频段中进行数据解调,能够降低解调的复杂度,提升网络性能。Therefore, in the embodiment of the present application, the symmetric setting of the DMRS in the two frequency bands enables the receiving end device to perform data demodulation in the two frequency bands in the same manner, which can reduce the complexity of the demodulation and improve the network performance.
可选地,作为另一实施例,N 1=N 2=1或2。 Alternatively, as another embodiment, N 1 =N 2 =1 or 2.
可选地,所述N 1个符号包括所述第一频段中的第一区域中的第一个符号,所述第一区域包括数据和DMRS占用的符号。 Optionally, the N 1 symbols include a first symbol in a first region of the first frequency band, where the first region includes data and a symbol occupied by the DMRS.
可选地,所述N 2个符号包括所述第二频段中的第一个符号。 Optionally, the N 2 symbols comprise a first symbol in the second frequency band.
可选地,作为另一实施例,该N 2个符号包括该第二频段中的第一个符号。例如,如图7所示,N 2=1,且DMRS占用第二频段中的第一个符号。应理解,图7中仅示出了N 2=1的情形,但本申请实施例并不限于此,在DMRS占用第二个频段中的多个符号位置时,该多个符号从第二个频段中的第一个符号连续排布,例如,在N 2=2时,则DMRS占用第二频段中的第一个符合和第二个符合。 Optionally, as another embodiment, the N 2 symbols include a first symbol in the second frequency band. For example, as shown in FIG. 7, N 2 =1, and the DMRS occupies the first symbol in the second frequency band. It should be understood that only the case of N 2 =1 is shown in FIG. 7 , but the embodiment of the present application is not limited thereto, and when the DMRS occupies multiple symbol positions in the second frequency band, the multiple symbols are from the second The first symbol in the band is arranged consecutively. For example, when N 2 = 2, the DMRS occupies the first match and the second match in the second band.
由于接收端设备获取到DMRS后才可以对数据解调,因此,本申请实施例通过设置DMRS占用第二个频段中的第一个符号,使得接收端能够首先获取该DMRS,进而能够实现数据的快速解调。The DMRS occupies the first symbol in the second frequency band, so that the receiving end can obtain the DMRS first, and the data can be implemented. Fast demodulation.
应理解,N 2个符号位置还可以为第二个频段中的任意一个位置,本申请实施例并不限于此。 It should be understood that the N 2 symbol positions may also be any one of the second frequency bands, and the embodiment of the present application is not limited thereto.
例如,该N 2个符号位置位于第二频段的前半部分,或者,该N 2个符号中的第一个符号位于第二频段的前半部分,例如,N 2=2,该2个符号可以为第二频段的第二和第三符号,或者,第三和第四个符号,本申请实施例并不限于此。 For example, the N 2 symbol positions are located in the first half of the second frequency band, or the first one of the N 2 symbols is located in the first half of the second frequency band, for example, N 2 = 2, and the 2 symbols may be The second and third symbols of the second frequency band, or the third and fourth symbols, the embodiment of the present application is not limited thereto.
在当前模式为跳频模式时,针对上述情况二的附加图样的情形,本申请实施例中,如图10所示,该当前模式对应的DMRS图样中DMRS占用该第一频段的符号中连续的M 1个符号和连续的K 1个符号,以及该第二频段中连续的M 2个符号和连续的K 2个符号,其中,该M 1个符号与该K 1个符号不相邻,该M 2个符号与该K 2个符号不相邻,M 1、K 1、M 2、K 2为大于或等于1的整数。图10示出了M 1、K 1、M 2、K 2均等于1的情形。 When the current mode is the frequency hopping mode, in the case of the additional pattern of the foregoing case 2, in the embodiment of the present application, as shown in FIG. 10, the DMRS pattern corresponding to the current mode occupies consecutive symbols in the symbol of the first frequency band. M 1 symbols and consecutive K 1 symbols, and consecutive M 2 symbols and consecutive K 2 symbols in the second frequency band, wherein the M 1 symbols are not adjacent to the K 1 symbols, M 2 symbols are not adjacent to the K 2 symbols, and M 1 , K 1 , M 2 , and K 2 are integers greater than or equal to 1. FIG. 10 shows a case where M 1 , K 1 , M 2 , and K 2 are both equal to 1.
可选地,上文描述了,在跳频前,如果有2段DMRS,则跳频后,前后频段各有2段。但本申请实施例并不限于此,例如,跳频前,只要DMRS多于1段,跳频后,可以为下文中的3种类型2中的任意一种。具体可以参见下文中针对类型2的描述。Optionally, as described above, before the frequency hopping, if there are two DMRSs, after the frequency hopping, the front and rear frequency bands each have two segments. However, the embodiment of the present application is not limited thereto. For example, before the frequency hopping, as long as the DMRS is more than one segment, after the frequency hopping, it may be any one of the three types 2 below. For details, refer to the description of Type 2 below.
图11示出了现有方式中,在跳频模式时,仍然按照图6所示的预设图样中的位置传输DMRS,由图11可以看出,在第一个频段和第二个频段中均传输一组DMRS,然而,在上述情况二的场景下,由于信道状态波动较大,因此在一个频段中仅传输一组DMRS难以保证对数据的准确解调。FIG. 11 shows that in the prior art, in the frequency hopping mode, the DMRS is still transmitted according to the position in the preset pattern shown in FIG. 6. As can be seen from FIG. 11, in the first frequency band and the second frequency band. A set of DMRSs is transmitted. However, in the scenario of the second case, since the channel state fluctuates greatly, it is difficult to ensure accurate demodulation of data by transmitting only one set of DMRSs in one frequency band.
而本申请实施例中,在跳频模式时,通过在两个频段均传输多组(L组)DMRS,能 够在信道状态波动较大的情况下,保证数据的准确解调。In the embodiment of the present application, in the frequency hopping mode, by transmitting multiple groups (L groups) of DMRSs in both frequency bands, accurate data demodulation can be ensured when the channel state fluctuates greatly.
应理解,图6中描述的预设附加图样中DMRS占用的两组符号中,第一组符号位于资源调度单元的前半部分,第二组符号位于该资源调度单元的后半部分的情况,但本发明实施例并不限于此,例如,图6中的附加图样可以演变为占用的两组符号中可以均位于资源调度单元的前半部分,例如,预设附加图样中DMRS占用第3和第6个符号。那么在这种情况下,图11所示的现有方式中在跳频模式时的图样可以演变为在第一个频段传输两组DMRS,例如,在第一个频段的第3和第6个符号传输DMRS,在第二个频段中不传输DMRS。在这种情况下,由于第二个频段不传输DMRS,则会影响第二频段数据解调的准确性,影响网络性能。It should be understood that, among the two sets of symbols occupied by the DMRS in the preset additional pattern described in FIG. 6, the first group of symbols is located in the first half of the resource scheduling unit, and the second group of symbols is located in the second half of the resource scheduling unit, but The embodiment of the present invention is not limited thereto. For example, the additional pattern in FIG. 6 may evolve into two groups of symbols that may be located in the first half of the resource scheduling unit. For example, the DMRS occupies the third and sixth in the preset additional pattern. Symbols. Then in this case, the pattern in the frequency hopping mode in the existing mode shown in FIG. 11 can be evolved to transmit two sets of DMRS in the first frequency band, for example, the third and sixth in the first frequency band. The symbol transmits DMRS, and the DMRS is not transmitted in the second frequency band. In this case, since the second frequency band does not transmit DMRS, it will affect the accuracy of data demodulation in the second frequency band and affect network performance.
而本申请实施例中,在跳频模式时,由于两个频段的信道状态不同,因此,本申请实施例中在每一个频段均传输DMRS,使得接收端能够根据每一个频段中的DMRS解调对应的数据,能够提高数据解调的准确性,提升解调性能。In the embodiment of the present application, in the frequency hopping mode, since the channel states of the two frequency bands are different, the DMRS is transmitted in each frequency band in the embodiment of the present application, so that the receiving end can demodulate according to the DMRS in each frequency band. Corresponding data can improve the accuracy of data demodulation and improve demodulation performance.
应理解,本申请实施例中并不对第一频段和第二频段中的DMRS的符号位置做限定。只要每一个频段中均包括L组DMRS即可,本申请实施例并不对此做限定。It should be understood that the symbol positions of the DMRS in the first frequency band and the second frequency band are not limited in the embodiment of the present application. As long as the L-group DMRS is included in each frequency band, the embodiment of the present application does not limit this.
可选地,作为另一实施例,M 1=M 2,K 1=K 2,且该第一频段中该M 1个符号以及该K1个符号的位置与该第二频段中该M2个符号以及该K2个符号的位置对称。例如,如图12所示,M 1=M 2=1,K 1=K 2=1,且DMRS均占有第一个频段和第二个频段中的第三个和第六个符号位置。 Optionally, as another embodiment, M 1 =M 2 , K 1 =K 2 , and the M 1 symbols and the position of the K1 symbols in the first frequency band and the M2 symbols in the second frequency band And the position of the K2 symbols is symmetrical. For example, as shown in FIG. 12, M 1 = M 2 =1, K 1 = K 2 =1, and the DMRSs occupy the third and sixth symbol positions in the first frequency band and the second frequency band.
本申请实施例中通过两个频段中的DMRS的对称设置,使得接收端设备能够使用相同的方式在两个频段中进行数据解调,能够降低解调的复杂度,提升网络性能。In the embodiment of the present application, the symmetric setting of the DMRS in the two frequency bands enables the receiving device to perform data demodulation in the two frequency bands in the same manner, which can reduce the complexity of the demodulation and improve the network performance.
可选地,作为另一实施例,该M 2个符号包括该第二频段中的第一个符号。例如,如图10所示,M 2=1,且M 2对应第二频段中的第一个符号。应理解,图10中仅示出了M 2=1的情形,但本申请实施例并不限于此,在DMRS占用第二个频段中的多个符号位置时,该多个符号从第二个频段中的第一个符号连续排布,例如,在M 2=2时,则DMRS占用第二频段中的第一个符合和第二个符合。 Optionally, as another embodiment, the M 2 symbols include a first symbol in the second frequency band. For example, as shown in FIG. 10, M 2 =1, and M 2 corresponds to the first symbol in the second frequency band. It should be understood that only the case of M 2 =1 is shown in FIG. 10, but the embodiment of the present application is not limited thereto, and when the DMRS occupies multiple symbol positions in the second frequency band, the multiple symbols are from the second The first symbol in the band is arranged consecutively. For example, when M 2 = 2, the DMRS occupies the first match and the second match in the second band.
由于接收端获取到DMRS后才可以对数据解调,因此,本申请实施例将DMRS占用第二个频段中的第一个符号,使得接收端能够首先获取该DMRS能够快速解调,满足快速解调的需求。The DMRS occupies the first symbol in the second frequency band, so that the receiving end can obtain the DMRS to be quickly demodulated and meet the fast solution. Adjust the demand.
应理解,M 2个符号位置还可以为第二个频段中的任意一个位置,本申请实施例并不限于此。 It should be understood that the M 2 symbol positions may also be any one of the second frequency bands, and the embodiment of the present application is not limited thereto.
例如,该M 2个符号位置位于第二频段的前半部分,或者,该M 2个符号中的第一个符号位于第二频段的前半部分,例如,M 2=2,该2个符号可以为第二频段的第二和第三符号,或者,第三和第四个符号,本申请实施例并不限于此。 For example, the M 2 symbol positions are located in the first half of the second frequency band, or the first one of the M 2 symbols is located in the first half of the second frequency band, for example, M 2 = 2, and the 2 symbols may be The second and third symbols of the second frequency band, or the third and fourth symbols, the embodiment of the present application is not limited thereto.
可选地,作为另一实施例,M1=M2=1或2,K1=K2=1或2。Alternatively, as another embodiment, M1=M2=1 or 2, and K1=K2=1 or 2.
可选地,所述K 1个符号包括所述第一频段中的倒数第一个符号、倒数第二个符号或者倒数第三个符号。 Optionally, the K 1 symbols include a last symbol in the first frequency band, a second last symbol, or a third symbol from the last.
可选地,作为另一实施例,所述M 1个符号包括所述第一频段中第一区域中的第一符号,所述第一区域包括所数据和DMRS占用的符号。 Alternatively, in another embodiment, the symbol M 1 comprises a first symbol in a first frequency band of said first region, said first region includes the data and the DMRS symbols occupied.
可选地,作为另一实施例,所述M 2个符号包括所述第二频段中的第一个符号。 Optionally, as another embodiment, the M 2 symbols include a first symbol in the second frequency band.
可选地,作为另一实施例,M 1=M,所述M 1个符号与所述M个符号的位置相同,所述K 1个符号包括所述第一频段中的最后一个符号,所述M 2符号包括所述第一频段中的第一个符号,K 2=K,所述k 2符号与所述K个符号的位置相同,或者,所述K 2个符号位置为预设位置。 Optionally, as another embodiment, M 1 =M, the M 1 symbols are the same as the positions of the M symbols, and the K 1 symbols include a last symbol in the first frequency band. The M 2 symbol includes a first symbol in the first frequency band, K 2 =K, the k 2 symbol is the same as the position of the K symbols, or the K 2 symbol positions are preset positions. .
可选地,作为另一实施例,M 1=M,所述M 1个符号与所述M个符号的位置相同,所述K 1个符号包括整个资源调度单元中的第7个符号,所述整个资源调度单元包括第一频段和第二频段占用的符号之和,所述整个资源调度单元包括14个符号,所述M 2符号包括所述整个资源调度单元中的第8个符号,K 2=K,所述K 2符号与所述K个符号的位置相同,或者,所述K 2个符号位置为预设位置。 Optionally, as another embodiment, M 1 =M, the M 1 symbols are the same as the positions of the M symbols, and the K 1 symbols include the 7th symbol in the entire resource scheduling unit. The entire resource scheduling unit includes a sum of symbols occupied by the first frequency band and the second frequency band, the entire resource scheduling unit includes 14 symbols, and the M 2 symbol includes an eighth symbol in the entire resource scheduling unit, K 2 = K, the K 2 symbol is the same as the position of the K symbols, or the K 2 symbol positions are preset positions.
应理解,针对上述情况二,上文中仅描述了一个资源调度单元中L=2的情形,即DMRS占用两组符号的例子,但本申请实施例并不限于此,在实际应用中L也可以等于3、4等,即DMRS图样中的DMRS可以占用于3组、4组或更多组DMRS,例如,如图13所示,预设的一个资源调度单元包括三组DMRS,即该预设的DMRS图样中DMRS占用未跳频的一个资源调度单元中连续的M个符号、连续的K个符号和连续的P个符号,该P个符号、该M个符号和该K个符号均不相邻;那么当前模式对应的DMRS图样中DMRS还占用第一频段的符号中连续的M 1个符号、连续的K 1个符号和连续的P 1个符号,以及该第二频段中连续的M2个符号、连续的K 2个符号和连续的P 2个符号;其中,该P 1个符号与该M 1个符号和该K 1个符号均不相邻,该P 2个符号与该M 2个符号与该K 2个符号均不相邻,M、K、P、M 1、K 1、P 1、M 2、K 2、P 2为大于或等于1的整数。为了简洁,图13中仅示出了M、K、P、M 1、K 1、P 1、M 2、K 2、P 2均等于1的情形,但本申请实施例并不限于此。 It should be understood that, in the foregoing case 2, only the case of L=2 in one resource scheduling unit is described, that is, the example in which the DMRS occupies two sets of symbols, but the embodiment of the present application is not limited thereto, and L may be used in practical applications. Equivalent to 3, 4, etc., that is, the DMRS in the DMRS pattern can be used for 3 groups, 4 groups or more groups of DMRSs. For example, as shown in FIG. 13, a preset resource scheduling unit includes three groups of DMRSs, that is, the preset. In the DMRS pattern, the DMRS occupies consecutive M symbols, consecutive K symbols, and consecutive P symbols in a resource scheduling unit that is not frequency hopping, and the P symbols, the M symbols, and the K symbols are not in phase. Neighbor; then the DMRS pattern corresponding to the current mode also occupies consecutive M 1 symbols, consecutive K 1 symbols and consecutive P 1 symbols in the symbols of the first frequency band, and consecutive M 2 in the second frequency band a symbol, a continuous K 2 symbols, and a continuous P 2 symbols; wherein the P 1 symbols are not adjacent to the M 1 symbols and the K 1 symbols, and the P 2 symbols and the M 2 symbols The symbol is not adjacent to the K 2 symbols, M, K, P, M 1 , K 1 , P 1 , M 2 , K 2 And P 2 is an integer greater than or equal to 1. For the sake of brevity, only the case where M, K, P, M 1 , K 1 , P 1 , M 2 , K 2 , and P 2 are equal to 1 is shown in FIG. 13 , but the embodiment of the present application is not limited thereto.
应理解,在L等于4或其他数值的情况可以与上述L等于2或3的情况类似,为了避免重复,此处不再一一赘述。It should be understood that the case where L is equal to 4 or other values may be similar to the case where L is equal to 2 or 3, and in order to avoid repetition, it will not be repeated here.
以上描述了在当前模式为跳频模式时,对应上述情况一和情况二下的本申请实施例的当前模式对应的DMRS的图样的情形,The above describes the situation of the DMRS corresponding to the current mode of the embodiment of the present application in the first case and the second case when the current mode is the frequency hopping mode.
应理解,本申请实施例中DMRS占用的连续的若干个符号也可以称为一组DMRS符号,或一段DMRS符号,其中,本文中DMRS的数目(或者个数)表示DMRS占用的符号的组数或者符号的段数,而不是是符号的个数。换句话说,本申请实施例中DMRS可以为多组或者多段,其中,两段DMRS之间在时间上不连续,也即段DMRS之间至少间隔一个符号。一组DMRS或者一段DMRS表示的是在时域上至少占用一个连续的符号(例如1个、2个或者3个)。图20示出了本申请实施例中的跳频模式下的4种典型的类型(type),即类型1和3种类型2,该3种类型2包括类型2-I、类型2-II和类型2-III。It should be understood that consecutive symbols occupied by the DMRS in the embodiment of the present application may also be referred to as a group of DMRS symbols, or a DMRS symbol, where the number (or number) of DMRSs herein indicates the number of symbols occupied by the DMRS. Or the number of segments of the symbol, not the number of symbols. In other words, in the embodiment of the present application, the DMRS may be multiple groups or multiple segments, where the two DMRSs are discontinuous in time, that is, at least one symbol is separated between the segment DMRSs. A set of DMRSs or a DMRS indicates that at least one consecutive symbol (eg, one, two, or three) is occupied in the time domain. FIG. 20 shows four typical types in the frequency hopping mode in the embodiment of the present application, namely, Type 1 and Type 3, and Type 3 includes Type 2-I, Type 2-II, and Type 2-III.
图20示出了本申请实施例中的跳频模式下的4种典型的类型(type),即类型1和3种类型2,该3种类型2包括类型2-I、类型2-II和类似2-III。FIG. 20 shows four typical types in the frequency hopping mode in the embodiment of the present application, namely, Type 1 and Type 3, and Type 3 includes Type 2-I, Type 2-II, and Similar to 2-III.
其中,类型1为跳频后每个频段中仅有一段DMRS,类型2-I为跳频后每个频段中均有两段DMRS,类型2-II为跳频后第一个频段中有两段DMRS,第二个频段中有一段DMRS,类型2-III为跳频后第一个频段中有一段DMRS,第二个频段中有两段DMRS。 Type 1 is only one segment of DMRS in each frequency band after frequency hopping. Type 2-I has two DMRSs in each frequency band after frequency hopping. Type 2-II is two in the first frequency band after frequency hopping. Segment DMRS, there is a DMRS in the second frequency band, Type 2-III has a DMRS in the first frequency band after frequency hopping, and two DMRS in the second frequency band.
应理解,本申请实施例中,图20中仅示出了每段DMRS占用一个符号的情况,但本申请实施例并不限于此,一段DMRS只要占用连续的至少一个符号即可,例如,一段DMRS 占用一个符号或者占用连续的两个符号。It should be understood that, in the embodiment of the present application, only the case where each DMRS occupies one symbol is shown in FIG. 20, but the embodiment of the present application is not limited thereto, and a DMRS may occupy at least one consecutive symbol, for example, a segment. The DMRS occupies one symbol or occupies two consecutive symbols.
还应理解,本申请实施例图20中示出了跳频后两个频段平分14个符号的情况,即每个频段中均有7个符号,但本申请实施例并不限于此,两个频段中符号的个数也可以不相等,例如,第一频段中包括6个符号,第二频段中包括8个符号;或者,第一频段包括4个符号,第二频段包括10个符号,或者,第一个频段包括9个符号,第二个频段包括5个符号等等。It should be understood that, in the embodiment of the present application, the case where the two frequency bands are equally divided into 14 symbols after the frequency hopping is shown, that is, there are 7 symbols in each frequency band, but the embodiment of the present application is not limited thereto, and two The number of symbols in the frequency band may also be unequal, for example, the first frequency band includes 6 symbols, and the second frequency band includes 8 symbols; or the first frequency band includes 4 symbols, and the second frequency band includes 10 symbols, or The first frequency band includes 9 symbols, the second frequency band includes 5 symbols, and so on.
应理解,图20中仅示出了本申请实施例中,DMRS图样的4种类型,但每种图样类型中的各个DMRS的位置以及DMRS之间的关系并没有描述,下面分别针对每种类型及其DMRS的位置进行详细描述。It should be understood that only four types of DMRS patterns in the embodiment of the present application are shown in FIG. 20, but the positions of the DMRSs in each pattern type and the relationship between the DMRSs are not described, and the following are respectively for each type. The location of its DMRS is described in detail.
应理解,本申请实施例中DMRS“位于”某个符号,可以表示DMRS占用该符号,也可以表示DMRS固定于该符号,本申请实施例并不限于此。It should be understood that, in the embodiment of the present application, the DMRS is located in a certain symbol, which may indicate that the DMRS occupies the symbol, and may also indicate that the DMRS is fixed to the symbol. The embodiment of the present application is not limited thereto.
其中,针对第一个频段,仅有1段DMRS,该1段DMRS的位置可以遵循以下图21-24对应的4个原则。For the first frequency band, there is only one DMRS. The position of the DMRS can follow the four principles corresponding to Figure 21-24 below.
应理解,该1段DMRS可以占用1个符号,也可以占用两个连续的符号,本申请实施例为了描述的简便,仅举出了该1段DMRS占用1个符号的例子,但本申请实施例并不限于此。It should be understood that the one-segment DMRS may occupy one symbol or two consecutive symbols. For the convenience of description, the embodiment of the present application only cites an example in which the one-segment DMRS occupies one symbol, but the present application implements The example is not limited to this.
还应理解,图21-24中为了便于说明,仅画出了第一频段中的DMRS的位置,并没有画出第二频段中的DMRS的位置。It should also be understood that for ease of illustration in Figures 21-24, only the position of the DMRS in the first frequency band is drawn, and the position of the DMRS in the second frequency band is not shown.
第一个原则:如图21所示,该1段DMRS的位置位于第一个频段中所有OFDM符号的中间如图21所示,N表示第一个频段中所有OFDM符号数。The first principle: As shown in FIG. 21, the position of the 1-segment DMRS is located in the middle of all OFDM symbols in the first frequency band as shown in FIG. 21, and N represents the number of all OFDM symbols in the first frequency band.
需要特别说明的是,当第一频段中符号的个数为偶数时,该1段DMRS可以占用(N/2)+1或者(N/2)个符号。当第一频段中符号的个数为奇数时,该1段DMRS可以占用中间符号。例如,在N=7时,该一段DMRS占用第4个符号。It should be specially noted that when the number of symbols in the first frequency band is an even number, the 1-segment DMRS can occupy (N/2)+1 or (N/2) symbols. When the number of symbols in the first frequency band is an odd number, the 1-segment DMRS may occupy an intermediate symbol. For example, when N=7, the DMRS of the segment occupies the 4th symbol.
第二个原则:如图22所示,该1段DMRS的位置位于第一个频段中第一区域中的中间符号,其中,第一区域包括数据和DMRS占用的符号。如图22所示,N表示第一区域所占符号数。The second principle: As shown in FIG. 22, the position of the 1-segment DMRS is located in the middle symbol in the first region of the first frequency band, wherein the first region includes data and symbols occupied by the DMRS. As shown in FIG. 22, N represents the number of symbols occupied by the first area.
应理解,本申请中某一频段中的第一区域为该频段中数据和DMRS占用的符号,为了避免重复,下文不再一一赘述。It should be understood that the first area in a certain frequency band in this application is the symbol occupied by the data and the DMRS in the frequency band. To avoid repetition, the details are not described below.
第三个原则:如图23所示,该1段DMRS的位置采用前载荷(front loaded)DMRS的指示信息指示的位置”,其中,在未跳频时该指示信息指示第一段DMRS所在的位置。The third principle: as shown in FIG. 23, the position of the 1-stage DMRS adopts a position indicated by the indication information of the front loaded DMRS, wherein the indication information indicates that the first DMRS is located when the frequency hopping is not hopped. position.
如图23所示,指示信息指示front loaded在第4个符号(未跳频时,DMRS占用第4个符号),那么跳频后第一频段中的DMRS也占用第4个符号。As shown in FIG. 23, the indication information indicates that the front loaded is in the fourth symbol (the DMRS occupies the fourth symbol when the frequency hopping is not hopped), and then the DMRS in the first frequency band after the frequency hopping also occupies the fourth symbol.
第4个原则:如图24所示,该1段DMRS的位置位于第一区域开始的第M个符号。在实际应用中M可以1。但本申请实施例并不限于此,例如,M=2、3、4或5等。The fourth principle: as shown in FIG. 24, the position of the 1-segment DMRS is located at the Mth symbol starting from the first region. In practical applications, M can be 1. However, embodiments of the present application are not limited thereto, for example, M=2, 3, 4, or 5, and the like.
针对第二个频段,仅有1段DMRS,该1段DMRS的位置可能遵循以下7个原则。For the second frequency band, there is only one DMRS, and the position of the one-segment DMRS may follow the following seven principles.
应理解,该1段DMRS可以占用1个符号,也可以占用两个连续的符号,本申请实施例为了描述的简便,仅举出了该1段DMRS占用1个符号的例子,但本申请实施例并不限于此。It should be understood that the one-segment DMRS may occupy one symbol or two consecutive symbols. For the convenience of description, the embodiment of the present application only cites an example in which the one-segment DMRS occupies one symbol, but the present application implements The example is not limited to this.
还应理解,图25-29中为了便于说明,仅画出了第二频段中的DMRS的位置,并没有 画出第一频段中的DMRS的位置。It should also be understood that in Figures 25-29, for ease of illustration, only the location of the DMRS in the second frequency band is shown, and the location of the DMRS in the first frequency band is not drawn.
第一个原则:如图25所示,该1段DMRS的位置位于第二个频段中所有OFDM符号的中间,如图25所示,N表示第一个频段中所有OFDM符号数。First principle: As shown in FIG. 25, the position of the 1-segment DMRS is located in the middle of all OFDM symbols in the second frequency band, as shown in FIG. 25, where N represents the number of all OFDM symbols in the first frequency band.
需要特别说明的是,当第二频段中符号的个数为偶数时,该1段DMRS可以占用(N/2)+1或者(N/2)个符号。当第一频段中符号的个数为奇数时,该1段DMRS可以占用中间符号。例如,在N=7时,该一段DMRS占用第4个符号。It should be specially noted that when the number of symbols in the second frequency band is even, the 1-segment DMRS can occupy (N/2)+1 or (N/2) symbols. When the number of symbols in the first frequency band is an odd number, the 1-segment DMRS may occupy an intermediate symbol. For example, when N=7, the DMRS of the segment occupies the 4th symbol.
第二个原则:如图26所示,该1段DMRS的位置位于第二个频段中第一区域的中间符号,如图26所示,N表示第一区域所占符号数。The second principle: as shown in FIG. 26, the position of the 1-segment DMRS is located in the middle symbol of the first region in the second frequency band, as shown in FIG. 26, and N represents the number of symbols occupied by the first region.
第3个原则:如图27所示,该1段DMRS的位置位于第一区域开始的第M个符号。在实际应用中M可以1。但本申请实施例并不限于此,例如,M=2、3、4或5等。The third principle: As shown in FIG. 27, the position of the 1-segment DMRS is located at the Mth symbol starting from the first region. In practical applications, M can be 1. However, embodiments of the present application are not limited thereto, for example, M=2, 3, 4, or 5, and the like.
第4个原则:如图28和图29所示,第二个频段中的一段DMRS的位置与第一个频段中的第一段DMRS的位置对称或者相应。The fourth principle: As shown in Figures 28 and 29, the position of a segment of the DMRS in the second band is symmetric or corresponding to the position of the first segment of the DMRS in the first band.
其中,图28示出了第二个频段中的一段DMRS在第二频段的所有符号中的位置与第一个频段中的第一个DMRS在第一频段的所有符号中的位置对称。图29示出了第二个频段中的一段DMRS在第二频段的第一区域符号中的位置与第一个频段中的第一个DMRS在第一频段的所有第一区域符号中的位置对称。Wherein, FIG. 28 shows that the position of one segment of the DMRS in the second frequency band in all symbols of the second frequency band is symmetric with the position of the first DMRS in the first frequency band in all symbols of the first frequency band. 29 shows that the position of a segment of the DMRS in the second frequency band in the first region symbol of the second frequency band is symmetric with the position of the first DMRS in the first frequency band in all first region symbols of the first frequency band. .
如图28所示,这里的对称可以为整体对称,例如,第一频段与第二个频段中符号数相等,第一频段中DMRS占用符号位置,与第二频段中DMRS占用符号位置对称,例如,都为中间位置,图28中的第一个附图,示出了占用中间位置的情形。可选地,如图28所示,这里的对称可以为后对称,具体而言,第一频段中DMRS占用倒数第X个符号位置,那么第二频段中DMRS同样占用倒数第X符号位置,图28中的中间附图,示出了X=3的情形;可选地,如图28所示,这里的对称可以为前对称,具体而言,第一频段中DMRS占用正数第X个符号位置,那么第二频段中DMRS同样占用正数第X符号位置图28中的第三个附图,示出了X=4的情形。As shown in FIG. 28, the symmetry here may be overall symmetry. For example, the number of symbols in the first frequency band is equal to the number of symbols in the second frequency band. The DMRS in the first frequency band occupies the symbol position, and is symmetric with the DMRS occupied symbol position in the second frequency band, for example, Both are intermediate positions, and the first drawing in Fig. 28 shows the case where the intermediate position is occupied. Optionally, as shown in FIG. 28, the symmetry here may be post-symmetry. Specifically, the DMRS in the first frequency band occupies the Xth symbol position of the last frequency, and then the DMRS in the second frequency band also occupies the inverse Xth symbol position. The middle drawing in 28 shows the case of X=3; alternatively, as shown in FIG. 28, the symmetry here may be the front symmetry, specifically, the DMRS in the first frequency band occupies a positive Xth symbol. Position, then the DMRS in the second band also occupies the positive X-symbol position in the third figure in Figure 28, showing the case of X=4.
如图29所示,这里的对称可以为后对称,具体而言,第一频段中DMRS占用倒数第X个符号位置,那么第二频段中DMRS同样占用倒数第X符号位置,图29中的中间附图,示出了X=4的情形,第三个图示出了X=4的情形;可选地,如图29所示,这里的对称可以为前对称,具体而言,第一频段中DMRS占用正数第X个符号位置,那么第二频段中DMRS同样占用正数第X符号位置,图29中的第一个附图,示出了X=1的情形。As shown in FIG. 29, the symmetry here may be post-symmetry. Specifically, the DMRS in the first frequency band occupies the inverse Xth symbol position, and then the DMRS in the second frequency band also occupies the inverse Xth symbol position, in the middle of FIG. The figure shows the case of X=4, and the third figure shows the case of X=4; alternatively, as shown in Fig. 29, the symmetry here may be the front symmetry, specifically, the first frequency band The middle DMRS occupies a positive Xth symbol position, then the DMRS in the second frequency band also occupies a positive Xth symbol position, and the first figure in Fig. 29 shows the case of X=1.
第5个原则:如图30所示,该1段DMRS的位置,采用additional DMRS的指示信息指示的位置,其中,在未跳频时该指示信息指示附加DMRS所在的位置。需要说明的是,如果有多段additional DMRS,该1段DMRS的位置则与指示信息指示的第N段相同,例如与第一段相同。这种方式下,该一段DMRS的位置可以是{7,8,10,12,13}中的一个。The fifth principle: As shown in FIG. 30, the location of the 1-segment DMRS is indicated by the indication information of the additional DMRS, wherein the indication information indicates the location where the additional DMRS is located when the frequency hopping is not hopped. It should be noted that if there are multiple segments of the DMRS, the location of the 1-segment DMRS is the same as the N-th segment indicated by the indication information, for example, the same as the first segment. In this way, the position of the DMRS can be one of {7, 8, 10, 12, 13}.
第6个原则,该1段DMRS的位置从特定的某几个符号中选择,例如,该1段DMRS包括1个符号,那么该1段DMRS可以占用第二频段中的第1个符号、第3个符号或第5符号,或者该1段DMRS可以占用整个调度单元中的第8个符号、第10个符号或第12符号。In the sixth principle, the location of the one-segment DMRS is selected from a specific number of symbols. For example, if the 1-segment DMRS includes one symbol, the one-segment DMRS can occupy the first symbol in the second frequency band. The 3 symbols or the 5th symbol, or the 1 segment DMRS may occupy the 8th symbol, the 10th symbol, or the 12th symbol in the entire scheduling unit.
可选地,该1段DMRS的位置也可以与帧结构或者PUSCH的符号位置(或者第一区域位置)绑定(或者具有对应关系),一种帧结构或者一种PUSCH符号位置可以对应一 种放置位置,本申请实施例并不限于此。Optionally, the location of the 1-segment DMRS may also be bound to (or have a corresponding relationship with) a frame structure or a symbol position (or a first region location) of the PUSCH, and a frame structure or a PUSCH symbol position may correspond to one type. The position of the application is not limited to this.
该1端DMRS占用哪个符号位置可以通过信令配置,本申请实施例并不限于此。The symbol position occupied by the one-end DMRS can be configured by signaling, and the embodiment of the present application is not limited thereto.
第7个原则:该1段DMRS位于与第一频段的第一段DMRS之后的N个符号上,例如N=4/6/8。The seventh principle: the 1-segment DMRS is located on N symbols after the first DMRS of the first frequency band, for example, N=4/6/8.
应理解上文分别描述描述了第一频段和第二频段中均有一段DMRS的位置。在实际应用中,类型1中DMRS的位置可以由上述任意组合而成,本申请实施例并不限于此。也就是说,在确定了类型1后,网络设备和终端设备可以按照预设好的规则,即上述任意组合的一种规则,确定DMRS图样。It should be understood that the above description describes the locations of a DMRS having a segment in both the first frequency band and the second frequency band. In an actual application, the location of the DMRS in the type 1 may be any combination of the foregoing, and the embodiment of the present application is not limited thereto. That is to say, after the type 1 is determined, the network device and the terminal device can determine the DMRS pattern according to a preset rule, that is, a rule of any combination of the above.
可选地,在实际应用中,类型1中DMRS的位置可以由网络设备通过信令配置给终端设备,例如,可以通过RRC、DCI或者MAC CE信令配置,本申请实施例并不限于此。Optionally, in an actual application, the location of the DMRS in the type 1 may be configured by the network device to the terminal device by using a signaling, for example, may be configured by using RRC, DCI, or MAC CE signaling, and the embodiment of the present application is not limited thereto.
针对第一个频段,有2段DMRS(对应类型2-I和2-II),该2段DMRS的位置可能遵循以下7个原则。For the first frequency band, there are two DMRSs (corresponding to types 2-I and 2-II), and the positions of the two DMRSs may follow the following seven principles.
应理解,该2段DMRS中每段DMRS可以占用1个符号,也可以占用两个连续的符号,本申请实施例为了描述的简便,仅举出了每段DMRS占用1个符号的例子,但本申请实施例并不限于此。It should be understood that each DMRS in the two DMRSs may occupy one symbol or two consecutive symbols. For the convenience of description, the embodiment of the present application only cites an example in which each DMRS occupies one symbol, but The embodiments of the present application are not limited thereto.
还应理解,图31-34中为了便于说明,仅画出了第一频段中的DMRS的位置,并没有画出第二频段中的DMRS的位置。It should also be understood that for ease of illustration in Figures 31-34, only the position of the DMRS in the first frequency band is drawn, and the position of the DMRS in the second frequency band is not shown.
第一个原则:如图31所示,该2段DMRS中的第一段,固定在整个第一频段,从前数第N1个OFDM符号;第二段固定在在整个第一频段从后数第N2个OFDM符号。The first principle: as shown in FIG. 31, the first segment of the 2-segment DMRS is fixed in the entire first frequency band, the first N1 OFDM symbols, and the second segment is fixed in the entire first frequency band from the last number. N2 OFDM symbols.
第二个原则:如图32所示,该2段DMRS中的第一段,固定在第一频段中的第一区域符号从前数第N1个OFDM符号;第二段固定在第一频段中的第一区域符号从后数第N2个OFDM符号。The second principle is as shown in FIG. 32, the first segment of the 2-segment DMRS, the first region symbol fixed in the first frequency band is the N1th OFDM symbol from the top, and the second segment is fixed in the first frequency band. The first region symbol is from the last N2th OFDM symbol.
第3个原则:如图33所示,该2段DMRS中的第一段,采用前载荷(front loaded)DMRS的指示信息指示的位置,其中,在未跳频时该指示信息指示第一段DMRS所在的位置。第二段固定在第一频段中的第一区域符号从后数第N2个OFDM符号,例如,N2=1或2、3等。The third principle: as shown in FIG. 33, the first segment of the two-stage DMRS adopts a position indicated by the indication information of the front loaded DMRS, wherein the indication information indicates the first segment when the frequency hopping is not performed. The location of the DMRS. The second segment is fixed in the first frequency band by the first region symbol from the last N2 OFDM symbols, for example, N2=1 or 2, 3, and the like.
应理解,本申请中前载荷DMRS指的是资源调度单元中的第一段DMRS,其一般位于资源调度单元的前半部分。应理解,本申请中front loaded DMRS与前载荷DMRS等同。additional DMRS与附件DMRS等同,指的的前载荷DMRS之后的其他段DMRS。It should be understood that the pre-load DMRS in this application refers to the first segment of the DMRS in the resource scheduling unit, which is generally located in the first half of the resource scheduling unit. It should be understood that the front loaded DMRS in this application is equivalent to the front load DMRS. The additional DMRS is equivalent to the attached DMRS, and refers to the other segment of the DMRS after the pre-load DMRS.
第4个原则:如图34所示,该2段DMRS中第一段位置采用front loaded DMRS的指示信息指示的位置;第二段采用additional DMRS指示信息指示的的位于该频段内的位置,其中,当additional DMRS指示信息指示该频段内多个位置,则第2段位置为该多个位置中的最后一个。The fourth principle: as shown in FIG. 34, the first segment of the two-stage DMRS adopts the position indicated by the indication information of the front loaded DMRS; the second segment adopts the position indicated by the additional DMRS indication information in the frequency band, wherein When the additional DMRS indication information indicates a plurality of locations within the frequency band, the second segment location is the last one of the plurality of locations.
第5个原则:该2段DMRS中的第一段,位于整个第一频段或第一频段中第一区域的中间;第二段固定在第一频段中的第一区域符号从后数第N2个OFDM符号。The fifth principle: the first segment of the two-stage DMRS is located in the middle of the first region or the first region in the first frequency band; the second region is fixed in the first frequency band, and the first region symbol is from the last N2 OFDM symbols.
第6个原则:该2段DMRS中的第一段,与未hopping时第一段位置相同;第二段固定在第一频段中的倒数第1、2或3个符号。具体地,第二段DMRS位置可以与帧结构绑定或对应,本申请实施例并不限于此。The sixth principle: the first segment of the 2-segment DMRS is the same as the first segment when not hopping; the second segment is fixed to the first, second or third symbol in the first frequency band. Specifically, the second DMRS position may be bound or corresponding to the frame structure, and the embodiment of the present application is not limited thereto.
第7个原则:该2段DMRS中的第一段,固定在整个调度资源,从前数第N1个OFDM 符号;第二段在第一段之后的第N个符号,N=1/2/3/4。The seventh principle: the first segment of the 2-segment DMRS is fixed to the entire scheduling resource, the first N1 OFDM symbol; the second segment is the Nth symbol after the first segment, N=1/2/3 /4.
针对第二个频段,有2段DMRS(对应类型2-I和2-III),该2段DMRS的位置可能遵循以下8个原则。For the second frequency band, there are two DMRSs (corresponding to types 2-I and 2-III), and the positions of the two DMRSs may follow the following eight principles.
第一个原则:该2段DMRS中的第一段,固定在整个第2频段,从前数第N1个OFDM符号;第二段固定在在整个第2频段从后数第N2个OFDM符号。The first principle: the first segment of the 2-segment DMRS is fixed in the entire second frequency band, the N1th OFDM symbol from the top, and the second segment is fixed in the N2th OFDM symbol from the last in the second frequency band.
第二个原则:该2段DMRS中的第一段,固定在第2频段中的第一区域符号从前数第N1个OFDM符号;第二段固定在第2频段中的第一区域符号从后数第N2个OFDM符号。The second principle: the first segment of the 2-segment DMRS, the first region symbol fixed in the second frequency band is the N1th OFDM symbol from the top, and the second region is fixed in the second region. Number N2 OFDM symbols.
第3个原则:如图35所示,该2段DMRS中的第2段,采用additional DMRS的指示信息指示的位置,其中,在未跳频时该指示信息指示该频段的DMRS位置,其中,该指示信息指示多段DMRS位置时,则该第2段位置为指示信息指示的最后一段DMRS所在的位置。第一段固定在第二频段中的第一区域符号从前数第N1个OFDM符号,例如,N1=1、2或3等。The third principle: as shown in FIG. 35, the second segment of the two-stage DMRS uses the indication indicated by the indication information of the additional DMRS, wherein the indication information indicates the DMRS position of the frequency band when the frequency hopping is not performed, where When the indication information indicates a plurality of DMRS locations, the second segment location is a location where the last segment of the DMRS indicated by the indication information is located. The first segment of the first region is fixed in the second frequency band from the first N1 OFDM symbols, for example, N1=1, 2 or 3, and the like.
第4个原则:该2段DMRS采用additional DMRS的指示信息指示的位置,其中,在未跳频时该指示信息指示该频段内两段DMRS所在的位置,其中,当指示信息指示该频段内多个DMRS位置时,可以选择两个位置作为该2段DMRS位置,例如,选择第一个和最后一个作为该2段DMRS位置。The fourth principle: the two-stage DMRS uses the indication indicated by the indication information of the additional DMRS, wherein the indication information indicates the location of the two DMRSs in the frequency band when the frequency hopping is not hopping, wherein when the indication information indicates that the frequency band is in the frequency band For each DMRS location, two locations can be selected as the 2-segment DMRS location, for example, the first and last ones are selected as the 2-segment DMRS locations.
第5个原则,该2段DMRS位于预定的符号位置,例如,该两段DMRS中每段DMRS均包括一个符号,那么该两段DMRS可以包括第二个频段中的第1、3和5个符号中的两个符号,或者,该两段DMRS可以包括整个资源调度单元中的第8、10和12个符号中的两个符号。According to a fifth principle, the 2-segment DMRS is located at a predetermined symbol position. For example, each DMRS of the two DMRSs includes one symbol, and the two DMRSs may include the first, third, and fifth of the second frequency band. Two symbols in the symbol, or the two-segment DMRS may include two of the 8th, 10th, and 12th symbols in the entire resource scheduling unit.
可选地,该2段DMRS的位置也可以与帧结构或者PUSCH的符号位置(或者第一区域的位置)绑定(或者具有对应关系),一种帧结构或者一种PUSCH符号位置可以对应一种放置位置,本申请实施例并不限于此。Optionally, the location of the 2-segment DMRS may also be bound to (or have a corresponding relationship with) the frame structure or the symbol position of the PUSCH (or the location of the first region), and a frame structure or a PUSCH symbol position may correspond to one. The embodiment of the present application is not limited thereto.
该2端DMRS占用哪个符号位置可以通过信令配置,本申请实施例并不限于此。The symbol position of the 2-terminal DMRS can be configured by signaling, and the embodiment of the present application is not limited thereto.
第6个原则,该2段DMRS中第一段DMRS位于第一个符号,第二段DMRS位于备选集合中的某一个。例如,第二段DMRS位于整个调度单元中的符号10和符号12中的一个,本申请实施例并不限于此。In the sixth principle, the first DMRS of the two DMRSs is located in the first symbol, and the second DMRS is located in one of the candidate sets. For example, the second DMRS is located in one of the symbols 10 and 12 in the entire scheduling unit, and the embodiment of the present application is not limited thereto.
可选地,第二段DMRS的位置也可以与帧结构或者PUSCH的符号位置(或者第一区域位置)绑定(或者具有对应关系),一种帧结构或者一种PUSCH符号位置可以对应一种放置位置,本申请实施例并不限于此。Optionally, the location of the second DMRS may also be bound to (or have a corresponding relationship with) the frame structure or the symbol position (or the first region location) of the PUSCH, and a frame structure or a PUSCH symbol position may correspond to one type. The position of the application is not limited to this.
第7个原则:该2段DMRS中的第一段,固定在整个第2频段,从前数第N1个OFDM符号;第二段在第一段之后的第M个符号(M=1/2/3/4)。The seventh principle: the first segment of the two-stage DMRS is fixed in the entire second frequency band, the first N1 OFDM symbols; the second segment is the Mth symbol after the first segment (M=1/2/ 3/4).
第8个原则:该2段DMRS中的第一段,位于第一频段的第一段DMRS之后的N1个;第二段在第一段之后的第M个符号(N1=2*M;M=1/2/3/4)The eighth principle: the first segment of the two-stage DMRS, N1 after the first DMRS of the first frequency band; the Mth symbol after the first segment of the second frequency segment (N1=2*M; M =1/2/3/4)
应理解上文分别描述描述了第一频段和第二频段中均有一段DMRS的位置。以及第一频段和第二频段中均有两段DMRS时的具体位置。在实际应用中,类型2-I中DMRS的位置可以由上述第一频段和第二频段中均有两段DMRS时的具体位置任意组合而成, 本申请实施例并不限于此。也就是说,在确定了类型2-I后,网络设备和终端设备可以按照预设好的规则,即上述任意组合的一种规则,确定DMRS图样。It should be understood that the above description describes the locations of a DMRS having a segment in both the first frequency band and the second frequency band. And the specific location when there are two DMRSs in the first frequency band and the second frequency band. In an actual application, the location of the DMRS in the type 2-I may be any combination of the specific positions of the DMRS in the first frequency band and the second frequency band, and the embodiment of the present application is not limited thereto. That is to say, after the type 2-I is determined, the network device and the terminal device can determine the DMRS pattern according to a preset rule, that is, a rule of any combination of the above.
类似地,类型2-II中DMRS的位置可以由上述针对第一个频段,有2段DMRS,以及针对第二个频段,仅有1段DMRS的位置的各种组合,本申请实施例并不限于此。也就是说,在确定了类型2-II后,网络设备和终端设备可以按照预设好的规则,即上述任意组合的一种规定,确定DMRS图样。Similarly, the location of the DMRS in Type 2-II may be different from the foregoing, for the first frequency band, there are two DMRSs, and for the second frequency band, there are only one combination of the positions of one DMRS, and the embodiment of the present application does not. Limited to this. That is to say, after the type 2-II is determined, the network device and the terminal device can determine the DMRS pattern according to a preset rule, that is, a specification of any combination of the above.
类似地,类型2-III中DMRS的位置可以由上述针对第一个频段,仅有1段DMRS,以及针对第二个频段,有2段DMRS的位置的各种组合,本申请实施例并不限于此。也就是说,在确定了类型2-III后,网络设备和终端设备可以按照预设好的规则,即上述任意组合的一种规定,确定DMRS图样。Similarly, the location of the DMRS in Type 2-III may be different from the foregoing for the first frequency band, only one DMRS, and for the second frequency band, there are two combinations of locations of the DMRS. Limited to this. That is to say, after the type 2-III is determined, the network device and the terminal device can determine the DMRS pattern according to a preset rule, that is, a specification of any combination of the above.
可选地,在实际应用中,上述3种类型2中DMRS的位置可以由网络设备通过信令配置给终端设备,例如,可以通过RRC、DCI或者MAC CE信令配置,本申请实施例并不限于此。Optionally, in an actual application, the location of the DMRS in the foregoing three types 2 may be configured by the network device to the terminal device by using signaling, for example, may be configured by using RRC, DCI, or MAC CE signaling, and the embodiment of the present application does not Limited to this.
下面以跳频模式下的上行传输为例,详细描述本申请实施例中在什么情况下采用上述图20中四种类型哪种类型对应的DMRS图样进行数据传输的具体的例子。The following is a specific example of the DMRS pattern corresponding to the four types in the above-mentioned FIG. 20 in the case of the uplink transmission in the frequency hopping mode as an example.
为了使得本申请的实施例更容易理解,在描述本申请实施例的方法之前,首先对本申请实施例中的部分名词定义如下:In order to make the embodiment of the present application easier to understand, before describing the method of the embodiment of the present application, the partial nouns in the embodiment of the present application are first defined as follows:
本申请实施例中,附加DMRS(additional DMRS)配置可以通过配置附加DMRS的数目、附加DMRS的位置或者附加DMRS的指示信息来实现。In the embodiment of the present application, the additional DMRS (additional DMRS) configuration may be implemented by configuring the number of additional DMRSs, the location of the additional DMRS, or the indication information of the additional DMRS.
应理解,终端设备可以根据附加DMRS配置确定DMRS的位置,进而可以进行DMRS和数据的传输。It should be understood that the terminal device can determine the location of the DMRS according to the additional DMRS configuration, and thus can perform DMRS and data transmission.
应理解,本申请实施例中,附加DMRS配置参数可以通过RRC、DCI、MAC CE中的一个或几个来配置。It should be understood that, in this embodiment of the present application, the additional DMRS configuration parameter may be configured by one or several of RRC, DCI, and MAC CE.
应理解,本申请实施例中附件DMRS配置参数也可以称为附近DMRS指示信息,本申请实施例并不限于此,所述附加DMRS表示位于前载荷DMRS之后的DMRS,附加DMRS指示信息或者附加DMRS配置参数用于指示以下中的至少一种:是否存在所述附加DMRS、所述附加DMRS的数目和所述附加DMRS的位置。It should be understood that the accessory DMRS configuration parameter in the embodiment of the present application may also be referred to as the nearby DMRS indication information. The embodiment of the present application is not limited thereto, and the additional DMRS indicates the DMRS after the pre-load DMRS, the additional DMRS indication information or the additional DMRS. The configuration parameter is for indicating at least one of: whether the additional DMRS, the number of the additional DMRSs, and the location of the additional DMRS are present.
应理解,前载荷DMRS只有一段,当附加DMRS配置参数配置了附件DMRS,那么整个资源调度单元中包括至少两段DMRS,其中,第一段DMRS为前载荷DMRS,其余的DMRS为附件DMRS。It should be understood that the pre-load DMRS has only one segment. When the additional DMRS configuration parameter is configured with the accessory DMRS, the entire resource scheduling unit includes at least two DMRSs, wherein the first segment DMRS is the pre-load DMRS, and the remaining DMRSs are the accessory DMRS.
下面,首先描述DMRS配置参数通过RRC配置的情形。In the following, the case where the DMRS configuration parameters are configured through RRC is first described.
其中,附加DMRS的数目可以通过上行附加DMRS数目(UL_DMRS_add_num)或上行DMRS数目(UL_DMRS_num)来配置。例如,UL_DMRS_add_num=0,表示没有additional DMRS;UL_DMRS_add_num=N(N>0),表示有N个additional DMRS。UL_DMRS_num=1,表示没有additional DMRS;UL_DMRS_num=N(N>1),表示有N-1个additional DMRS。可选地,本申请实施例中,additional DMRS数目也可以通过DMRS类型间接实现,例如给一个索引号,索引到某类DMRS,该类DMRS暗含是否有additional DMRS,以及有几个additional DMRS。换句话说,本申请实施例中,可以建立索引与DMRS数目的对应关系,其中一个索引号对应一种DMRS数目,在实际应用中可以通过指示一 个索引号,来指示该索引号对应的DMRS的数目。The number of additional DMRSs may be configured by an uplink additional DMRS number (UL_DMRS_add_num) or an uplink DMRS number (UL_DMRS_num). For example, UL_DMRS_add_num=0, indicating that there is no additional DMRS; UL_DMRS_add_num=N (N>0), indicating that there are N additional DMRSs. UL_DMRS_num=1, indicating that there is no additional DMRS; UL_DMRS_num=N (N>1), indicating that there are N-1 additional DMRSs. Optionally, in the embodiment of the present application, the number of additional DMRSs may also be implemented indirectly through the DMRS type, for example, an index number is indexed to a certain type of DMRS, and the DMRS implies whether there is an additional DMRS and several additional DMRSs. In other words, in the embodiment of the present application, the mapping between the index and the number of DMRSs may be established, where an index number corresponds to a DMRS number, and in an actual application, an index number may be indicated to indicate the DMRS corresponding to the index number. number.
应理解,本申请实施例中,DMRS图样中DMRS的总数目等于附加DMRS的数目加1。It should be understood that, in the embodiment of the present application, the total number of DMRSs in the DMRS pattern is equal to the number of additional DMRSs plus one.
应理解,本申请实施例中在配置DMRS的数目后,终端设备可以根据预设规则确定各个DMRS的位置,可选地,本申请实施例中还可以根据配置的附加DMRS位置参数确定各个DMRS的位置,本申请实施例并不限于此。It should be understood that, after the number of DMRSs is configured in the embodiment of the present application, the terminal device may determine the location of each DMRS according to a preset rule. Optionally, in the embodiment of the present application, each DMRS may also be determined according to the configured additional DMRS location parameter. Location, the embodiment of the present application is not limited thereto.
可选地,本申请实施例中各个附加DMRS占用的符号个数可以与第一个DMRS占用的符号个数相等,本申请实施例并不限于此。Optionally, the number of symbols occupied by each additional DMRS in the embodiment of the present application may be equal to the number of symbols occupied by the first DMRS, and the embodiment of the present application is not limited thereto.
附加DMRS位置可以通过上行附加DMRS位置(UL_DMRS_add_pos)或上行DMRS位置(UL_DMRS_pos)来配置。例如,UL_DMRS_add_pos={Null}或UL_DMRS_add_pos={0},表示没有additional DMRS;UL_DMRS_add_pos={N1或N1+N2或N1+N2+N3}(N1>0,N2>0,N3>0),表示有additional DMRS,其中,非0参数个数表示additional DMRS个数。例如,上述UL_DMRS_add_pos={N1或N1+N2或N1+N2+N3},分别表示有1个、2个或3个additional DMRS。其中,N1=3表示第一个附加DMRS与首个DMRS的间隔3个符号,或者表示第一个附加DMRS占用第3个符号,例如,当第一个附加DMRS占用2个符号时,N1=3时,第一个附加DMRS占用第3个和第4个符号。The additional DMRS location may be configured by an uplink additional DMRS location (UL_DMRS_add_pos) or an uplink DMRS location (UL_DMRS_pos). For example, UL_DMRS_add_pos={Null} or UL_DMRS_add_pos={0}, indicating that there is no additional DMRS; UL_DMRS_add_pos={N1 or N1+N2 or N1+N2+N3} (N1>0, N2>0, N3>0), indicating that there is Additional DMRS, where the number of non-zero parameters indicates the number of additional DMRS. For example, the above UL_DMRS_add_pos={N1 or N1+N2 or N1+N2+N3} respectively indicate that there are 1, 2 or 3 additional DMRSs. Wherein, N1=3 indicates that the first additional DMRS is separated from the first DMRS by 3 symbols, or indicates that the first additional DMRS occupies the third symbol, for example, when the first additional DMRS occupies 2 symbols, N1= At 3 o'clock, the first additional DMRS occupies the 3rd and 4th symbols.
UL_DMRS_pos={N1}(例如N1=2或3),即只有1个参数,表示没有additional DMRS。UL_DMRS_pos={N1+N2或N1+N2+N3或N1+N2+N3+N4},表示有additional DMRS,其中,UL_DMRS_pos取值中的非0参数的个数减1,表示additional DMRS个数。UL_DMRS_pos={N1} (for example, N1=2 or 3), that is, there is only one parameter, indicating that there is no additional DMRS. UL_DMRS_pos={N1+N2 or N1+N2+N3 or N1+N2+N3+N4}, indicating that there is an additional DMRS, wherein the number of non-zero parameters in the value of UL_DMRS_pos is decremented by 1, indicating the number of additional DMRS.
additional DMRS指示信息可以通过上行附加DMRS位置(UL_DMRS_add_pos)或上行附加DMRS指示(UL_DMRS_add_indication)来配置。The additional DMRS indication information may be configured by an uplink additional DMRS location (UL_DMRS_add_pos) or an uplink additional DMRS indication (UL_DMRS_add_indication).
具体而言,如表示1所示,本申请实施例中,可以设置指示信息即UL_DMRS_add_pos/UL_DMRS_add_indication与DMRS位置的一一对应关系,本申请实施例中,可以通过指示信息指示具体的取值例如,如表1所示,指示信息取值为0-p中的一个值,来指示该一个值对应的DMRS位置。例如,在指示信息取值为0时,对应的DMRS位置为N0,表示没有附加DMRS,且前载荷图样中DMRS占用第N0符号((No add DMRS,FL at N0));在指示信息取值为3时,对应的DMRS位置为N0+N3,表示有一个附加DMRS,且占用第N0+N3个符号(1 add DMRS at N0+N3),应理解,该第N0+N3符号表示该附加DMRS占用的连续的至少一个符号中的第一个符号。在指示信息取p时,对应的DMRS位置为N0+N1,N0+N2,N0+N3,表示具有三个附加DMRS,且分别占用第N0+N1,第N0+N2,第N0+N3个符号。Specifically, as shown in the first embodiment, in the embodiment of the present application, the one-to-one correspondence between the indication information, that is, the UL_DMRS_add_pos/UL_DMRS_add_indication and the DMRS position, may be set. In the embodiment of the present application, the specific value may be indicated by the indication information, for example, As shown in Table 1, the indication information takes a value of 0-p to indicate the DMRS location corresponding to the one value. For example, when the indication information is 0, the corresponding DMRS position is N0, indicating that no DMRS is added, and the DMRS in the pre-load pattern occupies the N0 symbol ((No add DMRS, FL at N0)); When it is 3, the corresponding DMRS position is N0+N3, indicating that there is an additional DMRS, and occupying the N0+N3 symbols (1 add DMRS at N0+N3), it should be understood that the N0+N3 symbol indicates the additional DMRS. The first symbol in at least one of the consecutive consecutive symbols. When the indication information is taken as p, the corresponding DMRS position is N0+N1, N0+N2, N0+N3, indicating that there are three additional DMRSs, and occupy N0+N1, N0+N2, and N0+N3 symbols, respectively. .
应理解,本申请实施例中,不同的附件DMRS个数可以对应不同的表格,该表格中内容与表1类型,此处不再赘述,这样,通过附件DMRS数目就可以确定相应的表格,该表格中包括指示信息取值与DMRS的位置的对应关系,因此,可以通过具体的一个指示信息取值来指示DMRS的位置。It should be understood that, in the embodiment of the present application, the number of different accessory DMRSs may correspond to different forms, and the content in the table is of the type of Table 1 and will not be further described herein. Thus, the corresponding table may be determined by the number of attached DMRSs. The table includes a correspondence between the value of the indication information and the location of the DMRS. Therefore, the location of the DMRS can be indicated by a specific value of the indication information.
表1Table 1
Figure PCTCN2018095989-appb-000001
Figure PCTCN2018095989-appb-000001
Figure PCTCN2018095989-appb-000002
Figure PCTCN2018095989-appb-000002
应理解,本申请实施例中,RRC完成additional DMRS配置后,不代表additional DMRS一定会被触发或者激活。RRC完成配置后,可以有以下3种形式触发additional DMRS。It should be understood that, in the embodiment of the present application, after the RRC completes the additional DMRS configuration, it does not mean that the additional DMRS will be triggered or activated. After the RRC completes the configuration, the following three forms can trigger the additional DMRS.
第一种形式,数据触发:RRC完成additional DMRS配置,只要有数据发送,就可有additional MDRS,即按照附加图样发送数据。The first form, data trigger: RRC completes the additional DMRS configuration, as long as there is data transmission, there may be additional MDRS, that is, according to the additional pattern to send data.
第二种形式,MAC CE激活,Data触发:RRC完成additional DMRS配置后,MAC CE激活(例如在UL_DMRS_add_active=1)后,发送数据才有additional DMRS;如果MAC CE去激活(例如UL_DMRS_add_active=0),则不会有additional DMRS。The second form, MAC CE activation, Data trigger: After the RRC completes the additional DMRS configuration, after the MAC CE is activated (for example, after UL_DMRS_add_active=1), the data is sent with additional DMRS; if the MAC CE is deactivated (for example, UL_DMRS_add_active=0), There will be no additional DMRS.
第三种形式,DCI触发:RRC完成additional DMRS配置后,DCI中触发(例如,UL_DMRS_add_flag=1),发送数据有additional DMRS;DCI没有触发(例如,UL_DMRS_add_flag=0),发送数据没有additional DMRS。The third form, DCI trigger: After the RRC completes the additional DMRS configuration, the trigger in the DCI (for example, UL_DMRS_add_flag=1), the transmitted data has additional DMRS; the DCI is not triggered (for example, UL_DMRS_add_flag=0), and the transmitted data has no additional DMRS.
上文描述了通过RRC配置附加DMRS配置的方式,类似地,本申请实施例中也可以通过MAC CE配置附加DMRS,The foregoing describes the manner in which the DMRS configuration is configured by the RRC. Similarly, in the embodiment of the present application, the DMRS may be configured by using the MAC CE.
与通过RRC配置类似,也可以通过MAC CE配置additional DMRS,可以通过MAC CE配置additional DMRS的数目或additional DMRS的位置或additional DMRS的指示信息,来完成配置。具体配置的信令形式及信令功能,可以参见RRC配置中的相应信令,为避免重复此处不再赘述。Similar to the RRC configuration, the additional DMRS can also be configured through the MAC CE. The MAC CE can be configured with the number of additional DMRSs or the location of the additional DMRS or the indication information of the additional DMRS. For the specific configuration of the signaling format and the signaling function, refer to the corresponding signaling in the RRC configuration. To avoid repetition, details are not described herein again.
应理解,本申请实施例中,MAC CE完成additional DMRS配置后,不代表additional DMRS一定会被触发或者激活。RRC完成配置后,可以有以下2种形式,触发additional DMRS。It should be understood that, in the embodiment of the present application, after the MAC CE completes the additional DMRS configuration, it does not mean that the additional DMRS will be triggered or activated. After the RRC completes the configuration, the following two forms can be triggered to trigger the additional DMRS.
第一种形式,数据触发:MAC CE完成additional DMRS配置,只要有数据发送,就有additional MDRS;The first form, data triggering: MAC CE completes the additional DMRS configuration, as long as there is data to send, there is additional MDRS;
第二种形式,DCI触发:MAC CE完成additional DMRS配置,DCI中触发(例如,UL_DMRS_add_flag=1),发送数据有additional DMRS;DCI没有触发(例如,UL_DMRS_add_flag=0),发送数据没有additional DMRS。The second form, DCI trigger: MAC CE completes the additional DMRS configuration, triggers in the DCI (for example, UL_DMRS_add_flag=1), the transmitted data has additional DMRS; the DCI is not triggered (for example, UL_DMRS_add_flag=0), and the transmitted data has no additional DMRS.
上文描述了通过RRC以及MAC CE配置附加DMRS配置的方式,类似地,本申请实施例中也可以通过DCI配置附加DMRS。The manner in which the DMRS configuration is configured by the RRC and the MAC CE is described above. Similarly, the DMRS may be configured through the DCI in the embodiment of the present application.
与通过RRC或MAC CE配置类似,通过DCI配置additional DMRS,可以通过配置additional DMRS的数目或additional DMRS的位置或additional DMRS的指示信息,来完成配置。具体配置的信令形式及功能可以参见RRC配置中的相应信令,为避免重复此处不再赘述。Similar to the configuration through RRC or MAC CE, configuring additional DMRS through DCI can be configured by configuring the number of additional DMRS or the location of additional DMRS or the indication of additional DMRS. For the specific signaling form and function, refer to the corresponding signaling in the RRC configuration. To avoid repetition, details are not described here.
DCI配置了additional DMRS,additional DMRS就被触发。The DCI is configured with additional DMRS and the additional DMRS is triggered.
应理解,本文中附加DMRS配置中可以通过信令本身进行配置相应的参数,可选的,本申请实施例中也可以建立各种信令取值与索引的一一对应关系(表格),在进行DMRS配置时,可以直接通过RRC、MAC CE或DCI配置相应的索引号即可实现配置。It should be understood that, in the additional DMRS configuration, the corresponding parameters may be configured by using the signaling itself. Optionally, the one-to-one correspondence (table) of various signaling values and indexes may also be established in the embodiment of the present application. When configuring DMRS, you can configure the corresponding index number directly through RRC, MAC CE, or DCI.
上面介绍了本申请实施例中,配置参数配置方式及其各个配置参数的具体含义。下面分情况介绍本申请实施例中如何根据上述配置参数确定上行传输时跳频模式下的DMRS图样,即确定跳频模式下的图样为图20中具体哪一种类型对应的图样的方案。The specific meanings of the configuration parameter configuration mode and each configuration parameter in the embodiment of the present application are described above. In the following, how to determine the DMRS pattern in the frequency hopping mode of the uplink transmission according to the foregoing configuration parameters, that is, the scheme of determining the pattern corresponding to the specific type in FIG. 20 is determined.
具体地,通信设备使用附加DMRS的指示信息,确定跳频模式对应的DMRS图样,所述附加DMRS表示位于前载荷DMRS之后的DMRS,所述指示信息用于指示以下中的至少一种:是否存在所述附加DMRS、所述附加DMRS的数目和所述附加DMRS的位置,所述跳频模式表示一个资源调度单元中一部分符号位于第一频段,另一部分符号位于第二频段,Specifically, the communications device determines, by using the indication information of the additional DMRS, the DMRS pattern corresponding to the frequency hopping mode, where the additional DMRS indicates the DMRS after the pre-load DMRS, and the indication information is used to indicate at least one of the following: The additional DMRS, the number of the additional DMRSs, and the location of the additional DMRS, where the frequency hopping mode indicates that one of the symbols in one resource scheduling unit is in the first frequency band, and the other part of the symbol is in the second frequency band.
所述通信设备使用所述DMRS图样进行DMRS的映射或解映射。The communication device performs mapping or demapping of the DMRS using the DMRS pattern.
可选地,作为一个实施例,在所述指示信息用于指示不存在所述附加DMRS时,所述DMRS图样中DMRS占用所述第一频段中一段符号,以及所述第二频段中一段符号,其中一段符号包括连续的至少一个符号。Optionally, as an embodiment, when the indication information is used to indicate that the additional DMRS does not exist, the DMRS in the DMRS pattern occupies a segment of the first frequency band, and a symbol in the second frequency band. , wherein a segment of the symbol includes at least one symbol in succession.
可选地,作为一个实施例,所述第一频段中的一段符号包括所述第一频段中第一区域中的第一符号,所述第一区域包括所数据和DMRS占用的符号。Optionally, as an embodiment, a segment of the first frequency band includes a first symbol in a first region of the first frequency band, where the first region includes a symbol occupied by the data and the DMRS.
可选地,作为一个实施例,所述第二频段中的一段符号包括所述第二频段中的第一个符号。Optionally, as an embodiment, a segment of the second frequency band includes a first symbol in the second frequency band.
可选地,作为一个实施例,在所述指示信息用于指示存在所述附加DMRS时,所述DMRS图样中DMRS占用所述第一频段中的符号段数和位置,以及占用的第二频段中的符号段数和位置与未跳频时所述指示信息指示的段数和位置相同。Optionally, as an embodiment, when the indication information is used to indicate that the additional DMRS exists, the DMRS in the DMRS pattern occupies the number of symbols and the location in the first frequency band, and the occupied second frequency band The number of symbols and the position of the symbol are the same as the number of segments and positions indicated by the indication information when the frequency hopping is not performed.
可选地,作为一个实施例,在所述指示信息用于指示存在所述附加DMRS时,Optionally, as an embodiment, when the indication information is used to indicate that the additional DMRS exists,
所述DMRS图样中DMRS占用所述第一频段中不连续的两段符号,以及所述第二频段中不连续的两段符号,The DMRS in the DMRS pattern occupies two consecutive symbols in the first frequency band, and two non-contiguous symbols in the second frequency band,
或者,or,
所述DMRS图样中DMRS占用所述第一频段中不连续的两段符号,以及所述第二频段中一段符号,The DMRS in the DMRS pattern occupies two consecutive symbols in the first frequency band and a symbol in the second frequency band.
或者,or,
所述DMRS图样中DMRS占用所述第一频段中的一段符号,以及所述第二频段中不连续的两段符号,The DMRS in the DMRS pattern occupies a segment of the first frequency band and two consecutive symbols in the second frequency band,
其中,所述两段符号中每段符号包括连续的指示一个符号,所述一段符号包括连续的至少一个符号。Wherein each of the two segments of symbols comprises a continuous indication of a symbol, the segment of the symbol comprising at least one symbol in succession.
可选地,作为一个实施例,在所述DMRS图样中DMRS占用第一频段中不连续的两段符号时,第一频段中所述两段符号中的后一段符号包括所述第一频段中的最后一个符号;Optionally, as an embodiment, when the DMRS in the DMRS pattern occupies two consecutive symbols in the first frequency band, the next one of the two symbols in the first frequency band includes the first frequency band. The last symbol;
或者,or,
在所述DMRS图样中DMRS占用第二频段中不连续的两段符号时,第二频段中所述 两段符号中的前一段符号包括所述第二频段中的第一个符号。When the DMRS occupies two consecutive symbols in the second frequency band in the DMRS pattern, the previous one of the two frequency symbols in the second frequency band includes the first symbol in the second frequency band.
下面结合具体的列子,分情况描述本申请实施例中根据additional DMRS配置参数(即附加DMRS的指示信息)确定跳频图样的具体的例子。A specific example of determining a hopping pattern according to the additional DMRS configuration parameter (ie, the indication information of the additional DMRS) in the embodiment of the present application is described below in conjunction with a specific column.
情况一:Case 1:
未跳频、跳频采用相同一套参数。换句话说无需新的additional DMRS配置参数。在跳频模式下,无论未跳频时的additional DMRS配置参数取值如何,跳频后的图样均为类型1。The same set of parameters is used for frequency hopping and frequency hopping. In other words, no new additional DMRS configuration parameters are needed. In the frequency hopping mode, the pattern after frequency hopping is type 1 regardless of the value of the additional DMRS configuration parameter when the frequency hopping is not hopped.
具体而言,本申请实施例中,可以通过信令,例如,RRC、DCI、MAC CE的其中一种或几种来触发跳频模式,终端设备在获取到上述触发跳频模式的信令后,即可根据类型1传输DMRS和数据。Specifically, in the embodiment of the present application, the frequency hopping mode may be triggered by signaling, for example, one or more of RRC, DCI, and MAC CE, after the terminal device obtains the signaling of the triggering frequency hopping mode. , you can transfer DMRS and data according to type 1.
可选地,以DCI触发跳频模式为例,在信令个数为格式0(format 0),在资源配置类型为0(Resource allocation type=0)且跳频标志位为1(Frequency hopping flag=1)时,对应的图样将采用类型1。Optionally, the DCI triggers the frequency hopping mode as an example. The number of signaling is format 0 (format 0), the resource configuration type is 0 (Resource allocation type=0), and the frequency hopping flag bit is 1 (Frequency hopping flag). When =1), the corresponding pattern will adopt type 1.
应理解,在这种情况下,在未跳频时,additional DMRS配置参数才起作用。也就是说,跳频模式没有被激活,即在信令个数为格式0(format 0),在资源配置类型不为0(Resource allocation type≠0)或者,没有资源配置类型(no Resource allocation type)参数或者跳频标志位为0(Frequency hopping flag=0)时,additional DMRS配置参数才起作用。It should be understood that in this case, the additional DMRS configuration parameters will not work when there is no frequency hopping. That is to say, the frequency hopping mode is not activated, that is, the number of signaling is format 0 (format 0), the resource configuration type is not 0 (Resource allocation type ≠ 0), or there is no resource allocation type (no Resource allocation type). When the parameter or frequency hopping flag is 0 (Frequency hopping flag = 0), the additional DMRS configuration parameter takes effect.
情况二:Case 2:
未跳频、跳频,各自对应自己的additional DMRS配置参数。换句话说,跳频模式时需要单独的一套additional DMRS配置参数。No frequency hopping and frequency hopping, each corresponding to its own additional DMRS configuration parameters. In other words, a separate set of additional DMRS configuration parameters is required for the frequency hopping mode.
换句话说,这种情况下,在未跳频时,使用一套additional DMRS配置参数(可以称为第一套配置参数),在跳频时,使用另外一套additional DMRS配置参数(可以称为第二套配置参数)。In other words, in this case, when there is no frequency hopping, use a set of additional DMRS configuration parameters (which can be called the first set of configuration parameters), and when hopping, use another set of additional DMRS configuration parameters (can be called The second set of configuration parameters).
应理解,每套配置参数的类型和功能可以参见上文中的描述,为了避免重复,此处不再赘述。It should be understood that the types and functions of each set of configuration parameters can be referred to the description above, and in order to avoid repetition, details are not described herein again.
具体而言,本申请实施例中,可以通过信令,例如,RRC、DCI、MAC CE的其中一种或几种来触发跳频模式,终端设备在获取到上述触发跳频模式的信令后,即可根据第二套配置参数进行数据传输。Specifically, in the embodiment of the present application, the frequency hopping mode may be triggered by signaling, for example, one or more of RRC, DCI, and MAC CE, after the terminal device obtains the signaling of the triggering frequency hopping mode. , the data transmission can be performed according to the second set of configuration parameters.
可选地,以DCI触发跳频模式为例,在信令个数为格式0(format 0),在资源配置类型为0(Resource allocation type=0)且跳频标志位为1(Frequency hopping flag=1)时,对应第二套配置参数。Optionally, the DCI triggers the frequency hopping mode as an example. The number of signaling is format 0 (format 0), the resource configuration type is 0 (Resource allocation type=0), and the frequency hopping flag bit is 1 (Frequency hopping flag). When =1), it corresponds to the second set of configuration parameters.
应理解,在未跳频时,第一套配置参数才起作用。也就是说,跳频模式没有被激活,即在信令个数为格式0(format 0),在资源配置类型不为0(Resource allocation type≠0)或者,没有资源配置类型(no Resource allocation type)参数或者跳频标志位为0(Frequency hopping flag=0)时,第一套配置参数才起作用。It should be understood that the first set of configuration parameters will not work when there is no frequency hopping. That is to say, the frequency hopping mode is not activated, that is, the number of signaling is format 0 (format 0), the resource configuration type is not 0 (Resource allocation type ≠ 0), or there is no resource allocation type (no Resource allocation type). When the parameter or frequency hopping flag is 0 (Frequency hopping flag = 0), the first set of configuration parameters will take effect.
应理解,在情况二中,第二套配置参数可以仅指示跳频模式对应的图样为2种图样类型中的一种,即跳频模式对应的图样类型为类型1或类型2中的一种。It should be understood that, in case 2, the second set of configuration parameters may only indicate that the pattern corresponding to the frequency hopping mode is one of two pattern types, that is, the pattern type corresponding to the frequency hopping mode is one of type 1 or type 2. .
下面将分情况举例说明。其中,情况2-1至情况2-3中,在帧结构无法满足要求时, 即跳频的一个频段中的两个DMRS之间的符号间隔不满足间隔要求时,为了保证图样类型的统一性,不进行跳频。情况2-4至情况2-6中,对于帧结构无法满足要求时,即跳频的一个频段中的两个DMRS之间的符号间隔不满足间隔要求时,进行回退,将该频段中的DMRS个数降至一个,进而保证了跳频的使能。The following will give an example of the situation. In case 2-1 to 2-3, when the frame structure cannot meet the requirement, that is, when the symbol interval between two DMRSs in one frequency band of the frequency hopping does not meet the interval requirement, in order to ensure the uniformity of the pattern type. , no frequency hopping. In case 2-4 to case 2-6, when the frame structure cannot meet the requirement, that is, when the symbol interval between two DMRSs in one frequency band of the frequency hopping does not satisfy the interval requirement, the backoff is performed, and the band is in the band. The number of DMRSs is reduced to one, which ensures the enabling of frequency hopping.
情况2-1,Case 2-1,
第二套配置参数(例如,UL_DMRS_add_type_hopping=0)指示跳频模式对应的图样为类型1,则在跳频时终端设备按照类型1对应的图样发送DMRS和数据。The second set of configuration parameters (for example, UL_DMRS_add_type_hopping=0) indicates that the pattern corresponding to the frequency hopping mode is type 1, and the terminal device transmits the DMRS and the data according to the pattern corresponding to the type 1 at the time of frequency hopping.
或者,or,
第二套配置参数(例如,UL_DMRS_add_type_hopping=1)指示跳频模式对应的图样为类型2-I,则在跳频时终端设备按照类型2-I对应的图样发送DMRS和数据。其中,若两个频段中的任一频段中的两个DMRS之间的符号间隔不满足间隔要求时,则该帧结构不进行跳频。该间隔要求表示两个DMRS之间的间隔数据是否大于或等于预设的间隔阈值N j,其中,N j可以取值为1、2或3等,本申请实施例并不限于此。 The second set of configuration parameters (for example, UL_DMRS_add_type_hopping=1) indicates that the pattern corresponding to the frequency hopping mode is type 2-I, and the terminal device transmits the DMRS and the data according to the pattern corresponding to the type 2-I at the time of frequency hopping. Wherein, if the symbol interval between two DMRSs in any one of the two frequency bands does not meet the interval requirement, the frame structure does not perform frequency hopping. The interval requirement is that the interval data between the two DMRSs is greater than or equal to the preset interval threshold value N j , where N j can be a value of 1, 2, or 3, etc., and the embodiment of the present application is not limited thereto.
情况2-2,Case 2-2,
第二套配置参数(例如,UL_DMRS_add_type_hopping=0)指示跳频模式对应的图样为类型1,则在跳频时终端设备按照类型1对应的图样发送DMRS和数据。The second set of configuration parameters (for example, UL_DMRS_add_type_hopping=0) indicates that the pattern corresponding to the frequency hopping mode is type 1, and the terminal device transmits the DMRS and the data according to the pattern corresponding to the type 1 at the time of frequency hopping.
或者,or,
第二套配置参数(例如,UL_DMRS_add_type_hopping=1)指示跳频模式对应的图样为类型2-II,则在跳频时终端设备按照类型2-II对应的图样发送DMRS和数据。其中,若两个频段中的第一频段中的两个DMRS之间的符号间隔不满足间隔要求时,则该帧结构不进行跳频。该间隔要求表示两个DMRS之间的间隔数据是否大于或等于预设的间隔阈值N j,其中,N j可以取值为1、2或3等,本申请实施例并不限于此。 The second set of configuration parameters (for example, UL_DMRS_add_type_hopping=1) indicates that the pattern corresponding to the frequency hopping mode is type 2-II, and the terminal device transmits the DMRS and the data according to the pattern corresponding to the type 2-II at the time of frequency hopping. Wherein, if the symbol interval between two DMRSs in the first frequency band of the two frequency bands does not meet the interval requirement, the frame structure does not perform frequency hopping. The interval requirement is that the interval data between the two DMRSs is greater than or equal to the preset interval threshold value N j , where N j can be a value of 1, 2, or 3, etc., and the embodiment of the present application is not limited thereto.
情况2-3,Case 2-3,
第二套配置参数(例如,UL_DMRS_add_type_hopping=0)指示跳频模式对应的图样为类型1,则在跳频时终端设备按照类型1对应的图样发送DMRS和数据。The second set of configuration parameters (for example, UL_DMRS_add_type_hopping=0) indicates that the pattern corresponding to the frequency hopping mode is type 1, and the terminal device transmits the DMRS and the data according to the pattern corresponding to the type 1 at the time of frequency hopping.
或者,or,
第二套配置参数(例如,UL_DMRS_add_type_hopping=1)指示跳频模式对应的图样为类型2-III,则在跳频时终端设备按照类型2-III对应的图样发送DMRS和数据。其中,若两个频段中的第二频段中的两个DMRS之间的符号间隔不满足间隔要求时,则该帧结构不进行跳频。该间隔要求表示两个DMRS之间的间隔数据是否大于或等于预设的间隔阈值N j,其中,N j可以取值为1、2或3等,本申请实施例并不限于此。 The second set of configuration parameters (for example, UL_DMRS_add_type_hopping=1) indicates that the pattern corresponding to the frequency hopping mode is type 2-III, and the terminal device transmits the DMRS and the data according to the pattern corresponding to the type 2-III at the time of frequency hopping. Wherein, if the symbol interval between two DMRSs in the second frequency band of the two frequency bands does not meet the interval requirement, the frame structure does not perform frequency hopping. The interval requirement is that the interval data between the two DMRSs is greater than or equal to the preset interval threshold value N j , where N j can be a value of 1, 2, or 3, etc., and the embodiment of the present application is not limited thereto.
应理解,上述请2-1至2-3中假定网络设备和终端设备预存了两种图样类型(即类型1,以及3个类型2中的一个)的情况,其中,在UL_DMRS_add_type_hopping=0,对应图样类型1,在UL_DMRS_add_type_hopping=1时,对应预存的两种图样类型中的另一图样,即3个类型2中的一种类型对应的图样。可选地,网络设备和终端设备可以预存上述四种图样类型中的三种或四种,以预存四种为例,在UL_DMRS_add_type_hopping=0,对应图样类型1;在UL_DMRS_add_type_hopping=1,对应图样类型2-I;在UL_DMRS_add_type_hopping=2,对应图样类型2-II;在UL_DMRS_add_type_hopping=3,对应图样类型2-III。It should be understood that the above-mentioned requests 2-1 to 2-3 assume that the network device and the terminal device pre-store two kinds of pattern types (ie, type 1 and one of three types 2), wherein, in UL_DMRS_add_type_hopping=0, corresponding The pattern type 1 corresponds to another pattern of the pre-stored two pattern types when UL_DMRS_add_type_hopping=1, that is, a pattern corresponding to one of the three types 2. Optionally, the network device and the terminal device may pre-store three or four of the foregoing four pattern types, and pre-store four types as an example, in UL_DMRS_add_type_hopping=0, corresponding to pattern type 1; in UL_DMRS_add_type_hopping=1, corresponding pattern type 2 -I; in UL_DMRS_add_type_hopping=2, corresponding to pattern type 2-II; in UL_DMRS_add_type_hopping=3, corresponding to pattern type 2-III.
情况2-4,Case 2-4,
第二套配置参数(例如,UL_DMRS_add_type_hopping=0)指示跳频模式对应的图样为类型1,则在跳频时终端设备按照类型1对应的图样发送DMRS和数据。The second set of configuration parameters (for example, UL_DMRS_add_type_hopping=0) indicates that the pattern corresponding to the frequency hopping mode is type 1, and the terminal device transmits the DMRS and the data according to the pattern corresponding to the type 1 at the time of frequency hopping.
或者,or,
第二套配置参数(例如,UL_DMRS_add_type_hopping=1)指示跳频模式对应的图样为类型2-I,且两个频段均满足DMRS间隔要求,则在跳频时终端设备按照类型2-I对应的图样发送DMRS和数据。The second set of configuration parameters (for example, UL_DMRS_add_type_hopping=1) indicates that the pattern corresponding to the frequency hopping mode is type 2-I, and both frequency bands satisfy the DMRS interval requirement, and the terminal device follows the pattern corresponding to the type 2-I at the time of frequency hopping. Send DMRS and data.
或者,第二套配置参数(例如,UL_DMRS_add_type_hopping=1)指示跳频模式对应的图样为类型2-I,且前一个频段满足DMRS间隔要求,后一个频段不满足DMRS间隔要求,则在跳频时终端设备按照类型2-II对应的图样发送DMRS和数据。Alternatively, the second set of configuration parameters (for example, UL_DMRS_add_type_hopping=1) indicates that the pattern corresponding to the frequency hopping mode is type 2-I, and the previous frequency band satisfies the DMRS interval requirement, and the latter frequency band does not satisfy the DMRS interval requirement, then the frequency hopping time The terminal device transmits the DMRS and the data according to the pattern corresponding to the type 2-II.
或者,第二套配置参数(例如,UL_DMRS_add_type_hopping=1)指示跳频模式对应的图样为类型2-I,且前一个频段不满足DMRS间隔要求,后一个频段满足DMRS间隔要求,则在跳频时终端设备按照类型2-III对应的图样发送DMRS和数据。Alternatively, the second set of configuration parameters (for example, UL_DMRS_add_type_hopping=1) indicates that the pattern corresponding to the frequency hopping mode is type 2-I, and the previous frequency band does not meet the DMRS interval requirement, and the latter frequency band satisfies the DMRS interval requirement, and then the frequency hopping time The terminal device transmits the DMRS and the data according to the pattern corresponding to the type 2-III.
情况2-5,Case 2-5,
第二套配置参数(例如,UL_DMRS_add_type_hopping=0)指示跳频模式对应的图样为类型1,则在跳频时终端设备按照类型1对应的图样发送DMRS和数据。The second set of configuration parameters (for example, UL_DMRS_add_type_hopping=0) indicates that the pattern corresponding to the frequency hopping mode is type 1, and the terminal device transmits the DMRS and the data according to the pattern corresponding to the type 1 at the time of frequency hopping.
或者,or,
第二套配置参数(例如,UL_DMRS_add_type_hopping=1)指示跳频模式对应的图样为类型2-II,且前一个频段满足DMRS间隔要求,则在跳频时终端设备按照类型2-II对应的图样发送DMRS和数据。The second set of configuration parameters (for example, UL_DMRS_add_type_hopping=1) indicates that the pattern corresponding to the frequency hopping mode is type 2-II, and the previous frequency band satisfies the DMRS interval requirement, and the terminal device transmits according to the pattern corresponding to the type 2-II during frequency hopping. DMRS and data.
或者,第二套配置参数(例如,UL_DMRS_add_type_hopping=1)指示跳频模式对应的图样为类型2-II,且前一个频段不满足DMRS间隔要求,则在跳频时终端设备按照类型1对应的图样发送DMRS和数据。Alternatively, the second set of configuration parameters (for example, UL_DMRS_add_type_hopping=1) indicates that the pattern corresponding to the frequency hopping mode is type 2-II, and the previous frequency band does not meet the DMRS interval requirement, and the terminal device follows the type 1 corresponding pattern during frequency hopping. Send DMRS and data.
情况2-6,Case 2-6,
第二套配置参数(例如,UL_DMRS_add_type_hopping=0)指示跳频模式对应的图样为类型1,则在跳频时终端设备按照类型1对应的图样发送DMRS和数据。The second set of configuration parameters (for example, UL_DMRS_add_type_hopping=0) indicates that the pattern corresponding to the frequency hopping mode is type 1, and the terminal device transmits the DMRS and the data according to the pattern corresponding to the type 1 at the time of frequency hopping.
或者,or,
第二套配置参数(例如,UL_DMRS_add_type_hopping=1)指示跳频模式对应的图样为类型2-III,且后一个频段满足DMRS间隔要求,则在跳频时终端设备按照类型2-III对应的图样发送DMRS和数据。The second set of configuration parameters (for example, UL_DMRS_add_type_hopping=1) indicates that the pattern corresponding to the frequency hopping mode is type 2-III, and the latter frequency band satisfies the DMRS interval requirement, and the terminal device sends the pattern corresponding to the type 2-III at the time of frequency hopping. DMRS and data.
或者,第二套配置参数(例如,UL_DMRS_add_type_hopping=1)指示跳频模式对应的图样为类型2-II,且后一个频段不满足DMRS间隔要求,则在跳频时终端设备按照类型1对应的图样发送DMRS和数据。Alternatively, the second set of configuration parameters (for example, UL_DMRS_add_type_hopping=1) indicates that the pattern corresponding to the frequency hopping mode is type 2-II, and the latter frequency band does not satisfy the DMRS interval requirement, and the terminal device follows the pattern corresponding to the type 1 at the time of frequency hopping. Send DMRS and data.
情况三:Case 3:
跳频模式复用未跳频的additional DMRS配置参数,且参数的含义相同。The frequency hopping mode multiplexes the additional DFRS configuration parameters that are not hopped, and the parameters have the same meaning.
具体而言,在additional DMRS配置参数配置了additional DMRS的情况下,也就是说在包括两段DMRS的情况下,终端设备在发送数据时,才可以跳频,且跳频后的DMRS的位置与未跳频的additional DMRS配置参数配置的DMRS的位置相同。Specifically, in the case that the additional DMRS configuration parameter is configured with additional DMRS, that is, in the case of including two DMRSs, the terminal device can perform frequency hopping when transmitting data, and the location of the DMRS after frequency hopping is The location of the DMRS configured with the additional hopping additional DMRS configuration parameters is the same.
可选地,以DCI触发跳频模式为例,在信令个数为格式0(format 0),在资源配置 类型为0(Resource allocation type=0)且跳频标志位为1(Frequency hopping flag=1)时,且additional DMRS被配置,即包括至少两个DMRS的基础上,例如,例如UL_DMRS_add_num=N(N>0),或者,UL_DMRS_add_pos={N1或N1+N2或N1+N2+N3}(N1>0,N2>0,N3>0)时,终端设备在发送上行数据时,使用跳频模式。Optionally, the DCI triggers the frequency hopping mode as an example. The number of signaling is format 0 (format 0), the resource configuration type is 0 (Resource allocation type=0), and the frequency hopping flag bit is 1 (Frequency hopping flag). =1), and the additional DMRS is configured, that is, based on at least two DMRSs, for example, UL_DMRS_add_num=N (N>0), or UL_DMRS_add_pos={N1 or N1+N2 or N1+N2+N3} When (N1>0, N2>0, N3>0), the terminal device uses the frequency hopping mode when transmitting uplink data.
具体地,跳频模式对应的DMRS图样由additional DMRS配置参数决定。也就是说跳频模式对应的DMRS图样中DMRS的个数和位置与未跳频时additional DMRS配置参数配置的DMRS的个数和位置相同。Specifically, the DMRS pattern corresponding to the frequency hopping mode is determined by the additional DMRS configuration parameter. That is to say, the number and location of the DMRS in the DMRS pattern corresponding to the frequency hopping mode are the same as the number and location of the DMRS configured in the additional DMRS configuration parameter when the frequency hopping is not hopped.
可选地,在情况三中,在additional DMRS配置参数没有配置additional DMRS的情况下,本申请实施例中可以复用未跳频的additional DMRS配置参数,例如,改变additional DMRS配置参数的取值,来配置additional DMRS,之后,按照改变后的additional DMRS配置参数进行跳频,具体地,跳频模式对应的DMRS图样由改变后additional DMRS配置参数决定。也就是说跳频模式对应的DMRS图样中DMRS的个数和位置与未跳频时改变后的additional DMRS配置参数配置的DMRS的个数和位置相同。Optionally, in the third case, in the case that the additional DMRS configuration parameter is not configured with the additional DMRS, the DMRS configuration parameter that is not hopped may be multiplexed in the embodiment of the present application, for example, changing the value of the additional DMRS configuration parameter. The additional DMRS is configured, and then the frequency hopping is performed according to the changed additional DMRS configuration parameter. Specifically, the DMRS pattern corresponding to the frequency hopping mode is determined by the changed additional DMRS configuration parameter. That is to say, the number and location of the DMRS in the DMRS pattern corresponding to the frequency hopping mode are the same as the number and location of the DMRS configured in the additional DMRS configuration parameter changed after the hopping.
也就是说在包括两个DMRS的情况下,终端设备在发送数据时,才可以跳频,且跳频后的DMRS的位置与未跳频的additional DMRS配置参数配置的DMRS的位置相同。That is to say, in the case where two DMRSs are included, the terminal device can perform frequency hopping when transmitting data, and the position of the hopped DMRS is the same as the position of the DMRS configured by the unhopped additional DMRS configuration parameter.
情况四:Situation 4:
跳频模式复用未跳频的additional DMRS配置参数,但参数意义不同。The frequency hopping mode multiplexes the additional DMRS configuration parameters that are not hopped, but the parameters have different meanings.
具体而言,以DCI触发跳频模式为例,在信令个数为格式0(format 0),在资源配置类型为0(Resource allocation type=0)且跳频标志位为1(Frequency hopping flag=1)时,如果additional DMRS配置参数配置了additional DMRS,也就是说在包括两个DMRS的情况下,则跳频模式采用类型2,例如,类型2-I、类型2-II或者类型2-III。如果additional DMRS配置参数没有配置了additional DMRS,也就是说在包括一个DMRS的情况下,则跳频模式采用类型1。Specifically, taking the DCI trigger frequency hopping mode as an example, the number of signaling is format 0 (format 0), the resource configuration type is 0 (Resource allocation type=0), and the frequency hopping flag is 1 (Frequency hopping flag) =1), if the additional DMRS configuration parameter is configured with additional DMRS, that is to say, in the case of including two DMRSs, the frequency hopping mode adopts type 2, for example, type 2-I, type 2-II or type 2 III. If the additional DMRS configuration parameter is not configured with additional DMRS, that is, if a DMRS is included, the frequency hopping mode uses type 1.
应理解,在情况4种,如果additional DMRS配置参数配置了additional DMRS,也就是说在包括两个DMRS的情况下,则跳频模式采用类型2-I、类型2-II和类型2-III中的一种。It should be understood that in case 4, if the additional DMRS configuration parameter is configured with additional DMRS, that is, in the case of including two DMRSs, the frequency hopping mode is in Type 2-I, Type 2-II, and Type 2-III. One kind.
下面将分情况举例说明。其中,情况4-1至情况4-3中,在帧结构无法满足要求时,即跳频的一个频段中的两个DMRS之间的符号间隔不满足间隔要求时,为了保证图样类型的统一性,不进行跳频。情况4-4至情况4-6中,对于帧结构无法满足要求时,即跳频的一个频段中的两个DMRS之间的符号间隔不满足间隔要求时,将该频段中的DMRS个数降至一个,进而保证了跳频的使能。The following will give an example of the situation. In case 4-1 to case 4-3, when the frame structure cannot meet the requirement, that is, when the symbol interval between two DMRSs in one frequency band of the frequency hopping does not meet the interval requirement, in order to ensure the uniformity of the pattern type. , no frequency hopping. In case 4-4 to case 4-6, when the frame structure cannot meet the requirement, that is, when the symbol interval between two DMRSs in one frequency band of the frequency hopping does not satisfy the interval requirement, the number of DMRSs in the band is lowered. One to the other, thus ensuring the frequency hopping enable.
情况4-1,Case 4-1,
additional DMRS配置参数没有配置additional DMRS,也就是说在包括一个DMRS时,在跳频后,对应的图样为类型1。The additional DMRS configuration parameter is not configured with additional DMRS. That is to say, when a DMRS is included, after the frequency hopping, the corresponding pattern is type 1.
或者,or,
additional DMRS配置参数配置了additional DMRS,也就是说在包括至少两个DMRS时,在跳频后,对应的图样为类型2-I。其中,若两个频段中的任一频段中的两个DMRS之间的符号间隔不满足间隔要求时,则该帧结构不进行跳频。该间隔要求表示两个DMRS之间的间隔数据是否大于或等于预设的间隔阈值N j,其中,N j可以取值为1、2或3等, 本申请实施例并不限于此。 The additional DMRS configuration parameter is configured with additional DMRS, that is, when at least two DMRSs are included, after the frequency hopping, the corresponding pattern is type 2-I. Wherein, if the symbol interval between two DMRSs in any one of the two frequency bands does not meet the interval requirement, the frame structure does not perform frequency hopping. The interval requirement is that the interval data between the two DMRSs is greater than or equal to the preset interval threshold value N j , where N j may be a value of 1, 2, or 3, etc., and the embodiment of the present application is not limited thereto.
情况4-2,Case 4-2,
additional DMRS配置参数没有配置additional DMRS,也就是说在包括一个DMRS时,在跳频后,对应的图样为类型1。The additional DMRS configuration parameter is not configured with additional DMRS. That is to say, when a DMRS is included, after the frequency hopping, the corresponding pattern is type 1.
或者,or,
additional DMRS配置参数配置了additional DMRS,也就是说在包括至少两个DMRS时,在跳频后,对应的图样为类型2-II。其中,若两个频段中的前一频段中的两个DMRS之间的符号间隔不满足间隔要求时,则该帧结构不进行跳频。The additional DMRS configuration parameter is configured with additional DMRS, that is, when at least two DMRSs are included, after the frequency hopping, the corresponding pattern is type 2-II. If the symbol interval between two DMRSs in the previous one of the two frequency bands does not meet the interval requirement, the frame structure does not perform frequency hopping.
情况4-3,Case 4-3,
additional DMRS配置参数没有配置additional DMRS,也就是说在包括一个DMRS时,在跳频后,对应的图样为类型1。The additional DMRS configuration parameter is not configured with additional DMRS. That is to say, when a DMRS is included, after the frequency hopping, the corresponding pattern is type 1.
或者,or,
additional DMRS配置参数配置了additional DMRS,也就是说在包括至少两个DMRS时,在跳频后,对应的图样为类型2-III。其中,若两个频段中的第二频段中的两个DMRS之间的符号间隔不满足间隔要求时,则该帧结构不进行跳频。The additional DMRS configuration parameter is configured with additional DMRS, that is, when at least two DMRSs are included, after the frequency hopping, the corresponding pattern is type 2-III. Wherein, if the symbol interval between two DMRSs in the second frequency band of the two frequency bands does not meet the interval requirement, the frame structure does not perform frequency hopping.
情况4-4,Case 4-4,
additional DMRS配置参数没有配置additional DMRS,也就是说在包括一个DMRS时,在跳频后,对应的图样为类型1。The additional DMRS configuration parameter is not configured with additional DMRS. That is to say, when a DMRS is included, after the frequency hopping, the corresponding pattern is type 1.
或者,or,
additional DMRS配置参数配置了additional DMRS,也就是说在包括至少两个DMRS时,且两个频段均满足DMRS间隔要求,则在跳频时终端设备按照类型2-I对应的图样发送DMRS和数据。The additional DMRS configuration parameter is configured with additional DMRS, that is, when at least two DMRSs are included, and both frequency bands satisfy the DMRS interval requirement, the terminal device transmits the DMRS and the data according to the pattern corresponding to the type 2-I at the time of frequency hopping.
或者,additional DMRS配置参数配置了additional DMRS,也就是说在包括至少两个DMRS时,且前一个频段满足DMRS间隔要求,后一个频段不满足DMRS间隔要求,则在跳频时终端设备按照类型2-II对应的图样发送DMRS和数据。Alternatively, the additional DMRS configuration parameter is configured with additional DMRS, that is, when at least two DMRSs are included, and the previous frequency band satisfies the DMRS interval requirement, and the latter frequency band does not satisfy the DMRS interval requirement, the terminal device according to the type 2 during frequency hopping The pattern corresponding to -II sends DMRS and data.
或者,additional DMRS配置参数配置了additional DMRS,也就是说在包括至少两个DMRS时,且前一个频段不满足DMRS间隔要求,后一个频段满足DMRS间隔要求,则在跳频时终端设备按照类型2-III对应的图样发送DMRS和数据。Alternatively, the additional DMRS configuration parameter is configured with additional DMRS, that is, when at least two DMRSs are included, and the previous frequency band does not meet the DMRS interval requirement, and the latter frequency band satisfies the DMRS interval requirement, the terminal device according to the type 2 during frequency hopping. The pattern corresponding to -III sends DMRS and data.
情况4-5,Case 4-5,
additional DMRS配置参数没有配置additional DMRS,也就是说在包括一个DMRS时,在跳频后,对应的图样为类型1。The additional DMRS configuration parameter is not configured with additional DMRS. That is to say, when a DMRS is included, after the frequency hopping, the corresponding pattern is type 1.
或者,or,
additional DMRS配置参数配置了additional DMRS,也就是说在包括至少两个DMRS时,且前一个频段满足DMRS间隔要求,则在跳频时终端设备按照类型2-II对应的图样发送DMRS和数据。The additional DMRS configuration parameter is configured with additional DMRS, that is, when at least two DMRSs are included, and the previous frequency band satisfies the DMRS interval requirement, the terminal device transmits the DMRS and the data according to the pattern corresponding to the type 2-II at the time of frequency hopping.
或者,additional DMRS配置参数配置了additional DMRS,也就是说在包括至少两个DMRS时,且前一个频段不满足DMRS间隔要求,则在跳频时终端设备按照类型1对应 的图样发送DMRS和数据。Alternatively, the additional DMRS configuration parameter is configured with additional DMRS, that is, when at least two DMRSs are included, and the previous frequency band does not meet the DMRS interval requirement, the terminal device transmits the DMRS and the data according to the pattern corresponding to the type 1 at the time of frequency hopping.
情况4-6,Case 4-6,
additional DMRS配置参数没有配置additional DMRS,也就是说在包括一个DMRS时,在跳频后,对应的图样为类型1。The additional DMRS configuration parameter is not configured with additional DMRS. That is to say, when a DMRS is included, after the frequency hopping, the corresponding pattern is type 1.
或者,or,
additional DMRS配置参数配置了additional DMRS,也就是说在包括至少两个DMRS时,且后一个频段满足DMRS间隔要求,则在跳频时终端设备按照类型2-III对应的图样发送DMRS和数据。The additional DMRS configuration parameter is configured with additional DMRS, that is, when at least two DMRSs are included, and the latter frequency band satisfies the DMRS interval requirement, the terminal device transmits the DMRS and the data according to the pattern corresponding to the type 2-III at the time of frequency hopping.
或者,additional DMRS配置参数配置了additional DMRS,也就是说在包括至少两个DMRS时,且后一个频段不满足DMRS间隔要求,则在跳频时终端设备按照类型1对应的图样发送DMRS和数据。Alternatively, the additional DMRS configuration parameter is configured with additional DMRS, that is, when at least two DMRSs are included, and the latter frequency band does not satisfy the DMRS interval requirement, the terminal device transmits the DMRS and the data according to the pattern corresponding to the type 1 at the time of frequency hopping.
可选地,在情况四中,在additional DMRS配置参数没有配置additional DMRS,则按照类型1对应的图样进行跳频,Optionally, in case four, if the additional DMRS is not configured in the additional DMRS configuration parameter, frequency hopping is performed according to the pattern corresponding to type 1.
在additional DMRS配置参数配置additional DMRS,则按照配置参数确定DMRS图样,具体地,跳频模式对应的DMRS图样由additional DMRS配置参数决定。也就是说跳频模式对应的DMRS图样中DMRS的个数和位置与未跳频时additional DMRS配置参数配置的DMRS的个数和位置相同。When the additional DMRS is configured in the additional DMRS configuration parameter, the DMRS pattern is determined according to the configuration parameter. Specifically, the DMRS pattern corresponding to the frequency hopping mode is determined by the additional DMRS configuration parameter. That is to say, the number and location of the DMRS in the DMRS pattern corresponding to the frequency hopping mode are the same as the number and location of the DMRS configured in the additional DMRS configuration parameter when the frequency hopping is not hopped.
应理解,上述情况一至情况4中在确定使用上述4中类型中的一种类型后,可以使用上文描述的该类型对应多种图样中的任一个图样,本申请实施例并不对此做限定。其中,各个类对应的图样可以参见上文中的描述,此处不再赘述。It should be understood that, in the above case 1 to case 4, after determining one of the types in the above 4, any one of the plurality of patterns corresponding to the type described above may be used, which is not limited by the embodiment of the present application. . For the drawings corresponding to each class, refer to the description above, and details are not described herein again.
下面描述采用单载波DFT-s-OFDM波形的设备与采用多载波CP-OFDM的设备多用户MU时,2种波形设备对应DMRS的复用关系。The following describes the multiplexing relationship of the two types of waveform devices corresponding to the DMRS when the device using the single-carrier DFT-s-OFDM waveform and the multi-user MU using the multi-carrier CP-OFDM are described.
CP-OFDM和DFT-s-OFDM对应DMRS之间可以采用频分复用(Frequency division multiplexing,FDM)或时分复用(Time division mulriplexing,TDM)的方式,TDM如下图36所示,FDM如图37所示。也就是NR中在某些场景下,支持2种波形通过FDM进行复用;某些场景下,支持2种波形通过TDM进行复用。The division of the DMRS between the CP-OFDM and the DFT-s-OFDM can be performed by frequency division multiplexing (FDM) or time division mulriplexing (TDM). The TDM is as shown in Figure 36. 37 is shown. That is, in some scenarios, NR supports two types of waveforms to be multiplexed by FDM; in some scenarios, two types of waveforms are supported for multiplexing by TDM.
其中,在图36中的(1)和(2)中CP-OFDM与DFT-s-OFDM之间独立编号,多载波使用端口1-12,多载波使用端口13-16。Among them, in (1) and (2) in FIG. 36, CP-OFDM and DFT-s-OFDM are independently numbered, multi-carrier uses port 1-12, and multi-carrier uses port 13-16.
在图36中的(3)中CP-OFDM与DFT-s-OFDM之间联合编号,共用端口1-12。In (3) of FIG. 36, CP-OFDM and DFT-s-OFDM are jointly numbered, and ports 1-12 are shared.
在图37中的(1)和(2)中,CP-OFDM与DFT-s-OFDM之间联合编号,共用端口1-12。In (1) and (2) of FIG. 37, CP-OFDM and DFT-s-OFDM are jointly numbered, and ports 1-12 are shared.
在图37中的(3)中,CP-OFDM与DFT-s-OFDM之间独立编号,多载波使用端口1-12,单载波使用端口13-16。In (3) of FIG. 37, CP-OFDM and DFT-s-OFDM are independently numbered, multicarrier uses port 1-12, and single carrier uses port 13-16.
CP-OFDM和DFT-s-OFDM对应DMRS之间可以采用频分复用还是时分复用,可以采用如下2种方式,实现。The frequency division multiplexing or the time division multiplexing can be adopted between the CP-OFDM and the DFT-s-OFDM corresponding DMRS, and can be implemented in the following two manners.
方法1:当CP-OFDM端口数目小于等于N时(例如N=2/4/6),2种波形之间的DMRS用FDM,此时DFT-s-OFDM DMRS所在符号位置与CP-OFDM相同;当CP-OFDM端口数目大于等于N时,2种波形之间的DMRS用TDM。DFT-s-OFDM的DMRS所在符号位 置,可以有如下4种形式:Method 1: When the number of CP-OFDM ports is less than or equal to N (for example, N=2/4/6), the DMRS between the two waveforms is FDM, and the DFT-s-OFDM DMRS is located at the same symbol position as the CP-OFDM. When the number of CP-OFDM ports is greater than or equal to N, the DMRS between the two waveforms is TDM. The symbol position of the DFT-s-OFDM DMRS can be in the following four forms:
单载波所在OFDM符号在多载波之后,且紧邻多载波(如图1所示);The OFDM symbol in which the single carrier is located is after multiple carriers, and is adjacent to multiple carriers (as shown in FIG. 1);
单载波所在OFDM符号在多载波之前,且紧邻多载波;The OFDM symbol in which the single carrier is located is preceded by multiple carriers, and is adjacent to multiple carriers;
单载波所在OFDM符号在多载波之后,且与多载波相隔N个符号(N大于等于1);The OFDM symbol in which the single carrier is located is after multiple carriers, and is separated from the multiple carriers by N symbols (N is greater than or equal to 1);
单载波所在OFDM符号在多载波之前,且与多载波相隔N个符号(N大于等于1)。The OFDM symbol in which the single carrier is located is preceded by multiple carriers and separated from the multiple carriers by N symbols (N is greater than or equal to 1).
方法2:通过信令配置/指示DFT-s-OFDM的DMRS所在符号位置,暗含与CP-OFDM的DMRS之间的复用方式。Method 2: Configuring/indicating the symbol position of the DMRS of the DFT-s-OFDM by signaling, implying a multiplexing manner with the DMRS of the CP-OFDM.
其中单载波DMRS所在位置,分为3种情况:The location of the single-carrier DMRS is divided into three cases:
(1)DFT-S-OFDM的DMRS所在符号位置,由信令指示(例如RRC、MAC CE、DCI)直接指示符号位置;当指示位置与CP-OFDM的DMRS相同时,2种波形之间的DMRS采用FDM;当位置不相同时,2种波形之间的DMRS采用TDM。(1) The symbol position of the DMRS of the DFT-S-OFDM is directly indicated by the signaling indication (for example, RRC, MAC CE, DCI); when the indicated position is the same as the DMRS of the CP-OFDM, between the two waveforms DMRS uses FDM; when the positions are different, the DMRS between the two waveforms uses TDM.
(2)DFT-S-OFDM的DMRS所在符号位置,由信令指示(例如RRC、MAC CE、DCI)暗指DMRS符号位置,例如“0”表示DFT-S-OFDM的DMRS所在符号位置与CP-OFDM位置相同,2者之间采用FDM;“1”表示DFT-S-OFDM的DMRS所在符号位置紧邻CP-OFDM的DMRS所在位置,且在其后;(2) The symbol position of the DMRS of the DFT-S-OFDM, indicated by the signaling indication (for example, RRC, MAC CE, DCI), the DMRS symbol position, for example, "0" indicates the symbol position and CP of the DFT-S-OFDM DMRS. - OFDM location is the same, FDM is used between the two; "1" indicates that the symbol position of the DFT-S-OFDM DMRS is located next to the location of the DMRS of the CP-OFDM, and thereafter;
(3)DFT-S-OFDM的DMRS所在符号位置,由端口号暗指,例如DFT-S-OFDM的DMRS端口号为1-12,表示DFT-S-OFDM的DMRS与CP-OFDM的DMRS符号位置相同,2者之间采用FDM;当DFT-S-OFDM的DMRS端口号为13-16,表示与CP-OFDM紧邻,且在其后。(3) The symbol position of the DMRS of DFT-S-OFDM is indicated by the port number. For example, the DMRS port number of DFT-S-OFDM is 1-12, indicating the DMRS symbol of DFT-S-OFDM and DMRS of CP-OFDM. The location is the same, FDM is used between the two; when the DFT-S-OFDM DMRS port number is 13-16, it means that it is in close proximity to CP-OFDM, and thereafter.
下面描述在当前模式为聚合模式时,对应上述情况一和情况二的本申请实施例的当前模式对应的DMRS的图样的情形。The following describes the case of the DMRS pattern corresponding to the current mode of the embodiment of the present application in the first case and the second case when the current mode is the aggregation mode.
可选地,作为一个实施例,在当前模式为聚合模式时,该聚合模式对应Y个资源调度单元聚合传输,Y为大于或等于2的整数;针对上述情况一,本申请实施例中,如图14所示,该当前模式对应的DMRS图样中DMRS占用Y个资源调度单元中前Y 1个资源调度单元中每一个资源调度单中连续的至少一个符号,Y 1为大于或等于1且小于Y的整数。图12示出了Y=3,Y 1=1的情形。 Optionally, in an embodiment, when the current mode is the aggregation mode, the aggregation mode is corresponding to the Y resource scheduling unit aggregation transmission, and Y is an integer greater than or equal to 2; as shown in FIG. 14, the current mode corresponding to the DMRS pattern occupied by the DMRS resource scheduling unit Y in at least one symbol before consecutive Y 1 each resource scheduling unit in a single resource scheduling, Y 1 is equal to or greater than 1 and less than An integer of Y. Fig. 12 shows a case where Y = 3 and Y 1 = 1.
图15示出了现有方式中,在聚合模式时,仍然按照图5所示预设图样中的位置传输DMRS,由图15可以看出,该预设的DMRS图样中DMRS占用Y个资源调度单元中每一个资源调度单元中连续的至少一个符号,FIG. 15 shows that in the current mode, in the aggregation mode, the DMRS is still transmitted according to the location in the preset pattern shown in FIG. 5. As can be seen from FIG. 15, the DMRS in the preset DMRS pattern occupies Y resource scheduling. At least one symbol consecutive in each resource scheduling unit in the unit,
由于在情况一的场景下,信道状态比较稳定,并且由于Y个资源调度单元联合传输,该Y个资源调度单元的信道状态类似,因此,仅需要传输少量的DMRS即可实现数据的解调。由于图15中每一个资源调度单元中均传输有DMRS,则会造成了资源的浪费。Since the channel state is relatively stable in the scenario of the first case, and the channel states of the Y resource scheduling units are similar due to the joint transmission of the Y resource scheduling units, the data demodulation can be realized only by transmitting a small number of DMRSs. Since DMRS is transmitted in each resource scheduling unit in FIG. 15, a waste of resources is caused.
而本申请实施例中,在聚合模式时,DMRS仅占用了聚合传输的Y个中的前Y 1个资源调度单元中的符号,减小了DMRS占用的资源,避免了资源浪费,提升网络性能。 In the embodiment of the present application, in the aggregation mode, the DMRS only occupies the symbols in the first Y 1 resource scheduling units in the Y transmissions, which reduces the resources occupied by the DMRS, avoids resource waste, and improves network performance. .
可选地,作为一个实施例,在当前模式为聚合模式时,该聚合模式对应Y个资源调度单元聚合传输,Y为大于或等于2的整数。针对上述情况二,本申请实施例中,如图16所示,该当前模式对应的DMRS图样中DMRS占用Y个资源调度单元中每一个资源调度单元中的L 1组符号,L 1为小于L的整数,其中,该L 1组符号均不相邻,该L 1组符号中每一组符号包括连续的至少一个符号,其中图16中示出了L 1=1,且该一组符号包括一个 符号的情形。 Optionally, as an embodiment, when the current mode is an aggregation mode, the aggregation mode corresponds to Y resource scheduling units to aggregate transmission, and Y is an integer greater than or equal to 2. For the above two cases, the application of the present embodiment, as shown in FIG. 16, the current mode corresponding to the DMRS pattern occupied by the DMRS symbols Y group. 1 L resource units in each scheduling resource scheduling unit, L 1 is less than L An integer, wherein the L 1 set of symbols are not adjacent, each set of the L 1 set of symbols includes a continuous at least one symbol, wherein L 1 =1 is shown in FIG. 16 , and the set of symbols includes A symbolic situation.
图17示出了现有方式中,在聚合模式时,仍然按照图6所示预设图样中的位置传输DMRS,由图17可以看出,该预设的DMRS图样中DMRS占用Y个资源调度单元中每一个资源调度单元中L组符号,L为大于或等于2的整数,其中,该L组符号均不相邻,该L组符号中每一组符号包括连续的至少一个符号。FIG. 17 shows that in the current mode, in the aggregation mode, the DMRS is still transmitted according to the location in the preset pattern shown in FIG. 6. As can be seen from FIG. 17, the DMRS in the preset DMRS pattern occupies Y resource scheduling. The L group symbol in each resource scheduling unit in the unit, L is an integer greater than or equal to 2, wherein the L group symbols are not adjacent, and each group symbol in the L group symbol includes consecutive at least one symbol.
由图17可以看出,在聚合模式时,每一个资源调度单元均中DMRS均占用L组符号的情形,然而,在聚合模式时,多个资源调度单元联合传输,因此,该联合传输的多个资源调度单元的信道具有一定的关联关系,因此可以通过较少的DMRS即可实现数据的准确解调。然而,由于图17中每一个资源调度单元中均传输有L组DMRS,造成了资源的浪费。It can be seen from FIG. 17 that in the aggregation mode, each resource scheduling unit has a case where the DMRSs occupy the L group symbols. However, in the aggregation mode, multiple resource scheduling units jointly transmit, and therefore, the joint transmission is more The channels of the resource scheduling units have a certain relationship, so that accurate demodulation of data can be achieved by less DMRS. However, since each group of resource scheduling units in FIG. 17 transmits L groups of DMRSs, resource waste is caused.
而本申请实施例中,在聚合模式时,DMRS仅占用了聚合传输的Y个资源调度单元中每一个资源调度单元中L 1组符号,减小了DMRS占用的资源,避免了资源浪费,提升网络性能。 In the embodiment of the present application, in the aggregation mode, the DMRS only occupies the L 1 group symbol in each resource scheduling unit of the Y resource scheduling units that are aggregated and transmitted, which reduces the resources occupied by the DMRS, thereby avoiding resource waste and improving. Network performance.
应理解,图16中描述了L为2的例子,但本申请实施例并不限于此,每一个资源调度单元中DMRS可以占有多组符号,例如,占有3组、4组或更多组符号等。类似的,图16中仅示出了L 1=1的情形,但本申请实施例并不限于此,只要L 1小于L即可。 It should be understood that an example in which L is 2 is described in FIG. 16, but the embodiment of the present application is not limited thereto, and the DMRS in each resource scheduling unit may occupy multiple groups of symbols, for example, occupy 3 groups, 4 groups or more groups of symbols. Wait. Similarly, only the case of L 1 =1 is shown in FIG. 16, but the embodiment of the present application is not limited thereto as long as L 1 is smaller than L.
需要说明的是,图17示出了现有方式中,在跳频模式时,仍然按照图6所示预设图样中的位置传输DMRS,由图17可以看出,整个聚合的资源中DMRS的分布不均匀,由于接收端需要使用DMRS对之后的数据进行解调,由于相邻的DMRS符号之间的间距不均匀,在相邻的两组DMRS符号间距较大时,在接收端接收到前面传输的DMRS后,需要对该DMRS之后的数据进行解调,由于该间距较大,可能出现信道状态波动较大,会出现数据解调不够准确的可能,类似的,在相邻的两组DMRS符号间距较小时,可能信道状态比较稳定,接收端设备在较短的符号间隔后又接收到一组DMRS,造成资源浪费。It should be noted that, in the prior art, in the frequency hopping mode, the DMRS is still transmitted according to the position in the preset pattern shown in FIG. 6. As can be seen from FIG. 17, the DMRS of the entire aggregated resource is The distribution is not uniform. Because the receiving end needs to use DMRS to demodulate the subsequent data, because the spacing between adjacent DMRS symbols is not uniform, when the adjacent two groups of DMRS symbols have a large spacing, the receiving end receives the front. After the transmitted DMRS, the data after the DMRS needs to be demodulated. Due to the large spacing, the channel state fluctuation may occur, and the data demodulation may be insufficiently accurate. Similarly, in the adjacent two groups of DMRSs. When the symbol spacing is small, the channel state may be relatively stable, and the receiving device receives a set of DMRSs after a short symbol interval, resulting in waste of resources.
可替代地,本申请实施例中,如图18所示,该当前模式对应的DMRS图样中DMRS占用Y个资源调度单元中每一个资源调度单元中的L组符号,该当前模式对应的DMRS图样中DMRS占用的Y*L组符号中任意相邻的两组符号的间距的最大差值为S个符号,S<R,其中,该预设的DMRS图样中DMRS占用的Y*L组符号中任意相邻的两组符号的间距的最大差值为R个符号。例如,如图17所示,相连的两组符号的间距最大值为8个符号,相连的两组符号的间距最小值为4个符号,所以该R=8-4=4,如图18所示,相连的两组符号的间距最大值为6个符号,相连的两组符号的间距最小值为6个符号,S=6-6=0。Alternatively, in the embodiment of the present application, as shown in FIG. 18, the DMRS in the DMRS pattern corresponding to the current mode occupies L groups of symbols in each resource scheduling unit of the Y resource scheduling units, and the DMRS pattern corresponding to the current mode. The maximum difference between the spacing of any two adjacent symbols in the Y*L group symbol occupied by the DMRS is S symbols, S<R, where the DMRS occupied by the DMRS in the preset DMRS pattern is in the Y*L group symbol The maximum difference between the spacing of any two adjacent sets of symbols is R symbols. For example, as shown in FIG. 17, the maximum distance between two groups of symbols connected is 8 symbols, and the minimum interval between two groups of symbols is 4 symbols, so the R=8-4=4, as shown in FIG. It is shown that the maximum distance between the two groups of symbols is 6 symbols, and the minimum distance between the two groups of symbols is 6 symbols, S=6-6=0.
因此,本申请实施例中,在聚合模式时,DMRS占用的聚合传输的Y个资源调度单元中的符号分布比较均匀,能够提高解调性能,且避免了资源浪费,提升网络性能。Therefore, in the embodiment of the present application, in the aggregation mode, the symbol distribution in the Y resource scheduling units of the aggregated transmission occupied by the DMRS is relatively uniform, which can improve the demodulation performance, avoid resource waste, and improve network performance.
应理解,本文中,并不对DMRS所占用的一组符号中的符号个数做限定,该一组符号可以包括至少一个符号,例如,包括1个符号、2个符号或3个符号等。本申请实施并不限于此。It should be understood that, herein, the number of symbols in a group of symbols occupied by the DMRS is not limited, and the group of symbols may include at least one symbol, for example, including 1 symbol, 2 symbols, or 3 symbols. The implementation of the application is not limited thereto.
应注意,上述实施例的例子仅仅是为了帮助本领域技术人员理解本申请实施例,而非要将本申请实施例限于所例示的具体数值或具体场景。本领域技术人员根据上述给出的例子,显然可以进行各种等价的修改或变化,这样的修改或变化也落入本申请实施例的范围内。It should be noted that the examples of the above embodiments are only intended to help those skilled in the art to understand the embodiments of the present application, and the embodiments of the present application are not limited to the specific numerical values or specific examples illustrated. A person skilled in the art will be able to make various modifications or changes in the embodiments according to the examples given above, and such modifications or variations are also within the scope of the embodiments of the present application.
上文中结合图1至图37详细描述了根据本申请实施例的用于传输DMRS的方法,下面将结合图19详细描述本申请实施例的通信设备。A method for transmitting a DMRS according to an embodiment of the present application is described in detail above with reference to FIG. 1 through FIG. 37. The communication device of the embodiment of the present application will be described in detail below with reference to FIG.
图19示出了根据本申请实施例的通信设备1900的示意性框图,该通信设备可以为网络设备或终端设备。具体地,如图19所示,该通信设备1900包括:处理器1910和收发器1920。FIG. 19 shows a schematic block diagram of a communication device 1900, which may be a network device or a terminal device, in accordance with an embodiment of the present application. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 19, the communication device 1900 includes a processor 1910 and a transceiver 1920.
该处理器用于确定资源调度单元的当前模式,该当前模式包括跳频模式或聚合模式,该跳频模式表示一个资源调度单元中一部分符号位于第一频段,另一部分符号位于第二频段,该聚合模式表示多个资源调度单元聚合传输;The processor is configured to determine a current mode of the resource scheduling unit, where the current mode includes a frequency hopping mode or an aggregation mode, where the frequency hopping mode indicates that a part of symbols in one resource scheduling unit is located in the first frequency band, and another part of the symbol is located in the second frequency band, the aggregation The mode indicates that multiple resource scheduling units aggregate transmissions;
该收发器用于使用与该当前模式对应的DMRS图样进行DMRS的映射或解映射,其中,该当前模式对应的DMRS图样中DMRS占用的符号位置与预设的DMRS图样中DMRS占用的符号位置不同。The transceiver is configured to perform mapping or demapping of the DMRS by using the DMRS pattern corresponding to the current mode, where the symbol position occupied by the DMRS in the DMRS pattern corresponding to the current mode is different from the symbol position occupied by the DMRS in the preset DMRS pattern.
因此,本申请实施例中当前模式下的DMRS的图样与预设的图样不同,本申请实施例能够根据不同的模式,灵活地选择DMRS占用的符号位置,进而本申请实施例能够满足不同模式的要求,提升网络性能。Therefore, in the embodiment of the present application, the pattern of the DMRS in the current mode is different from the preset pattern. The embodiment of the present application can flexibly select the symbol position occupied by the DMRS according to different modes, and the embodiment of the present application can satisfy different modes. Requirements to improve network performance.
可选地,作为另一实施例,该当前模式为跳频模式,Optionally, as another embodiment, the current mode is a frequency hopping mode,
该预设的DMRS图样中DMRS占用未跳频的一个资源调度单元中连续的N个符号,N为大于或等于1的整数;In the preset DMRS pattern, the DMRS occupies consecutive N symbols in a resource scheduling unit that is not hopped, and N is an integer greater than or equal to 1;
该当前模式对应的DMRS图样中DMRS占用该第一频段中连续的N 1个符号,以及该第二频段中连续的N 2个符号,N 1为大于或等于1的整数,N 2为大于或等于1的整数。 The DMRS pattern corresponding to the current mode occupies consecutive N 1 symbols in the first frequency band, and consecutive N 2 symbols in the second frequency band, N 1 is an integer greater than or equal to 1, and N 2 is greater than or An integer equal to 1.
可选地,作为另一实施例,该N 1=N 2,且该第一频段中该N 1个符号的位置与该第二频段中该N 2个符号的位置对称。 Optionally, as another embodiment, the N 1 =N 2 , and the position of the N 1 symbols in the first frequency band is symmetric with the position of the N 2 symbols in the second frequency band.
可选地,作为另一实施例,该N2个符号包括该第二频段中的第一个符号。Optionally, as another embodiment, the N2 symbols include a first symbol in the second frequency band.
可选地,作为另一实施例,该当前模式为资源跳频模式,Optionally, as another embodiment, the current mode is a resource hopping mode,
该预设的DMRS图样中DMRS占用未跳频的一个资源调度单元中连续的M个符号和连续的K个符号,其中,该M个符号与该K个符号不相邻;The DMRS in the preset DMRS pattern occupies consecutive M symbols and consecutive K symbols in a resource scheduling unit that is not hopped, wherein the M symbols are not adjacent to the K symbols;
该当前模式对应的DMRS图样中DMRS占用该第一频段的符号中连续的M 1个符号和连续的K 1个符号,以及该第二频段中连续的M 2个符号和连续的K 2个符号,其中,该M 1个符号与该K 1个符号不相邻,该M 2个符号与该K 2个符号不相邻,M、K、M 1、K 1、M 2、K 2为大于或等于1的整数。 The DMRS pattern corresponding to the current mode occupies consecutive M 1 symbols and consecutive K 1 symbols in the symbol of the first frequency band, and consecutive M 2 symbols and consecutive K 2 symbols in the second frequency band Wherein the M 1 symbols are not adjacent to the K 1 symbols, the M 2 symbols are not adjacent to the K 2 symbols, and M, K, M 1 , K 1 , M 2 , K 2 are greater than Or an integer equal to 1.
可选地,作为另一实施例,M 1=M 2,K 1=K 2,且该第一频段中该M 1个符号以及该K 1个符号的位置与该第二频段中该M 2个符号以及该K 2个符号的位置对称。 Optionally, as another embodiment, M 1 =M 2 , K 1 =K 2 , and the M 1 symbols and the position of the K 1 symbols in the first frequency band and the M 2 in the second frequency band The symbols and the positions of the K 2 symbols are symmetrical.
可选地,作为另一实施例,该M 2个符号包括该第二频段中的第一个符号。 Optionally, as another embodiment, the M 2 symbols include a first symbol in the second frequency band.
可选地,作为另一实施例,该预设的DMRS图样中DMRS还占用该未跳频的一个资源调度单元中连续的P个符号,该P个符号与该M个符号和该K个符号均不相邻;Optionally, in another embodiment, the DMRS in the preset DMRS pattern further occupies consecutive P symbols in the resource scheduling unit that is not hopped, the P symbols and the M symbols and the K symbols. Not adjacent;
该当前模式对应的DMRS图样中DMRS还占用该第一频段的符号中连续的P1个符号,以及该第二频段中连续的P2个符号,其中,该P 1个符号与该M 1个符号和该K 1个符号均不相邻,该P 2个符号与该M 2个符号与该K 2个符号均不相邻,P、P 1、P 2为大于或等于1的整数。 The DMRS in the DMRS pattern corresponding to the current mode further occupies consecutive P1 symbols in the symbol of the first frequency band, and consecutive P2 symbols in the second frequency band, where the P 1 symbols and the M 1 symbols are The K 1 symbols are not adjacent, and the P 2 symbols and the M 2 symbols are not adjacent to the K 2 symbols, and P, P 1 , and P 2 are integers greater than or equal to 1.
可选地,作为另一实施例,该当前模式为聚合模式,该多个资源调度单元为Y个,Y 为大于或等于2的整数;Optionally, in another embodiment, the current mode is an aggregation mode, where the plurality of resource scheduling units are Y, and Y is an integer greater than or equal to 2;
该预设的DMRS图样中DMRS占用Y个资源调度单元中每一个资源调度单元中连续的至少一个符号,The DMRS in the preset DMRS pattern occupies at least one consecutive symbol in each resource scheduling unit of the Y resource scheduling units,
该当前模式对应的DMRS图样中DMRS占用Y个资源调度单元中前Y 1个资源调度单元中每一个资源调度单中连续的至少一个符号,Y 1为大于或等于1且小于Y的整数。 The DMRS in the DMRS pattern corresponding to the current mode occupies at least one consecutive symbol in each of the first Y 1 resource scheduling units in the Y resource scheduling units, and Y 1 is an integer greater than or equal to 1 and less than Y.
可选地,作为另一实施例,该当前模式为聚合模式,该多个资源调度单元为Y个,Optionally, in another embodiment, the current mode is an aggregation mode, and the multiple resource scheduling units are Y.
该预设的DMRS图样中DMRS占用Y个资源调度单元中每一个资源调度单元中L组符号,L为大于或等于2的整数,其中,该L组符号均不相邻,该L组符号中每一组符号包括连续的至少一个符号;The DMRS in the preset DMRS pattern occupies the L group symbol in each resource scheduling unit of the Y resource scheduling units, and L is an integer greater than or equal to 2, wherein the L group symbols are not adjacent, and the L group symbols are Each set of symbols includes at least one symbol in succession;
该当前模式对应的DMRS图样中DMRS占用Y个资源调度单元中每一个资源调度单元中的L 1组符号,L 1为小于L的整数,其中,该L 1组符号均不相邻,该L 1组符号中每一组符号包括连续的至少一个符号。 The DMRS in the DMRS pattern corresponding to the current mode occupies the L 1 group symbol in each resource scheduling unit of the Y resource scheduling units, and L 1 is an integer smaller than L, wherein the L 1 group symbols are not adjacent, and the L 1 group of symbols each symbol comprising a set of at least one consecutive symbols.
可选地,作为另一实施例,该当前模式为聚合模式,该多个资源调度单元为Y个,Optionally, in another embodiment, the current mode is an aggregation mode, and the multiple resource scheduling units are Y.
该预设的DMRS图样中DMRS占用Y个资源调度单元中每一个资源调度单元中L组符号,该当前模式对应的DMRS图样中DMRS占用Y个资源调度单元中每一个资源调度单元中的L组符号,其中,L为大于或等于2的整数,其中,该L组符号均不相邻,该L组符号中每一组符号包括连续的至少一个符号,The DMRS in the preset DMRS pattern occupies L group symbols in each resource scheduling unit of the Y resource scheduling units, and the DMRS pattern corresponding to the current mode occupies the L group in each resource scheduling unit of the Y resource scheduling units. a symbol, where L is an integer greater than or equal to 2, wherein the L sets of symbols are not adjacent, and each set of symbols in the L set of symbols includes consecutive at least one symbol,
该预设的DMRS图样中DMRS占用的Y*L组符号中任意相邻的两组符号的间距的最大差值为R个符号,该当前模式对应的DMRS图样中DMRS占用的Y*L组符号中任意相邻的两组符号的间距的最大差值为S个符号,S<R。The maximum difference between the spacings of any two adjacent symbols in the Y*L group symbol occupied by the DMRS in the preset DMRS pattern is R symbols, and the Y*L group symbols occupied by the DMRS in the DMRS pattern corresponding to the current mode. The maximum difference between the spacing of any two adjacent symbols in the middle is S symbols, S < R.
可选地,作为另一实施例,该通信设备为网络设备,该收发器还用于向终端设备发送第一指示信息,该第一指示信息用于终端设备确定资源调度单元的当前模式。Optionally, in another embodiment, the communications device is a network device, where the transceiver is further configured to send, to the terminal device, first indication information, where the first indication information is used by the terminal device to determine a current mode of the resource scheduling unit.
可选地,作为另一实施例,该通信设备为网络设备,该收发器还用于向终端设备发送第二指示信息,该第二指示信息用于指示该当前模式对应的DMRS图样。Optionally, in another embodiment, the communications device is a network device, where the transceiver is further configured to send second indication information to the terminal device, where the second indication information is used to indicate a DMRS pattern corresponding to the current mode.
可选地,作为另一实施例,该通信设备为终端设备,该收发器还用于接收网络设备发送的第一指示信息,该第一指示信息用于终端设备确定资源调度单元的当前模式;Optionally, as another embodiment, the communications device is a terminal device, where the transceiver is further configured to receive first indication information that is sent by the network device, where the first indication information is used by the terminal device to determine a current mode of the resource scheduling unit;
其中,该处理器具体用于根据该第一指示信息,确定该当前模式。The processor is specifically configured to determine the current mode according to the first indication information.
可选地,作为另一实施例,该通信设备为终端设备,该收发器还用于接收网络设备发送第二指示信息,该第二指示信息用于指示该当前模式对应的DMRS图样。Optionally, in another embodiment, the communications device is a terminal device, where the transceiver is further configured to receive, by the network device, second indication information, where the second indication information is used to indicate a DMRS pattern corresponding to the current mode.
因此,本申请实施例中当前模式下的DMRS的图样与预设的图样不同,本申请实施例能够根据不同的模式,灵活地选择DMRS占用的符号位置,进而本申请实施例能够满足不同模式的要求,提升网络性能。Therefore, in the embodiment of the present application, the pattern of the DMRS in the current mode is different from the preset pattern. The embodiment of the present application can flexibly select the symbol position occupied by the DMRS according to different modes, and the embodiment of the present application can satisfy different modes. Requirements to improve network performance.
应理解,图19所示的通信设备1900能够实现图1至图37方法实施例中涉及网络设备或终端设备的各个过程。通信设备1900中的各个模块的操作和/或功能,分别为了实现上述方法实施例中的相应流程。具体可参见上述方法实施例中的描述,为避免重复,此处适当省略详述描述。It should be understood that the communication device 1900 shown in FIG. 19 can implement various processes related to the network device or the terminal device in the method embodiments of FIGS. 1 to 37. The operations and/or functions of the various modules in the communication device 1900 are respectively implemented in order to implement the corresponding processes in the above method embodiments. For details, refer to the description in the foregoing method embodiments. To avoid repetition, the detailed description is omitted here.
应理解,本申请实施例中处理器1910的可以通过处理单元或芯片实现,可选地,收发器1920可以由发射器或接收器构成,或由收发单元构成,本申请实施例并不限于此。It should be understood that the processor 1910 in the embodiment of the present application may be implemented by a processing unit or a chip. Optionally, the transceiver 1920 may be configured by a transmitter or a receiver, or may be configured by a transceiver unit. The embodiment of the present application is not limited thereto. .
应注意,本申请实施例中的处理器(例如,图19中的处理器1910)可以是一种集成 电路芯片,具有信号的处理能力。在实现过程中,上述方法实施例的各步骤可以通过处理器中的硬件的集成逻辑电路或者软件形式的指令完成。上述的处理器可以是通用处理器、数字信号处理器(digital signal processor,DSP)、专用集成电路(application specific integrated circuit,ASIC)、现成可编程门阵列(field programmable gate array,FPGA)或者其他可编程逻辑器件、分立门或者晶体管逻辑器件、分立硬件组件。可以实现或者执行本申请实施例中的公开的各方法、步骤及逻辑框图。通用处理器可以是微处理器或者该处理器也可以是任何常规的处理器等。结合本申请实施例所公开的方法的步骤可以直接体现为硬件译码处理器执行完成,或者用译码处理器中的硬件及软件模块组合执行完成。软件模块可以位于随机存储器,闪存、只读存储器,可编程只读存储器或者电可擦写可编程存储器、寄存器等本领域成熟的存储介质中。该存储介质位于存储器,处理器读取存储器中的信息,结合其硬件完成上述方法的步骤。It should be noted that the processor (e.g., processor 1910 in FIG. 19) in the embodiment of the present application may be an integrated circuit chip having signal processing capabilities. In the implementation process, each step of the foregoing method embodiments may be completed by an integrated logic circuit of hardware in a processor or an instruction in a form of software. The above processor may be a general purpose processor, a digital signal processor (DSP), an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), a field programmable gate array (FPGA) or the like. Programming logic devices, discrete gates or transistor logic devices, discrete hardware components. The methods, steps, and logical block diagrams disclosed in the embodiments of the present application can be implemented or executed. The general purpose processor may be a microprocessor or the processor or any conventional processor or the like. The steps of the method disclosed in the embodiments of the present application may be directly implemented by the hardware decoding processor, or may be performed by a combination of hardware and software modules in the decoding processor. The software module can be located in a conventional storage medium such as random access memory, flash memory, read only memory, programmable read only memory or electrically erasable programmable memory, registers, and the like. The storage medium is located in the memory, and the processor reads the information in the memory and combines the hardware to complete the steps of the above method.
可以理解,本申请实施例中的存储器(例如,图19中的存储器1930)可以是易失性存储器或非易失性存储器,或可包括易失性和非易失性存储器两者。其中,非易失性存储器可以是只读存储器(read-only memory,ROM)、可编程只读存储器(programmable ROM,PROM)、可擦除可编程只读存储器(erasable PROM,EPROM)、电可擦除可编程只读存储器(electrically EPROM,EEPROM)或闪存。易失性存储器可以是随机存取存储器(random access memory,RAM),其用作外部高速缓存。通过示例性但不是限制性说明,许多形式的RAM可用,例如静态随机存取存储器(static RAM,SRAM)、动态随机存取存储器(dynamic RAM,DRAM)、同步动态随机存取存储器(synchronous DRAM,SDRAM)、双倍数据速率同步动态随机存取存储器(double data rate SDRAM,DDR SDRAM)、增强型同步动态随机存取存储器(enhanced SDRAM,ESDRAM)、同步连接动态随机存取存储器(synchlink DRAM,SLDRAM)和直接内存总线随机存取存储器(direct rambus RAM,DR RAM)。应注意,本文描述的系统和方法的存储器旨在包括但不限于这些和任意其它适合类型的存储器。It is to be understood that the memory (e.g., memory 1930 in FIG. 19) in the embodiments of the present application can be either volatile memory or non-volatile memory, or can include both volatile and non-volatile memory. The non-volatile memory may be a read-only memory (ROM), a programmable read only memory (ROMM), an erasable programmable read only memory (erasable PROM, EPROM), or an electrical Erase programmable EPROM (EEPROM) or flash memory. The volatile memory can be a random access memory (RAM) that acts as an external cache. By way of example and not limitation, many forms of RAM are available, such as static random access memory (SRAM), dynamic random access memory (DRAM), synchronous dynamic random access memory (Synchronous DRAM). SDRAM), double data rate synchronous DRAM (DDR SDRAM), enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory (ESDRAM), synchronously connected dynamic random access memory (synchlink DRAM, SLDRAM) ) and direct memory bus random access memory (DR RAM). It should be noted that the memories of the systems and methods described herein are intended to comprise, without being limited to, these and any other suitable types of memory.
本申请实施例还提供了一种计算机可读介质,其上存储有计算机程序,该计算机程序被计算机执行时实现上述任一方法实施例中的用于传输DMRS的方法。The embodiment of the present application further provides a computer readable medium having stored thereon a computer program, which is implemented by a computer to implement the method for transmitting a DMRS in any of the foregoing method embodiments.
本申请实施例还提供了一种计算机程序产品,该计算机程序产品被计算机执行时实现上述任一方法实施例中的用于传输DMRS的方法。The embodiment of the present application further provides a computer program product, which is implemented by a computer to implement the method for transmitting a DMRS in any of the foregoing method embodiments.
在上述实施例中,可以全部或部分地通过软件、硬件、固件或者其任意组合来实现。当使用软件实现时,可以全部或部分地以计算机程序产品的形式实现。所述计算机程序产品包括一个或多个计算机指令。在计算机上加载和执行所述计算机指令时,全部或部分地产生按照本申请实施例所述的流程或功能。所述计算机可以是通用计算机、专用计算机、计算机网络、或者其他可编程装置。所述计算机指令可以存储在计算机可读存储介质中,或者从一个计算机可读存储介质向另一个计算机可读存储介质传输,例如,所述计算机指令可以从一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心通过有线(例如同轴电缆、光纤、数字用户线(digital subscriber line,DSL))或无线(例如红外、无线、微波等)方式向另一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心进行传输。所述计算机可读存储介质可以是计算机能够存取的任何可用介质或者是包含一个或多个可用介质集成的服务器、数据中心等数据存储设备。所述可用介质可以是磁性介质(例如,软盘、硬盘、磁带)、光介质(例 如,高密度数字视频光盘(digital video disc,DVD))、或者半导体介质(例如,固态硬盘(solid state disk,SSD))等。In the above embodiments, it may be implemented in whole or in part by software, hardware, firmware, or any combination thereof. When implemented in software, it may be implemented in whole or in part in the form of a computer program product. The computer program product includes one or more computer instructions. When the computer instructions are loaded and executed on a computer, the processes or functions described in accordance with embodiments of the present application are generated in whole or in part. The computer can be a general purpose computer, a special purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable device. The computer instructions can be stored in a computer readable storage medium or transferred from one computer readable storage medium to another computer readable storage medium, for example, the computer instructions can be from a website site, computer, server or data center Transmission to another website site, computer, server or data center via wired (eg coaxial cable, fiber optic, digital subscriber line (DSL)) or wireless (eg infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.). The computer readable storage medium can be any available media that can be accessed by a computer or a data storage device such as a server, data center, or the like that includes one or more available media. The usable medium may be a magnetic medium (eg, a floppy disk, a hard disk, a magnetic tape), an optical medium (eg, a high-density digital video disc (DVD)), or a semiconductor medium (eg, a solid state disk, SSD)) and so on.
本申请实施例还提供了一种处理装置,包括处理器和接口;所述处理器,用于执行上述任一方法实施例中的用于传输DMRS的方法。The embodiment of the present application further provides a processing apparatus, including a processor and an interface, where the processor is configured to perform a method for transmitting a DMRS in any one of the foregoing method embodiments.
应理解,上述处理装置可以是一个芯片,所述处理器可以通过硬件来实现也可以通过软件来实现,当通过硬件实现时,该处理器可以是逻辑电路、集成电路等;当通过软件来实现时,该处理器可以是一个通用处理器,通过读取存储器中存储的软件代码来实现,改存储器可以集成在处理器中,可以位于所述处理器之外,独立存在。It should be understood that the foregoing processing device may be a chip, and the processor may be implemented by hardware or by software. When implemented by hardware, the processor may be a logic circuit, an integrated circuit, etc.; The processor may be a general purpose processor implemented by reading software code stored in the memory. The memory may be integrated in the processor and may exist independently of the processor.
应理解,说明书通篇中提到的“一个实施例”或“一实施例”意味着与实施例有关的特定特征、结构或特性包括在本申请的至少一个实施例中。因此,在整个说明书各处出现的“在一个实施例中”或“在一实施例中”未必一定指相同的实施例。此外,这些特定的特征、结构或特性可以任意适合的方式结合在一个或多个实施例中。应理解,在本申请的各种实施例中,上述各过程的序号的大小并不意味着执行顺序的先后,各过程的执行顺序应以其功能和内在逻辑确定,而不应对本申请实施例的实施过程构成任何限定。It is to be understood that the phrase "one embodiment" or "an embodiment" or "an embodiment" or "an embodiment" means that the particular features, structures, or characteristics relating to the embodiments are included in at least one embodiment of the present application. Thus, "in one embodiment" or "in an embodiment" or "an" In addition, these particular features, structures, or characteristics may be combined in any suitable manner in one or more embodiments. It should be understood that, in the various embodiments of the present application, the size of the sequence numbers of the foregoing processes does not mean the order of execution sequence, and the order of execution of each process should be determined by its function and internal logic, and should not be applied to the embodiment of the present application. The implementation process constitutes any limitation.
另外,本文中术语“系统”和“网络”在本文中常被可互换使用。本文中术语“和/或”,仅仅是一种描述关联对象的关联关系,表示可以存在三种关系,例如,A和/或B,可以表示:单独存在A,同时存在A和B,单独存在B这三种情况。另外,本文中字符“/”,一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系。Additionally, the terms "system" and "network" are used interchangeably herein. The term "and/or" in this context is merely an association describing the associated object, indicating that there may be three relationships, for example, A and/or B, which may indicate that A exists separately, and both A and B exist, respectively. B these three situations. In addition, the character "/" in this article generally indicates that the contextual object is an "or" relationship.
应理解,在本申请实施例中,“与A相应的B”表示B与A相关联,根据A可以确定B。但还应理解,根据A确定B并不意味着仅仅根据A确定B,还可以根据A和/或其它信息确定B。It should be understood that in the embodiment of the present application, "B corresponding to A" means that B is associated with A, and B can be determined according to A. However, it should also be understood that determining B from A does not mean that B is only determined based on A, and that B can also be determined based on A and/or other information.
本领域普通技术人员可以意识到,结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的单元及算法步骤,能够以电子硬件、计算机软件或者二者的结合来实现,为了清楚地说明硬件和软件的可互换性,在上述说明中已经按照功能一般性地描述了各示例的组成及步骤。这些功能究竟以硬件还是软件方式来执行,取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能,但是这种实现不应认为超出本申请的范围。Those of ordinary skill in the art will appreciate that the elements and algorithm steps of the various examples described in connection with the embodiments disclosed herein can be implemented in electronic hardware, computer software, or a combination of both, for clarity of hardware and software. Interchangeability, the composition and steps of the various examples have been generally described in terms of function in the above description. Whether these functions are performed in hardware or software depends on the specific application and design constraints of the solution. A person skilled in the art can use different methods to implement the described functions for each particular application, but such implementation should not be considered to be beyond the scope of the present application.
所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到,为了描述的方便和简洁,上述描述的系统、装置和单元的具体工作过程,可以参考前述方法实施例中的对应过程,在此不再赘述。A person skilled in the art can clearly understand that, for the convenience and brevity of the description, the specific working process of the system, the device and the unit described above can refer to the corresponding process in the foregoing method embodiment, and details are not described herein again.
在本申请所提供的几个实施例中,应该理解到,所揭露的系统、装置和方法,可以通过其它的方式实现。例如,以上所描述的装置实施例仅仅是示意性的,例如,单元的划分,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式,例如多个单元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个系统,或一些特征可以忽略,或不执行。另外,所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口、装置或单元的间接耦合或通信连接,也可以是电的,机械的或其它的形式连接。In the several embodiments provided by the present application, it should be understood that the disclosed systems, devices, and methods may be implemented in other manners. For example, the device embodiments described above are merely illustrative. For example, the division of cells is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be another division manner. For example, multiple units or components may be combined or integrated. Go to another system, or some features can be ignored or not executed. In addition, the mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection shown or discussed may be an indirect coupling or communication connection through some interface, device or unit, or an electrical, mechanical or other form of connection.
作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的,作为单元显示的部件可以是或者也可以不是物理单元,即可以位于一个地方,或者也可以分布到多个网络单元上。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部单元来实现本申请实施例方案的目的。The units described as separate components may or may not be physically separate, and the components displayed as units may or may not be physical units, that is, may be located in one place, or may be distributed to multiple network units. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the objectives of the embodiments of the present application.
另外,在本申请各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元中,也可以是各 个单元单独物理存在,也可以是两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。上述集成的单元既可以采用硬件的形式实现,也可以采用软件功能单元的形式实现。In addition, each functional unit in each embodiment of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist physically separately, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit. The above integrated unit can be implemented in the form of hardware or in the form of a software functional unit.
通过以上的实施方式的描述,所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到本申请可以用硬件实现,或固件实现,或它们的组合方式来实现。当使用软件实现时,可以将上述功能存储在计算机可读介质中或作为计算机可读介质上的一个或多个指令或代码进行传输。计算机可读介质包括计算机存储介质和通信介质,其中通信介质包括便于从一个地方向另一个地方传送计算机程序的任何介质。存储介质可以是计算机能够存取的任何可用介质。以此为例但不限于:计算机可读介质可以包括RAM、ROM、EEPROM、CD-ROM或其他光盘存储、磁盘存储介质或者其他磁存储设备、或者能够用于携带或存储具有指令或数据结构形式的期望的程序代码并能够由计算机存取的任何其他介质。此外。任何连接可以适当的成为计算机可读介质。例如,如果软件是使用同轴电缆、光纤光缆、双绞线、数字用户线(DSL)或者诸如红外线、无线电和微波之类的无线技术从网站、服务器或者其他远程源传输的,那么同轴电缆、光纤光缆、双绞线、DSL或者诸如红外线、无线和微波之类的无线技术包括在所属介质的定影中。如本申请所使用的,盘(Disk)和碟(disc)包括压缩光碟(CD)、激光碟、光碟、数字通用光碟(DVD)、软盘和蓝光光碟,其中盘通常磁性的复制数据,而碟则用激光来光学的复制数据。上面的组合也应当包括在计算机可读介质的保护范围之内。Through the description of the above embodiments, those skilled in the art can clearly understand that the present application can be implemented by hardware implementation, firmware implementation, or a combination thereof. When implemented in software, the functions described above may be stored in or transmitted as one or more instructions or code on a computer readable medium. Computer readable media includes both computer storage media and communication media including any medium that facilitates transfer of a computer program from one location to another. A storage medium may be any available media that can be accessed by a computer. By way of example and not limitation, computer readable media may comprise RAM, ROM, EEPROM, CD-ROM or other optical disk storage, disk storage media or other magnetic storage device, or can be used for carrying or storing in the form of an instruction or data structure. The desired program code and any other medium that can be accessed by the computer. Also. Any connection may suitably be a computer readable medium. For example, if the software is transmitted from a website, server, or other remote source using coaxial cable, fiber optic cable, twisted pair, digital subscriber line (DSL), or wireless technologies such as infrared, radio, and microwave, then the coaxial cable , fiber optic cable, twisted pair, DSL, or wireless technologies such as infrared, wireless, and microwave are included in the fixing of the associated media. As used herein, a disk and a disc include a compact disc (CD), a laser disc, a compact disc, a digital versatile disc (DVD), a floppy disc, and a Blu-ray disc, wherein the disc is usually magnetically copied, and the disc is The laser is used to optically replicate the data. Combinations of the above should also be included within the scope of the computer readable media.
总之,以上所述仅为本申请技术方案的较佳实施例而已,并非用于限定本申请的保护范围。凡在本申请的精神和原则之内,所作的任何修改、等同替换、改进等,均应包含在本申请的保护范围之内。In summary, the above description is only a preferred embodiment of the technical solution of the present application, and is not intended to limit the scope of the present application. Any modifications, equivalent substitutions, improvements, etc. made within the spirit and principles of this application are intended to be included within the scope of the present application.

Claims (97)

  1. 一种用于传输解调参考信号DMRS的方法,其特征在于,包括:A method for transmitting a demodulation reference signal DMRS, comprising:
    通信设备确定资源调度单元的当前模式,所述当前模式包括跳频模式或聚合模式,所述跳频模式表示一个资源调度单元中一部分符号位于第一频段,另一部分符号位于第二频段,所述聚合模式表示多个资源调度单元聚合传输;The communication device determines a current mode of the resource scheduling unit, where the current mode includes a frequency hopping mode or an aggregation mode, where the frequency hopping mode indicates that a part of the symbols in one resource scheduling unit is located in the first frequency band, and another part of the symbol is located in the second frequency band, The aggregation mode indicates that multiple resource scheduling units aggregate transmissions;
    所述通信设备使用与所述当前模式对应的DMRS图样进行DMRS的映射或解映射,其中,所述当前模式对应的DMRS图样中DMRS占用的符号位置与预设的DMRS图样中DMRS占用的符号位置不同。The communication device performs mapping or demapping of the DMRS by using the DMRS pattern corresponding to the current mode, where the symbol position occupied by the DMRS in the DMRS pattern corresponding to the current mode and the symbol position occupied by the DMRS in the preset DMRS pattern different.
  2. 一种通信设备,其特征在于,包括:A communication device, comprising:
    处理器和收发器,Processor and transceiver,
    所述处理器用于确定资源调度单元的当前模式,所述当前模式包括跳频模式或聚合模式,所述跳频模式表示一个资源调度单元中一部分符号位于第一频段,另一部分符号位于第二频段,所述聚合模式表示多个资源调度单元聚合传输;The processor is configured to determine a current mode of the resource scheduling unit, where the current mode includes a frequency hopping mode or an aggregation mode, where the frequency hopping mode indicates that a part of symbols in one resource scheduling unit is in a first frequency band, and another part of the symbol is in a second frequency band. The aggregation mode indicates that a plurality of resource scheduling units aggregate transmissions;
    所述收发器用于使用与所述当前模式对应的DMRS图样进行DMRS的映射或解映射,其中,所述当前模式对应的DMRS图样中DMRS占用的符号位置与预设的DMRS图样中DMRS占用的符号位置不同。The transceiver is configured to perform mapping or demapping of the DMRS by using the DMRS pattern corresponding to the current mode, where the symbol position occupied by the DMRS in the DMRS pattern corresponding to the current mode and the symbol occupied by the DMRS in the preset DMRS pattern The location is different.
  3. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,或者根据权利要求2所述的通信设备,其特征在于,所述当前模式为跳频模式,The method according to claim 1, or the communication device according to claim 2, wherein the current mode is a frequency hopping mode,
    所述预设的DMRS图样中DMRS占用未跳频的一个资源调度单元中连续的N个符号,N为大于或等于1的整数;The DMRS in the preset DMRS pattern occupies consecutive N symbols in a resource scheduling unit that is not hopped, and N is an integer greater than or equal to 1;
    所述当前模式对应的DMRS图样中DMRS占用所述第一频段中连续的N 1个符号,以及所述第二频段中连续的N 2个符号,N 1为大于或等于1的整数,N 2为大于或等于1的整数。 The DMRS in the DMRS pattern corresponding to the current mode occupies consecutive N 1 symbols in the first frequency band, and consecutive N 2 symbols in the second frequency band, and N 1 is an integer greater than or equal to 1, N 2 Is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
  4. 根据权利要求3所述的方法,或者根据权利要求3所述的通信设备,其特征在于,A method according to claim 3 or a communication device according to claim 3, characterized in that
    所述N 1=N 2,且所述第一频段中所述N 1个符号的位置与所述第二频段中所述N 2个符号的位置对称。 The N 1 =N 2 , and the positions of the N 1 symbols in the first frequency band are symmetric with the positions of the N 2 symbols in the second frequency band.
  5. 根据权利要求3所述的方法,或者根据权利要求3所述的通信设备,其特征在于,A method according to claim 3 or a communication device according to claim 3, characterized in that
    所述N 2个符号包括所述第二频段中的第一个符号。 The N 2 symbols include a first symbol in the second frequency band.
  6. 根据权利要求3或5所述的方法,或者根据权利要求3或5所述的通信设备,其特征在于,A method according to claim 3 or 5, or a communication device according to claim 3 or 5, characterized in that
    所述N 1个符号包括所述第一频段中的第一区域中的第一个符号,所述第一区域为数据和DMRS占用的符号。 The N 1 symbols include a first symbol in a first region of the first frequency band, and the first region is a symbol occupied by data and DMRS.
  7. 根据权利要求6所述的方法,或者根据权利要求6所述的通信设备,其特征在于,The method according to claim 6, or the communication device according to claim 6, wherein
    所述N 1=N 2=1,或者,所述N 1=N 2=2。 The N 1 =N 2 =1, or the N 1 =N 2 =2.
  8. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,或者根据权利要求2所述的通信设备,其特征在于,所述当前模式为资源跳频模式,The method according to claim 1, or the communication device according to claim 2, wherein the current mode is a resource hopping mode,
    所述预设的DMRS图样中DMRS占用未跳频的一个资源调度单元中连续的M个符号 和连续的K个符号,其中,所述M个符号与所述K个符号不相邻;The DMRS in the preset DMRS pattern occupies consecutive M symbols and consecutive K symbols in a resource scheduling unit that is not hopped, wherein the M symbols are not adjacent to the K symbols;
    所述当前模式对应的DMRS图样中DMRS占用所述第一频段的符号中连续的M 1个符号和连续的K 1个符号,以及所述第二频段中连续的M 2个符号和连续的K 2个符号,其中,所述M 1个符号与所述K 1个符号不相邻,所述M 2个符号与所述K 2个符号不相邻,M、K、M 1、K 1、M 2、K 2为大于或等于1的整数。K 2符号与所述K个符号的位置相同,或者,所述K 2个符号位置为预设位置。 The DMRS in the DMRS pattern corresponding to the current mode occupies consecutive M 1 symbols and consecutive K 1 symbols in the symbols of the first frequency band, and consecutive M 2 symbols and consecutive Ks in the second frequency band. 2 symbols, wherein the M 1 symbols are not adjacent to the K 1 symbols, and the M 2 symbols are not adjacent to the K 2 symbols, M, K, M 1 , K 1 , M 2 and K 2 are integers greater than or equal to 1. The K 2 symbol is the same as the position of the K symbols, or the K 2 symbol positions are preset positions.
  9. 根据权利要求8所述的方法,或者根据权利要求8所述的通信设备,其特征在于,A method according to claim 8, or a communication device according to claim 8, characterized in that
    所述K 1个符号包括所述第一频段中的倒数第一个符号、倒数第二个符号或者倒数第三个符号。 The K 1 symbols include a first symbol from the bottom of the first frequency band, a second last symbol, or a third symbol from the last.
  10. 根据权利要求9所述的方法,或者根据权利要求9所述的通信设备,其特征在于,A method according to claim 9, or a communication device according to claim 9, characterized in that
    所述M 1个符号包括所述第一频段中第一区域中的第一符号,所述第一区域包括所数据和DMRS占用的符号。 The M 1 symbols include a first symbol in a first region of the first frequency band, and the first region includes a symbol occupied by the data and the DMRS.
  11. 根据权利要求9或10所述的方法,或者根据权利要求9或10所述的通信设备,其特征在于,A method according to claim 9 or 10, or a communication device according to claim 9 or 10, characterized in that
    所述M 2个符号包括所述第二频段中的第一个符号。 The M 2 symbols include a first symbol in the second frequency band.
  12. 根据权利要求8所述的方法,或者根据权利要求8所述的通信设备,其特征在于,A method according to claim 8, or a communication device according to claim 8, characterized in that
    M 1=M,所述M 1个符号与所述M个符号的位置相同, M 1 =M, the M 1 symbols are the same as the positions of the M symbols,
    所述K 1个符号包括所述第一频段中的最后一个符号, The K 1 symbols include a last symbol in the first frequency band,
    所述M 2符号包括所述第一频段中的第一个符号, The M 2 symbol includes a first symbol in the first frequency band,
    K 2=K,所述k 2符号与所述K个符号的位置相同,或者,所述K 2个符号位置为预设位置。 K 2 =K, the k 2 symbol is the same as the position of the K symbols, or the K 2 symbol positions are preset positions.
  13. 根据权利要求8所述的方法,或者根据权利要求8所述的通信设备,其特征在于,A method according to claim 8, or a communication device according to claim 8, characterized in that
    M 1=M,所述M 1个符号与所述M个符号的位置相同, M 1 =M, the M 1 symbols are the same as the positions of the M symbols,
    所述K 1个符号包括整个资源调度单元中的第7个符号,所述整个资源调度单元包括第一频段和第二频段占用的符号之和,所述整个资源调度单元包括14个符号, The K 1 symbols include a 7th symbol in the entire resource scheduling unit, and the entire resource scheduling unit includes a sum of symbols occupied by the first frequency band and the second frequency band, where the entire resource scheduling unit includes 14 symbols.
    所述M 2符号包括所述整个资源调度单元中的第8个符号, The M 2 symbol includes an eighth symbol in the entire resource scheduling unit,
    K 2=K,所述K 2符号与所述K个符号的位置相同,或者,所述K 2个符号位置为预设位置。 K 2 =K, the K 2 symbol is the same as the position of the K symbols, or the K 2 symbol positions are preset positions.
  14. 根据权利要求8所述的方法,或者根据权利要求8所述的通信设备,其特征在于,A method according to claim 8, or a communication device according to claim 8, characterized in that
    M 1=M 2,K 1=K 2,且所述第一频段中所述M 1个符号以及所述K 1个符号的位置与所述第二频段中所述M 2个符号以及所述K 2个符号的位置对称。 M 1 =M 2 , K 1 =K 2 , and the M 1 symbols and the position of the K 1 symbols in the first frequency band and the M 2 symbols in the second frequency band and the The position of K 2 symbols is symmetrical.
  15. 根据权利要求14所述的方法,或者根据权利要求14所述的通信设备,其特征在于,A method according to claim 14, or a communication device according to claim 14, wherein
    所述M 2个符号包括所述第二频段中的第一个符号。 The M 2 symbols include a first symbol in the second frequency band.
  16. 根据权利要求8至15中任一项所述的方法,或者根据权利要求8至15中任一项所述的通信设备,其特征在于,The method according to any one of claims 8 to 15, or the communication device according to any one of claims 8 to 15, characterized in that
    所述预设的DMRS图样中DMRS还占用所述未跳频的一个资源调度单元中连续的P个符号,所述P个符号与所述M个符号和所述K个符号均不相邻;The DMRS in the preset DMRS pattern also occupies consecutive P symbols in one resource scheduling unit that is not hopped, and the P symbols are not adjacent to the M symbols and the K symbols;
    所述当前模式对应的DMRS图样中DMRS还占用所述第一频段的符号中连续的P 1个 符号,以及所述第二频段中连续的P 2个符号,其中,所述P 1个符号与所述M 1个符号和所述K 1个符号均不相邻,所述P 2个符号与所述M 2个符号与所述K 2个符号均不相邻,P、P 1、P 2为大于或等于1的整数。 The DMRS pattern corresponding to the current mode in a first frequency band occupied by further DMRS symbols of the continuous P 1 of symbols, and the second frequency band in successive symbols P 2, wherein P 1 and the symbol The M 1 symbols and the K 1 symbols are not adjacent, and the P 2 symbols and the M 2 symbols are not adjacent to the K 2 symbols, P, P 1 , P 2 Is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
  17. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,或者根据权利要求2所述的通信设备,其特征在于,所述当前模式为聚合模式,所述多个资源调度单元为Y个,Y为大于或等于2的整数;The method according to claim 1, or the communication device according to claim 2, wherein the current mode is an aggregation mode, the plurality of resource scheduling units are Y, and Y is greater than or equal to 2. Integer
    所述预设的DMRS图样中DMRS占用Y个资源调度单元中每一个资源调度单元中连续的至少一个符号,The DMRS in the preset DMRS pattern occupies at least one consecutive symbol in each resource scheduling unit of the Y resource scheduling units,
    所述当前模式对应的DMRS图样中DMRS占用Y个资源调度单元中前Y 1个资源调度单元中每一个资源调度单中连续的至少一个符号,Y 1为大于或等于1且小于Y的整数。 The DMRS in the DMRS pattern corresponding to the current mode occupies at least one consecutive symbol in each of the first Y 1 resource scheduling units in the Y resource scheduling units, and Y 1 is an integer greater than or equal to 1 and less than Y.
  18. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,或者根据权利要求2所述的通信设备,其特征在于,所述当前模式为聚合模式,所述多个资源调度单元为Y个,The method according to claim 1, or the communication device according to claim 2, wherein the current mode is an aggregation mode, and the plurality of resource scheduling units are Y.
    所述预设的DMRS图样中DMRS占用Y个资源调度单元中每一个资源调度单元中L组符号,L为大于或等于2的整数,其中,所述L组符号均不相邻,所述L组符号中每一组符号包括连续的至少一个符号;The DMRS in the preset DMRS pattern occupies the L group symbol in each resource scheduling unit of the Y resource scheduling units, where L is an integer greater than or equal to 2, wherein the L group symbols are not adjacent, the L Each set of symbols in the group symbol includes at least one symbol in succession;
    所述当前模式对应的DMRS图样中DMRS占用Y个资源调度单元中每一个资源调度单元中的L 1组符号,L 1为小于L的整数,其中,所述L 1组符号均不相邻,所述L 1组符号中每一组符号包括连续的至少一个符号。 The DMRS in the DMRS pattern corresponding to the current mode occupies the L 1 group symbol in each resource scheduling unit of the Y resource scheduling units, and L 1 is an integer smaller than L, wherein the L 1 group symbols are not adjacent. Each set of symbols in the L 1 set of symbols includes at least one symbol in succession.
  19. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,或者根据权利要求2所述的通信设备,其特征在于,所述当前模式为聚合模式,所述多个资源调度单元为Y个,The method according to claim 1, or the communication device according to claim 2, wherein the current mode is an aggregation mode, and the plurality of resource scheduling units are Y.
    所述预设的DMRS图样中DMRS占用Y个资源调度单元中每一个资源调度单元中L组符号,所述当前模式对应的DMRS图样中DMRS占用Y个资源调度单元中每一个资源调度单元中的L组符号,其中,L为大于或等于2的整数,其中,所述L组符号均不相邻,所述L组符号中每一组符号包括连续的至少一个符号,The DMRS in the preset DMRS pattern occupies L group symbols in each resource scheduling unit of the Y resource scheduling units, and the DMRS in the DMRS pattern corresponding to the current mode occupies each resource scheduling unit in the Y resource scheduling units. L group symbols, wherein L is an integer greater than or equal to 2, wherein the L sets of symbols are not adjacent, and each set of symbols in the L sets of symbols includes consecutive at least one symbol,
    所述预设的DMRS图样中DMRS占用的Y*L组符号中任意相邻的两组符号的间距的最大差值为R个符号,所述当前模式对应的DMRS图样中DMRS占用的Y*L组符号中任意相邻的两组符号的间距的最大差值为S个符号,S<R。The maximum difference between the distances of any two adjacent symbols in the Y*L group symbol occupied by the DMRS in the preset DMRS pattern is R symbols, and the Y*L occupied by the DMRS in the DMRS pattern corresponding to the current mode. The maximum difference between the spacing of any two adjacent symbols in the group symbol is S symbols, S < R.
  20. 根据权利要求1、3至19中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述通信设备为网络设备,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein the communication device is a network device, the method further comprising:
    所述通信设备向终端设备发送第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于终端设备确定资源调度单元的当前模式。The communication device sends first indication information to the terminal device, where the first indication information is used by the terminal device to determine a current mode of the resource scheduling unit.
  21. 根据权利要求1、3至20中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述通信设备为网络设备,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein the communication device is a network device, the method further comprising:
    所述通信设备向终端设备发送第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述当前模式对应的DMRS图样。The communication device sends the second indication information to the terminal device, where the second indication information is used to indicate the DMRS pattern corresponding to the current mode.
  22. 根据权利要求1、3至19中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述通信设备为终端设备,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein the communication device is a terminal device, the method further comprising:
    所述通信设备接收网络设备发送的第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于终端设备确定资源调度单元的当前模式;Receiving, by the communications device, first indication information that is sent by the network device, where the first indication information is used by the terminal device to determine a current mode of the resource scheduling unit;
    其中,所述通信设备确定资源调度单元的当前模式,包括:The communication device determines a current mode of the resource scheduling unit, including:
    所述通信设备根据所述第一指示信息,确定所述当前模式。The communication device determines the current mode according to the first indication information.
  23. 根据权利要求1、3至19、22中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述通信设备为终端设备,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein the communication device is a terminal device, the method further comprising:
    所述通信设备接收网络设备发送第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述当前模式对应的DMRS图样。The communication device receiving the network device sends the second indication information, where the second indication information is used to indicate the DMRS pattern corresponding to the current mode.
  24. 根据权利要求2、3至19中任一项所述的通信设备,其特征在于,所述通信设备为网络设备,所述收发器还用于向终端设备发送第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于终端设备确定资源调度单元的当前模式。The communication device according to any one of claims 2 to 3, wherein the communication device is a network device, and the transceiver is further configured to send first indication information to the terminal device, the first The indication information is used by the terminal device to determine a current mode of the resource scheduling unit.
  25. 根据权利要求2、3至19、24中任一项所述的通信设备,其特征在于,所述通信设备为网络设备,所述收发器还用于向终端设备发送第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述当前模式对应的DMRS图样。The communication device according to any one of claims 2, 3 to 19, and 24, wherein the communication device is a network device, and the transceiver is further configured to send second indication information to the terminal device, The second indication information is used to indicate a DMRS pattern corresponding to the current mode.
  26. 根据权利要求2、3至19中任一项所述的通信设备,其特征在于,所述通信设备为终端设备,所述收发器还用于接收网络设备发送的第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于终端设备确定资源调度单元的当前模式;The communication device according to any one of claims 2 to 3, wherein the communication device is a terminal device, and the transceiver is further configured to receive first indication information sent by the network device, where the An indication information is used by the terminal device to determine a current mode of the resource scheduling unit;
    其中,所述处理器具体用于根据所述第一指示信息,确定所述当前模式。The processor is specifically configured to determine the current mode according to the first indication information.
  27. 根据权利要求2、3至19、26中任一项所述的通信设备,其特征在于,所述通信设备为终端设备,所述收发器还用于接收网络设备发送第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述当前模式对应的DMRS图样。The communication device according to any one of claims 2, 3 to 19, or 26, wherein the communication device is a terminal device, and the transceiver is further configured to receive, by the network device, second indication information, The second indication information is used to indicate a DMRS pattern corresponding to the current mode.
  28. 一种通信设备,其特征在于,包括:A communication device, comprising:
    处理单元和收发单元,Processing unit and transceiver unit,
    所述处理单元用于确定资源调度单元的当前模式,所述当前模式包括跳频模式或聚合模式,所述跳频模式表示一个资源调度单元中一部分符号位于第一频段,另一部分符号位于第二频段,所述聚合模式表示多个资源调度单元聚合传输;The processing unit is configured to determine a current mode of the resource scheduling unit, where the current mode includes a frequency hopping mode or an aggregation mode, where the frequency hopping mode indicates that a part of symbols in one resource scheduling unit is in the first frequency band, and another part symbol is located in the second mode. a frequency band, where the aggregation mode indicates that a plurality of resource scheduling units aggregate transmissions;
    所述收发单元用于使用与所述当前模式对应的DMRS图样进行DMRS的映射或解映射,其中,所述当前模式对应的DMRS图样中DMRS占用的符号位置与预设的DMRS图样中DMRS占用的符号位置不同。The transceiver unit is configured to perform mapping or demapping of the DMRS by using the DMRS pattern corresponding to the current mode, where the symbol position occupied by the DMRS in the DMRS pattern corresponding to the current mode is occupied by the DMRS in the preset DMRS pattern. The symbol positions are different.
  29. 一种处理装置,其特征在于,包括:处理器和接口;A processing device, comprising: a processor and an interface;
    所述处理器用于执行权利要求1、3至23中任一项所述的方法。The processor is operative to perform the method of any one of claims 1, 3 to 23.
  30. 一种处理装置,其特征在于,包括:处理器、接口和存储器;A processing device, comprising: a processor, an interface, and a memory;
    所述存储器中存储有代码,所述处理器用于执行所述存储器中的代码执行权利要求1、3至23中任一项所述的方法。A code is stored in the memory, and the processor is configured to execute the code in the memory to perform the method of any one of claims 1, 3 to 23.
  31. 根据权利要求30所述的处理装置,其特征在于,A processing apparatus according to claim 30, wherein
    所述存储器设置在所述处理器中,或The memory is disposed in the processor, or
    所述存储器与所述处理器独立设置。The memory is set independently of the processor.
  32. 一种计算机可读存储介质,其特征在于,包括计算机程序,当所述计算机程序在计算机上运行时,使得所述计算机执行如权利要求1、3至23中任一项所述的方法。A computer readable storage medium, comprising a computer program, when the computer program is run on a computer, causing the computer to perform the method of any one of claims 1, 3 to 23.
  33. 一种计算机程序产品,其特征在于,所述计算机程序产品被计算机执行时,使得所述计算机实现权利要求1、3至23中任一项所述的方法。A computer program product, wherein the computer program product is executed by a computer such that the computer implements the method of any one of claims 1, 3 to 23.
  34. 一种通信系统,包括:A communication system comprising:
    第一通信装置,用于按照权利要求1、3至23中任一项所述的方法进行DMRS的映射;a first communication device, configured to perform mapping of DMRS according to the method of any one of claims 1, 3 to 23;
    第二通信装置,用于按照权利要求1、3至23中任一项所述的方法进行DMRS的解映射。A second communication device for performing demapping of the DMRS according to the method of any one of claims 1, 3 to 23.
  35. 一种用于传输解调参考信号DMRS的方法,其特征在于,包括:A method for transmitting a demodulation reference signal DMRS, comprising:
    通信设备使用附加DMRS的指示信息,确定跳频模式对应的DMRS图样,所述附加DMRS表示位于前载荷DMRS之后的其他段DMRS,所述指示信息用于指示以下中的至少一种:是否存在所述附加DMRS、所述附加DMRS的数目和所述附加DMRS的位置,所述跳频模式表示一个资源调度单元中一部分符号位于第一频段,另一部分符号位于第二频段,The communication device determines the DMRS pattern corresponding to the frequency hopping mode by using the indication information of the additional DMRS, where the additional DMRS indicates another segment DMRS located after the pre-load DMRS, and the indication information is used to indicate at least one of the following: An additional DMRS, a number of the additional DMRSs, and a location of the additional DMRS, where the frequency hopping mode indicates that a part of symbols in one resource scheduling unit is in the first frequency band, and another part of the symbol is in the second frequency band.
    所述通信设备使用所述DMRS图样进行DMRS的映射或解映射。The communication device performs mapping or demapping of the DMRS using the DMRS pattern.
  36. 一种通信设备,其特征在于,包括:A communication device, comprising:
    处理器和收发器,Processor and transceiver,
    所述处理器用于使用附加DMRS的指示信息,确定跳频模式对应的DMRS图样,所述附加DMRS表示位于前载荷DMRS之后的其他段DMRS,所述指示信息用于指示以下中的至少一种:是否存在所述附加DMRS、所述附加DMRS的数目和所述附加DMRS的位置,所述跳频模式表示一个资源调度单元中一部分符号位于第一频段,另一部分符号位于第二频段,The processor is configured to determine, by using indication information of the additional DMRS, a DMRS pattern corresponding to the frequency hopping mode, where the additional DMRS indicates another segment DMRS located after the pre-load DMRS, where the indication information is used to indicate at least one of the following: Whether there is the additional DMRS, the number of the additional DMRSs, and the location of the additional DMRS, where the frequency hopping mode indicates that one of the symbols in one resource scheduling unit is located in the first frequency band, and the other part of the symbol is located in the second frequency band.
    所述收发器用于使用所述DMRS图样进行DMRS的映射或解映射。The transceiver is configured to perform mapping or demapping of the DMRS using the DMRS pattern.
  37. 根据权利要求35所述的方法,或者,根据权利要求36所述的通信设备,其特征在于,A method according to claim 35, or a communication device according to claim 36, wherein
    在所述指示信息用于指示不存在所述附加DMRS时,所述DMRS图样中DMRS占用所述第一频段中一段符号,以及所述第二频段中一段符号,其中一段符号包括连续的至少一个符号。When the indication information is used to indicate that the additional DMRS does not exist, the DMRS in the DMRS pattern occupies a segment of the first frequency band and a segment of the second frequency band, wherein a segment of the symbol includes at least one consecutive symbol.
  38. 根据权利要求37所述的方法,或者根据权利要求37所述的通信设备,其特征在于,A method according to claim 37, or a communication device according to claim 37, characterized in that
    所述第一频段中的一段符号包括所述第一频段中第一区域中的第一符号,所述第一区域包括所数据和DMRS占用的符号。A segment of the first frequency band includes a first symbol in a first region of the first frequency band, the first region including a symbol occupied by the data and the DMRS.
  39. 根据权利要求37或38所述的方法,或者根据权利要求37或38所述的通信设备,其特征在于,A method according to claim 37 or 38, or a communication device according to claim 37 or 38, characterized in that
    所述第二频段中的一段符号包括所述第二频段中的第一个符号。A segment of the second frequency band includes a first symbol of the second frequency band.
  40. 根据权利要求35所述的方法,或者,根据权利要求36所述的通信设备,其特征在于,A method according to claim 35, or a communication device according to claim 36, wherein
    在所述指示信息用于指示存在所述附加DMRS时,所述DMRS图样中DMRS占用所述第一频段中的符号段数和位置,以及占用的第二频段中的符号段数和位置与所述指示信息以及前载荷DMRS指示信息指示的段数和位置相同。When the indication information is used to indicate that the additional DMRS exists, the DMRS in the DMRS pattern occupies the number of symbols and the location in the first frequency band, and the number and location of the symbol segments in the occupied second frequency band and the indication The information and the pre-load DMRS indication information indicate the same number of segments and locations.
  41. 根据权利要求35所述的方法,或者,根据权利要求36所述的通信设备,其特征在于,A method according to claim 35, or a communication device according to claim 36, wherein
    在所述指示信息用于指示存在所述附加DMRS时,When the indication information is used to indicate that the additional DMRS exists,
    所述DMRS图样中DMRS占用所述第一频段中不连续的两段符号,以及所述第二频段中不连续的两段符号,The DMRS in the DMRS pattern occupies two consecutive symbols in the first frequency band, and two non-contiguous symbols in the second frequency band,
    或者,or,
    所述DMRS图样中DMRS占用所述第一频段中不连续的两段符号,以及所述第二频段中一段符号,The DMRS in the DMRS pattern occupies two consecutive symbols in the first frequency band and a symbol in the second frequency band.
    或者,or,
    所述DMRS图样中DMRS占用所述第一频段中的一段符号,以及所述第二频段中不连续的两段符号,The DMRS in the DMRS pattern occupies a segment of the first frequency band and two consecutive symbols in the second frequency band,
    其中,所述两段符号中每段符号包括连续的指示一个符号,所述一段符号包括连续的至少一个符号。Wherein each of the two segments of symbols comprises a continuous indication of a symbol, the segment of the symbol comprising at least one symbol in succession.
  42. 根据权利要求40或41所述的方法,或者根据权利要求40或41所述的通信设备,其特征在于,A method according to claim 40 or 41, or a communication device according to claim 40 or 41, characterized in that
    在所述DMRS图样中DMRS占用第一频段中不连续的两段符号时,第一频段中所述两段符号中的后一段符号包括所述第一频段中的最后一个符号;When the DMRS in the DMRS pattern occupies two consecutive symbols in the first frequency band, the next one of the two symbols in the first frequency band includes the last symbol in the first frequency band;
    或者,or,
    在所述DMRS图样中DMRS占用第二频段中不连续的两段符号时,第二频段中所述两段符号中的前一段符号包括所述第二频段中的第一个符号。When the DMRS occupies two consecutive symbols in the second frequency band in the DMRS pattern, the previous one of the two frequency symbols in the second frequency band includes the first symbol in the second frequency band.
  43. 一种通信设备,其特征在于,包括:A communication device, comprising:
    处理单元和收发单元,Processing unit and transceiver unit,
    所述处理单元用于使用附加DMRS的指示信息,确定跳频模式对应的DMRS图样,所述附加DMRS表示位于前载荷DMRS之后的其他段DMRS,所述指示信息用于指示以下中的至少一种:是否存在所述附加DMRS、所述附加DMRS的数目和所述附加DMRS的位置,所述跳频模式表示一个资源调度单元中一部分符号位于第一频段,另一部分符号位于第二频段,The processing unit is configured to determine, by using indication information of the additional DMRS, a DMRS pattern corresponding to the frequency hopping mode, where the additional DMRS indicates another segment DMRS located after the pre-load DMRS, and the indication information is used to indicate at least one of the following Whether there is the additional DMRS, the number of the additional DMRSs, and the location of the additional DMRS, where the frequency hopping mode indicates that one of the symbols in one resource scheduling unit is located in the first frequency band, and the other part of the symbol is located in the second frequency band.
    所述收发单元用于使用所述DMRS图样进行DMRS的映射或解映射。The transceiver unit is configured to perform mapping or demapping of the DMRS by using the DMRS pattern.
  44. 一种处理装置,其特征在于,包括:处理器和接口;A processing device, comprising: a processor and an interface;
    所述处理器用于执行权利要求35、37至42中任一项所述的方法。The processor is operative to perform the method of any one of claims 35, 37 to 42.
  45. 一种处理装置,其特征在于,包括:处理器、接口和存储器;A processing device, comprising: a processor, an interface, and a memory;
    所述存储器中存储有代码,所述处理器用于执行所述存储器中的代码执行权利要求35、37至42中任一项所述的方法。A code is stored in the memory, and the processor is configured to execute the code in the memory to perform the method of any one of claims 35, 37 to 42.
  46. 根据权利要求45所述的处理装置,其特征在于,A processing apparatus according to claim 45, wherein
    所述存储器设置在所述处理器中,或The memory is disposed in the processor, or
    所述存储器与所述处理器独立设置。The memory is set independently of the processor.
  47. 一种计算机可读存储介质,其特征在于,包括计算机程序,当所述计算机程序在计算机上运行时,使得所述计算机执行如权利要求35、37至42中任一项所述的方法。A computer readable storage medium, comprising a computer program, when the computer program is run on a computer, causing the computer to perform the method of any one of claims 35, 37 to 42.
  48. 一种计算机程序产品,其特征在于,所述计算机程序产品被计算机执行时,使得所述计算机实现权利要求35、37至42中任一项所述的方法。A computer program product, wherein the computer program product is executed by a computer such that the computer implements the method of any one of claims 35, 37 to 42.
  49. 一种通信系统,包括:A communication system comprising:
    第一通信装置,用于按照权利要求35、37至42中任一项所述的方法进行DMRS的 映射;a first communication device, configured to perform mapping of DMRS according to the method of any one of claims 35, 37 to 42;
    第二通信装置,用于按照权利要求35、37至42中任一项所述的方法进行DMRS的解映射。A second communication device for performing demapping of the DMRS according to the method of any one of claims 35, 37 to 42.
  50. 一种用于传输解调参考信号DMRS的方法,其特征在于,包括:A method for transmitting a demodulation reference signal DMRS, comprising:
    网络设备确定跳频模式对应的DMRS图样;所述跳频模式表示一个资源调度单元中一部分符号位于第一频段,另一部分符号位于第二频段;The network device determines a DMRS pattern corresponding to the frequency hopping mode; the frequency hopping mode indicates that a part of the symbols in one resource scheduling unit is located in the first frequency band, and another part of the symbol is located in the second frequency band;
    所述网络设备使用所述DMRS图样进行DMRS的映射;The network device performs mapping of the DMRS by using the DMRS pattern;
    所述网络设备向终端设备发送与所述DMRS图样相应的附加DMRS配置参数;所述DMRS配置参数用于指示以下中的至少一种:是否存在所述附加DMRS、所述附加DMRS的数目和所述附加DMRS的位置,所述附加DMRS表示位于前载荷DMRS之后的其他段DMRS。Transmitting, by the network device, an additional DMRS configuration parameter corresponding to the DMRS pattern to the terminal device; the DMRS configuration parameter is used to indicate at least one of: whether the additional DMRS, the number and the additional DMRS are present The location of the additional DMRS is indicated, and the additional DMRS represents other segment DMRSs located after the pre-load DMRS.
  51. 如权利要求50所述的方法,其特征在于,所述网络设备在跳频模式和未跳频模式下,使用同样的附加DMRS配置参数,确定出的DMRS图样中DMRS的段数不同。The method according to claim 50, wherein the network device uses the same additional DMRS configuration parameters in the frequency hopping mode and the non-frequency hopping mode to determine that the number of DMRS segments in the DMRS pattern is different.
  52. 如权利要求50所述的方法,其特征在于,The method of claim 50 wherein:
    所述附加DMRS配置参数中未配置附加DMRS,所述跳频模式对应的DMRS图样中,所述第一频段和第二频段中只有一段DMRS。An additional DMRS is not configured in the additional DMRS configuration parameter. In the DMRS pattern corresponding to the frequency hopping mode, only one segment of the DMRS is included in the first frequency band and the second frequency band.
  53. 如权利要求50所述的方法,其特征在于,所述附加DMRS配置参数中配置了附加DMRS时,所述跳频模式对应的DMRS图样中,所述第一频段和第二频段各有一段或者两段DMRS。The method according to claim 50, wherein, when the additional DMRS is configured in the additional DMRS configuration parameter, in the DMRS pattern corresponding to the frequency hopping mode, the first frequency band and the second frequency band each have a segment or Two DMRS.
  54. 如权利要求53所述的方法,其特征在于,所述的第一频段或者第二频段不满足DMRS间隔需求时,该第一频段或者第二频段只包括一段DMRS。The method according to claim 53, wherein when the first frequency band or the second frequency band does not meet the DMRS interval requirement, the first frequency band or the second frequency band includes only one segment of the DMRS.
  55. 如权利要求52或54所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二频段的一段DMRS位于所述第二频段的第一个符号。The method of claim 52 or 54, wherein a segment of the DMRS of the second frequency band is located at a first symbol of the second frequency band.
  56. 如权利要求53所述的方法,其特征在于,所述的第一频段或者第二频段满足DMRS间隔需求时,该第一频段或第二频段包括两段DMRS。The method according to claim 53, wherein when the first frequency band or the second frequency band meets a DMRS interval requirement, the first frequency band or the second frequency band includes two DMRSs.
  57. 如权利要求56所述的方法,其特征在于,满足DMRS间隔需求的第一频段或第二频段中的第二段DMRS位于第一段DMRS之后的第四个符号。The method of claim 56, wherein the second DMRS in the first frequency band or the second frequency band that satisfies the DMRS interval requirement is located at a fourth symbol after the first DMRS.
  58. 如权利要求56或57所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二频段的第一段DMRS位于第二频段的第一个符号。The method of claim 56 or 57, wherein the first segment of the DMRS of the second frequency band is located at a first symbol of the second frequency band.
  59. 如权利要求50所述的方法,其特征在于,所述附加DMRS配置参数中配置了附加DMRS时,所述第一频段或第二频段不满足DMRS间隔需求时,所述通信设备确定不跳频;或The method according to claim 50, wherein when the additional DMRS is configured in the additional DMRS configuration parameter, when the first frequency band or the second frequency band does not meet the DMRS interval requirement, the communication device determines that the frequency hopping does not occur. ;or
    所述第一频段和第二频段满足DMRS间隔需求时,所述第一频段和第二频段各包括两段DMRS。When the first frequency band and the second frequency band meet the DMRS interval requirement, the first frequency band and the second frequency band each include two DMRSs.
  60. 如权利要求55至59任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述DMRS间隔需求是频段的两段DMRS间有三个符号。The method according to any one of claims 55 to 59, wherein the DMRS interval requirement is three symbols between two DMRSs of a frequency band.
  61. 一种网络设备,其特征在于,包括处理单元和发送单元:A network device, comprising: a processing unit and a sending unit:
    处理单元,用于确定跳频模式对应的解调参考信号DMRS图样,所述跳频模式表示一个资源调度单元中一部分符号位于第一频段,另一部分符号位于第二频段;a processing unit, configured to determine a demodulation reference signal DMRS pattern corresponding to the frequency hopping mode, where the frequency hopping mode indicates that a part of the symbols in one resource scheduling unit is located in the first frequency band, and another part of the symbol is located in the second frequency band;
    所述处理单元还用于使用所述DMRS图样进行DMRS的映射;The processing unit is further configured to perform mapping of the DMRS by using the DMRS pattern;
    发送单元,用于向终端设备发送与所述DMRS图样相应的附加DMRS配置参数;所述附加DMRS配置参数用于指示以下中的至少一种:是否存在所述附加DMRS、所述附加DMRS的数目和所述附加DMRS的位置;所述附加DMRS表示位于前载荷DMRS之后的其他段DMRS。a sending unit, configured to send, to the terminal device, an additional DMRS configuration parameter corresponding to the DMRS pattern; the additional DMRS configuration parameter is used to indicate at least one of: whether the additional DMRS exists, the number of the additional DMRS And the location of the additional DMRS; the additional DMRS represents other segment DMRSs located after the pre-load DMRS.
  62. 如权利要求61所述的网络设备,其特征在于,所述处理单元在跳频模式和未跳频模式下,使用同样的附加DMRS配置参数,确定出的DMRS图样中DMRS的段数不同。The network device according to claim 61, wherein the processing unit uses the same additional DMRS configuration parameter in the frequency hopping mode and the non-frequency hopping mode to determine that the number of DMRS segments in the DMRS pattern is different.
  63. 如权利要求61所述的网络设备,其特征在于,A network device according to claim 61, wherein
    所述附加DMRS配置参数中未配置附加DMRS,所述处理单元确定出的跳频模式对应的DMRS图样中,所述第一频段和第二频段中只有一段DMRS。An additional DMRS is not configured in the additional DMRS configuration parameter, and the DMRS pattern corresponding to the frequency hopping mode determined by the processing unit is only one DMRS in the first frequency band and the second frequency band.
  64. 如权利要求61所述的网络设备,其特征在于,所述附加DMRS配置参数中配置了附加DMRS时,所述处理单元确定出的跳频模式对应的DMRS图样中,所述第一频段和第二频段各有一段或者两段DMRS。The network device according to claim 61, wherein, when the additional DMRS is configured in the additional DMRS configuration parameter, the first frequency band and the first frequency band are in the DMRS pattern corresponding to the frequency hopping mode determined by the processing unit The two bands each have one or two DMRSs.
  65. 如权利要求64所述的网络设备,其特征在于,所述的第一频段或者第二频段不满足DMRS间隔需求时,该第一频段或者第二频段只包括一段DMRS。The network device according to claim 64, wherein when the first frequency band or the second frequency band does not meet the DMRS interval requirement, the first frequency band or the second frequency band includes only one segment of the DMRS.
  66. 如权利要求63或65所述的网络设备,其特征在于,所述第二频段的一段DMRS位于所述第二频段的第一个符号。The network device according to claim 63 or 65, wherein a DMRS of the second frequency band is located at a first symbol of the second frequency band.
  67. 如权利要求64所述的网络设备,其特征在于,所述的第一频段或者第二频段满足DMRS间隔需求时,该第一频段或第二频段包括两段DMRS。The network device according to claim 64, wherein when the first frequency band or the second frequency band meets a DMRS interval requirement, the first frequency band or the second frequency band includes two DMRSs.
  68. 如权利要求67所述的网络设备,其特征在于,满足DMRS间隔需求的第一频段或第二频段中的第二段DMRS位于第一段DMRS之后的第四个符号。The network device according to claim 67, wherein the second DMRS in the first frequency band or the second frequency band that satisfies the DMRS interval requirement is located at a fourth symbol after the first DMRS.
  69. 如权利要求67或68所述的网络设备,其特征在于,所述第二频段的第一段DMRS位于第二频段的第一个符号。The network device according to claim 67 or 68, wherein the first segment of the DMRS of the second frequency band is located at a first symbol of the second frequency band.
  70. 如权利要求61所述的网络设备,其特征在于,所述附加DMRS配置参数中配置了附加DMRS时,所述第一频段或第二频段不满足DMRS间隔需求时,所述处理单元确定不跳频;或The network device according to claim 61, wherein when the additional DMRS is configured in the additional DMRS configuration parameter, the processing unit determines not to skip when the first frequency band or the second frequency band does not meet the DMRS interval requirement. Frequency; or
    所述第一频段和第二频段满足DMRS间隔需求时,所述处理单元确定所述第一频段和第二频段各包括两段DMRS。When the first frequency band and the second frequency band meet the DMRS interval requirement, the processing unit determines that the first frequency band and the second frequency band each include two DMRSs.
  71. 如权利要求65至70任一项所述的网络设备,其特征在于,所述DMRS间隔需求是频段的两段DMRS间有三个符号。The network device according to any one of claims 65 to 70, wherein the DMRS interval requirement is three symbols between two DMRSs of a frequency band.
  72. 一种用于传输解调参考信号DMRS的方法,其特征在于,包括:A method for transmitting a demodulation reference signal DMRS, comprising:
    终端设备接收附加解调参考信号DMRS配置参数;所述附加DMRS配置参数用于指示以下中的至少一种:是否存在附加DMRS、所述附加DMRS的数目和所述附加DMRS的位置,所述附加DMRS表示位于前载荷DMRS之后的其他段DMRS;The terminal device receives an additional demodulation reference signal DMRS configuration parameter; the additional DMRS configuration parameter is used to indicate at least one of: whether there is an additional DMRS, a number of the additional DMRS, and a location of the additional DMRS, the attaching DMRS indicates other segment DMRSs located after the pre-load DMRS;
    所述终端设备根据接收到的所述附加DMRS配置参数,确定跳频模式对应的DMRS图样;所述跳频模式表示一个资源调度单元中一部分符号位于第一频段,另一部分符号位于第二频段;Determining, by the terminal device, the DMRS pattern corresponding to the frequency hopping mode according to the received additional DMRS configuration parameter; the frequency hopping mode indicates that a part of the symbols in one resource scheduling unit is located in the first frequency band, and another part of the symbol is located in the second frequency band;
    所述终端设备用于使用所述DMRS图样进行DMRS的解映射。The terminal device is configured to perform demapping of the DMRS by using the DMRS pattern.
  73. 如权利要求72所述的方法,其特征在于,所述终端设备在跳频模式和未跳频模式下,使用同样的附加DMRS配置参数,确定出的DMRS图样中DMRS的段数不同。The method according to claim 72, wherein the terminal device uses the same additional DMRS configuration parameter in the frequency hopping mode and the non-frequency hopping mode to determine that the number of DMRS segments in the DMRS pattern is different.
  74. 如权利要求72所述的方法,其特征在于,The method of claim 72, wherein
    所述附加DMRS配置参数中未配置附加DMRS,所述跳频模式对应的DMRS图样中,所述第一频段和第二频段中只有一段DMRS。An additional DMRS is not configured in the additional DMRS configuration parameter. In the DMRS pattern corresponding to the frequency hopping mode, only one segment of the DMRS is included in the first frequency band and the second frequency band.
  75. 如权利要求72所述的方法,其特征在于,所述附加DMRS配置参数中配置了附加DMRS时,所述跳频模式对应的DMRS图样中,所述第一频段和第二频段各有一段或者两段DMRS。The method according to claim 72, wherein, in the DMRS pattern corresponding to the frequency hopping mode, the first frequency band and the second frequency band each have a segment or Two DMRS.
  76. 如权利要求75所述的方法,其特征在于,所述的第一频段或者第二频段不满足DMRS间隔需求时,该第一频段或者第二频段只包括一段DMRS。The method according to claim 75, wherein when the first frequency band or the second frequency band does not meet the DMRS interval requirement, the first frequency band or the second frequency band includes only one segment of the DMRS.
  77. 如权利要求74或76所述的终端设备,其特征在于,所述第二频段的一段DMRS位于所述第二频段的第一个符号。The terminal device according to claim 74 or 76, wherein a DMRS of the second frequency band is located at a first symbol of the second frequency band.
  78. 如权利要求75所述的方法,其特征在于,所述的第一频段或者第二频段满足DMRS间隔需求时,该第一频段或第二频段包括两段DMRS。The method according to claim 75, wherein when the first frequency band or the second frequency band meets a DMRS interval requirement, the first frequency band or the second frequency band includes two DMRSs.
  79. 如权利要求78所述的方法,其特征在于,满足DMRS间隔需求的第一频段或第二频段中的第二段DMRS位于第一段DMRS之后的第四个符号。The method of claim 78, wherein the second DMRS in the first frequency band or the second frequency band that satisfies the DMRS interval requirement is located at a fourth symbol after the first DMRS.
  80. 如权利要求78或79所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二频段的第一段DMRS位于第二频段的第一个符号。The method of claim 78 or 79, wherein the first segment of the DMRS of the second frequency band is located at a first symbol of the second frequency band.
  81. 如权利要求72所述的方法,其特征在于,所述附加DMRS配置参数中配置了附加DMRS时,所述第一频段或第二频段不满足DMRS间隔需求时,所述通信设备确定不跳频;或The method according to claim 72, wherein when the additional DMRS is configured in the additional DMRS configuration parameter, when the first frequency band or the second frequency band does not meet the DMRS interval requirement, the communication device determines that the frequency hopping does not occur. ;or
    所述第一频段和第二频段满足DMRS间隔需求时,所述第一频段和第二频段各包括两段DMRS。When the first frequency band and the second frequency band meet the DMRS interval requirement, the first frequency band and the second frequency band each include two DMRSs.
  82. 如权利要求76至81任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述DMRS间隔需求是频段的两段DMRS间有三个符号。The method according to any one of claims 76 to 81, wherein the DMRS interval requirement is three symbols between two DMRSs of a frequency band.
  83. 一种终端设备,其特征在于,包括处理单元和接收单元:A terminal device, comprising: a processing unit and a receiving unit:
    接收单元,用于接收附加解调参考信号DMRS配置参数;所述附加DMRS配置参数用于指示以下中的至少一种:是否存在附加DMRS、所述附加DMRS的数目和所述附加DMRS的位置,所述附加DMRS表示位于前载荷DMRS之后的其他段DMRS;a receiving unit, configured to receive an additional demodulation reference signal DMRS configuration parameter, where the additional DMRS configuration parameter is used to indicate at least one of: whether there is an additional DMRS, a number of the additional DMRS, and a location of the additional DMRS, The additional DMRS represents other segment DMRSs located after the pre-load DMRS;
    处理单元,用于使用所述接收单元接收到的所述附加DMRS配置参数,确定跳频模式对应的DMRS图样;所述跳频模式表示一个资源调度单元中一部分符号位于第一频段,另一部分符号位于第二频段;a processing unit, configured to determine, by using the additional DMRS configuration parameter received by the receiving unit, a DMRS pattern corresponding to a frequency hopping mode; the frequency hopping mode indicates that a part of a symbol in a resource scheduling unit is located in a first frequency band, and another part of the symbol Located in the second frequency band;
    所述处理单元还用于使用所述DMRS图样进行DMRS的解映射。The processing unit is further configured to perform demapping of the DMRS by using the DMRS pattern.
  84. 如权利要求83所述的终端设备,其特征在于,所述处理单元在跳频模式和未跳频模式下,使用同样的附加DMRS配置参数,确定出的DMRS图样中DMRS的段数不同。The terminal device according to claim 83, wherein the processing unit uses the same additional DMRS configuration parameter in the frequency hopping mode and the non-frequency hopping mode to determine that the number of DMRS segments in the DMRS pattern is different.
  85. 如权利要求83所述的终端设备,其特征在于,A terminal device according to claim 83, characterized in that
    所述附加DMRS配置参数中未配置附加DMRS,所述处理单元确定出的跳频模式对应的DMRS图样中,所述第一频段和第二频段中只有一段DMRS。An additional DMRS is not configured in the additional DMRS configuration parameter, and the DMRS pattern corresponding to the frequency hopping mode determined by the processing unit is only one DMRS in the first frequency band and the second frequency band.
  86. 如权利要求83所述的终端设备,其特征在于,所述附加DMRS配置参数中配置了附加DMRS时,所述处理单元确定出的跳频模式对应的DMRS图样中,所述第一频段和第二频段各有一段或者两段DMRS。The terminal device according to claim 83, wherein, when the additional DMRS is configured in the additional DMRS configuration parameter, the first frequency band and the first frequency band are in the DMRS pattern corresponding to the frequency hopping mode determined by the processing unit The two bands each have one or two DMRSs.
  87. 如权利要求86所述的终端设备,其特征在于,所述的第一频段或者第二频段不满足DMRS间隔需求时,该第一频段或者第二频段只包括一段DMRS。The terminal device according to claim 86, wherein when the first frequency band or the second frequency band does not meet the DMRS interval requirement, the first frequency band or the second frequency band includes only one segment of the DMRS.
  88. 如权利要求85或87所述的终端设备,其特征在于,所述第二频段的一段DMRS位于所述第二频段的第一个符号。The terminal device according to claim 85 or 87, wherein a DMRS of the second frequency band is located at a first symbol of the second frequency band.
  89. 如权利要求86所述的终端设备,其特征在于,所述的第一频段或者第二频段满足DMRS间隔需求时,该第一频段或第二频段包括两段DMRS。The terminal device according to claim 86, wherein when the first frequency band or the second frequency band meets a DMRS interval requirement, the first frequency band or the second frequency band includes two DMRSs.
  90. 如权利要求89所述的终端设备,其特征在于,满足DMRS间隔需求的第一频段或第二频段中的第二段DMRS位于第一段DMRS之后的第四个符号。The terminal device according to claim 89, wherein the second DMRS in the first frequency band or the second frequency band that satisfies the DMRS interval requirement is located at the fourth symbol after the first DMRS.
  91. 如权利要求89或90所述的终端设备,其特征在于,所述第二频段的第一段DMRS位于第二频段的第一个符号。The terminal device according to claim 89 or 90, wherein the first segment of the DMRS of the second frequency band is located at a first symbol of the second frequency band.
  92. 如权利要求83所述的终端设备,其特征在于,所述附加DMRS配置参数中配置了附加DMRS时,所述第一频段或第二频段不满足DMRS间隔需求时,所述处理单元确定不跳频;或The terminal device according to claim 83, wherein when the additional DMRS is configured in the additional DMRS configuration parameter, when the first frequency band or the second frequency band does not meet the DMRS interval requirement, the processing unit determines not to skip Frequency; or
    所述第一频段和第二频段满足DMRS间隔需求时,所述处理单元确定所述第一频段和第二频段各包括两段DMRS。When the first frequency band and the second frequency band meet the DMRS interval requirement, the processing unit determines that the first frequency band and the second frequency band each include two DMRSs.
  93. 如权利要求87至92任一项所述的终端设备,其特征在于,所述DMRS间隔需求是频段的两段DMRS间有三个符号。The terminal device according to any one of claims 87 to 92, wherein the DMRS interval requirement is three symbols between two DMRSs of a frequency band.
  94. 一种通信系统,其特征在于,所述通信系统包括如权利要求83~93中任一项所述的终端,和如权利要求61~71中任一项所述的网络设备。A communication system, comprising: the terminal according to any one of claims 83 to 93, and the network device according to any one of claims 61 to 71.
  95. 一种处理装置,其特征在于,所述处理装置包括至少一个电路,所述至少一个电路用于执行权利要求50~60中任一项所述的传输解调参考信号DMRS方法,或执行权利要求72~82中任一项所述的传输解调参考信号DMRS方法。A processing apparatus, comprising: at least one circuit for performing the method of transmitting a demodulation reference signal DMRS according to any one of claims 50 to 60, or performing the claims The method for transmitting a demodulation reference signal DMRS according to any one of 72 to 82.
  96. 一种计算机可读存储介质,其特征在于,所述计算机可读存储介质中存储有指令,当所述指令在计算机的处理组件上运行时,使得所述处理组件用于执行权利要求50~60中任一项所述的传输解调参考信号DMRS方法,或执行权利要求72~82中任一项所述的传输解调参考信号DMRS方法。A computer readable storage medium, wherein the computer readable storage medium stores instructions that, when executed on a processing component of a computer, cause the processing component to perform claims 50-60 The method for transmitting a demodulation reference signal DMRS according to any one of the preceding claims, or the method for transmitting a demodulation reference signal DMRS according to any one of claims 72 to 82.
  97. 一种芯片,其特征在于,所述芯片包括可编程逻辑电路和/或程序指令,当所述芯片运行时用于实现权利要求50~60中任一项所述的传输解调参考信号DMRS方法,或执行权利要求72~82中任一项所述的传输解调参考信号DMRS方法。A chip, characterized in that the chip comprises programmable logic circuits and/or program instructions, and the method for transmitting the demodulation reference signal DMRS according to any one of claims 50 to 60 when the chip is in operation Or the method of transmitting a demodulation reference signal DMRS according to any one of claims 72 to 82.
PCT/CN2018/095989 2017-07-17 2018-07-17 Method for transmitting dmrs, and communication device WO2019015587A1 (en)

Priority Applications (7)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
EP18835559.8A EP3576334B1 (en) 2017-07-17 2018-07-17 Method for transmitting dmrs, and communication device
JP2019552280A JP6910465B2 (en) 2017-07-17 2018-07-17 DMRS transmission method and communication device
BR112019020873A BR112019020873A2 (en) 2017-07-17 2018-07-17 transmission method of dmrs and communications device
CA3054325A CA3054325C (en) 2017-07-17 2018-07-17 Dmrs transmission method and communications device
KR1020197026418A KR102290920B1 (en) 2017-07-17 2018-07-17 DMRS transmission method and communication device
US16/522,255 US10819390B2 (en) 2017-07-17 2019-07-25 DMRS transmission method and communications device
US17/061,164 US11239880B2 (en) 2017-07-17 2020-10-01 DMRS transmission method and communications device

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN201710583011.0 2017-07-17
CN201710583011 2017-07-17
CN201710808095.3A CN109274471B (en) 2017-07-17 2017-09-08 Method and communication device for transmitting DMRS
CN201710808095.3 2017-09-08

Related Child Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US16/522,255 Continuation US10819390B2 (en) 2017-07-17 2019-07-25 DMRS transmission method and communications device

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2019015587A1 true WO2019015587A1 (en) 2019-01-24

Family

ID=64078978

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2018/095989 WO2019015587A1 (en) 2017-07-17 2018-07-17 Method for transmitting dmrs, and communication device

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (2) CN108809612B (en)
WO (1) WO2019015587A1 (en)

Cited By (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2020205330A1 (en) * 2019-04-01 2020-10-08 Kingstar Technologies, Inc. Demodulation reference signal configuration and adaptation
CN111836304A (en) * 2019-08-09 2020-10-27 维沃移动通信有限公司 Information transmission method and terminal
CN111867086A (en) * 2019-04-30 2020-10-30 华为技术有限公司 Communication method and communication device
CN115037424A (en) * 2021-03-08 2022-09-09 华为技术有限公司 DMRS orthogonalization method, terminal equipment and network equipment

Families Citing this family (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2020132983A1 (en) * 2018-12-26 2020-07-02 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 Dmrs configuration method, terminal device and network device
EP3915216B1 (en) * 2019-01-22 2023-10-18 Apple Inc. Physical downlink control channel design for dft-s-ofdm waveform
CN112235087B (en) * 2019-07-15 2023-08-15 中国移动通信有限公司研究院 Demodulation reference signal configuration method, terminal and network side equipment
CN111669263B (en) * 2020-05-19 2023-04-18 上海芯袖微电子科技有限公司 DMRS (demodulation reference signal) configuration method, device and terminal in 5G communication
WO2024031241A1 (en) * 2022-08-08 2024-02-15 北京小米移动软件有限公司 Dmrs information indication method and apparatus, and device and storage medium

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN101932096A (en) * 2009-06-24 2010-12-29 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Method and system for notifying layer mapping information under multi-user multiple input multiple output mode
US20110317596A1 (en) * 2010-06-28 2011-12-29 Joengren George Optimized signaling of demodulation reference signal patterns
CN103002581A (en) * 2011-09-16 2013-03-27 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Method and system for physical downlink control channel bearing based on demodulation reference signals
CN104125186A (en) * 2013-04-28 2014-10-29 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Method, system and device for selecting demodulation reference signal (DMRS) pattern information

Family Cites Families (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US9686110B2 (en) * 2012-02-20 2017-06-20 Lg Electronics Inc. Method and apparatus for transmitting uplink signal in wireless communication system
CN104081872B (en) * 2013-01-25 2018-01-23 华为技术有限公司 Demodulated reference signal transmissions method, user equipment and base station
US9844046B2 (en) * 2013-04-01 2017-12-12 Panasonic Intellectual Property Corporation Of America Terminal, base station, method of generating DMRS, and transmission method
WO2017008210A1 (en) * 2015-07-10 2017-01-19 富士通株式会社 Demodulation reference signal transmission method, apparatus and system

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN101932096A (en) * 2009-06-24 2010-12-29 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Method and system for notifying layer mapping information under multi-user multiple input multiple output mode
US20110317596A1 (en) * 2010-06-28 2011-12-29 Joengren George Optimized signaling of demodulation reference signal patterns
CN103002581A (en) * 2011-09-16 2013-03-27 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Method and system for physical downlink control channel bearing based on demodulation reference signals
CN104125186A (en) * 2013-04-28 2014-10-29 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Method, system and device for selecting demodulation reference signal (DMRS) pattern information

Non-Patent Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
SAMSUNG: "DL/UL Frequency Resource Allocation", 3GPP TSG RAN WGI MEETING NR AD-HOC, R1-1710718, 30 June 2017 (2017-06-30), XP051305193 *
See also references of EP3576334A4

Cited By (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2020205330A1 (en) * 2019-04-01 2020-10-08 Kingstar Technologies, Inc. Demodulation reference signal configuration and adaptation
US11368268B2 (en) 2019-04-01 2022-06-21 Kingstar Technologies, Inc. Demodulation reference signal configuration and adaptation
CN111867086A (en) * 2019-04-30 2020-10-30 华为技术有限公司 Communication method and communication device
CN111836304A (en) * 2019-08-09 2020-10-27 维沃移动通信有限公司 Information transmission method and terminal
CN111836304B (en) * 2019-08-09 2023-10-13 维沃移动通信有限公司 Information transmission method and terminal
CN115037424A (en) * 2021-03-08 2022-09-09 华为技术有限公司 DMRS orthogonalization method, terminal equipment and network equipment

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN109039566A (en) 2018-12-18
CN108809612A (en) 2018-11-13
CN109039566B (en) 2019-09-13
CN108809612B (en) 2019-06-11

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2019015587A1 (en) Method for transmitting dmrs, and communication device
CN109274471B (en) Method and communication device for transmitting DMRS
US11457443B2 (en) Method for transmitting configuration information and terminal device
WO2018188620A1 (en) Transmission method, terminal, and network device
JP6783920B2 (en) Wireless communication methods and devices
WO2019062585A1 (en) Resource scheduling method, network device, and communication device
US11051291B2 (en) Data transmission methods, network device, and terminal device
WO2019029470A1 (en) Data transmission method, network device and terminal device
WO2022022579A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
EP3866530B1 (en) Uplink signal transmission method and device
WO2018137223A1 (en) Method and device for transmitting reference signal, and method and device for receiving reference signal
WO2019136871A1 (en) Communication method, network device, and terminal device
WO2018137700A1 (en) Communication method, device, and system
US11706786B2 (en) Wireless communication method, terminal device, and network device
US20200128528A1 (en) Wireless communication method and device
WO2018201919A1 (en) Data transmission method and device
US20210068113A1 (en) Wireless communication method and device
WO2021062813A1 (en) Method for determining time domain resource for data transmission, device, and computer storage medium
WO2019137299A1 (en) Communication method and communication device
WO2022141601A1 (en) Method for sending demodulation reference signal and method for receiving demodulation reference signal, and communication device
WO2024011632A1 (en) Resource configuration method and apparatus, device, and storage medium
JP2023123744A (en) Wireless communication method, network device, and terminal device
CN114765867A (en) Signal transmission method and equipment

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 18835559

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 3054325

Country of ref document: CA

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2018835559

Country of ref document: EP

Effective date: 20190829

Ref document number: 20197026418

Country of ref document: KR

Kind code of ref document: A

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2019552280

Country of ref document: JP

Kind code of ref document: A

REG Reference to national code

Ref country code: BR

Ref legal event code: B01A

Ref document number: 112019020873

Country of ref document: BR

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 112019020873

Country of ref document: BR

Kind code of ref document: A2

Effective date: 20191004